984500E0A1C4DLBA38782025-01-012025-12-31984500E0A1C4DLBA38782024-01-012024-12-31iso4217:EUR984500E0A1C4DLBA38782023-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember984500E0A1C4DLBA38782023-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember984500E0A1C4DLBA38782023-12-31ifrs-full:MergerReserveMember984500E0A1C4DLBA38782023-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember984500E0A1C4DLBA38782023-12-31984500E0A1C4DLBA38782024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember984500E0A1C4DLBA38782024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember984500E0A1C4DLBA38782024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:MergerReserveMember984500E0A1C4DLBA38782024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember984500E0A1C4DLBA38782024-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember984500E0A1C4DLBA38782024-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember984500E0A1C4DLBA38782024-12-31ifrs-full:MergerReserveMember984500E0A1C4DLBA38782024-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember984500E0A1C4DLBA38782024-12-31984500E0A1C4DLBA38782025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember984500E0A1C4DLBA38782025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember984500E0A1C4DLBA38782025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:MergerReserveMember984500E0A1C4DLBA38782025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember984500E0A1C4DLBA38782025-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember984500E0A1C4DLBA38782025-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember984500E0A1C4DLBA38782025-12-31ifrs-full:MergerReserveMember984500E0A1C4DLBA38782025-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember984500E0A1C4DLBA38782025-12-31iso4217:EURxbrli:shares
DRIVING TECHNOLOGY FORWARD
ANNUAL REPORT 2025
1
Introduction
WE ARE MOTORK
At MotorK, innovation is not just a strategy; it is our
DNA. As the industry shifts towards the Agency Model
and electrification, we stand as the critical partner
for digital transformation. We call ourselves SparKers
because we ignite change. Technology evolves gradually
- until it transforms everything at once. We believe that
moment is now, and MotorK is at the forefront, driving
the industry forward.
Marco Marlia
President & Co-Founder
We shape the future of mobility by equipping
the industry with an AI-powered, data-driven
operating system’, that enhances efficiency,
accelerates growth, and redefines the
customer experience.
We empower car manufacturers
and dealerships to navigate a
historic industry transformation.
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
2
Highlights
HIGHLIGHTS
Revenue
40.9m
2024:40.3m
Adjusted EBITDA
3
€4.3m
2024: -€0.5m
PDF/PRINTED VERSION
This document is the PDF/printed version of MotorK’s 2025
Annual Report and has been prepared for ease of use.
The 2025 Annual Report in European Single Electronic
Format (ESEF) is the official version. The ESEF reporting
package is available on the Company’s website. In case of
any discrepancies between this PDF version and the ESEF
reporting package, the latter prevails.
Committed annual recurring revenue (CARR)
1
36.7m
2024: €36.6m
Cash EBITDA⁴
-€2.2m
2024: -8.8m
ABOUT THIS REPORT
This report is intended to inform stakeholder groups that
have an impact on, or are impacted by, our business. This
includes customers, investors and shareholders, regulators
and supervisors, employees, government authorities
and non-governmental organisations. It aims to give our
stakeholders a balanced overview of our activities and
MotorK’s ability to create and sustain value. We welcome
reactions and views, which can be emailed to investors@
motork.io. Additional disclosures are available on investors@
motork.io.
Net cash
2
3.7m
2024:3.4m
Loss before tax
-11.9m
2024: -13.1m
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This document contains certain forward-looking statements
with respect to the operations, performance and financial
condition of the Group. Such forward-looking statements
speak only as of the date of this Annual Report and are
expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary
statements included in this Annual Report. Without prejudice
to its obligations under Dutch law and English law in relation to
disclosure and ongoing information, the Company undertakes
no obligation to update publicly or revise any forward-looking
statements, whether as a result of new information, future
events or otherwise. Nothing in this Annual Report should be
construed as a profit forecast.
1 This is a non-GAAP measure considered relevant by management and it is considered a Group Alternative Performance Measure (APM). Reconciliation with the accounts is provided on page 153 of this Annual Report.
2 Equivalent to the caption Cash on hand and cash at banks reported in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position on page 92 of this Annual Report.
3 This is a non-GAAP measure considered relevant by management and it is considered a Group APM. Reconciliation with the accounts is provided on page 155 of this Annual Report.
4 This is a non-GAAP measure considered relevant by management and it is considered a Group APM. Reconciliation with the accounts is provided on page 156 of this Annual Report.
COMPANY OVERVIEW
Highlights 02
At a Glance 03
Our Strategic Framework 04
Our Foundations 05
Our Investment Case 08
STRATEGIC REPORT
Chairman’s Letter 10
President’s Statement 12
Market Overview 14
Our Business Model 17
Our Strategy 18
Our ESG Vision 22
Stakeholder Engagement and S172 Statement 30
Financial and Operating Review 33
Financial and Non-Financial KPIs 39
Principal Risks and Uncertainties 40
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Corporate Governance Report 47
Governance Overview 48
Non-Executive Directors’ Report 54
Board of Directors 57
Executive Management Team 59
Remuneration Committee Report 61
Directors’ Report 75
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Independent Auditor’s Report 81
Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss and Other
Comprehensive Income 91
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 92
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 94
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 95
Notes Forming Part of the Consolidated Financial Statements 97
MotorK Plc Statement of Financial Position 136
MotorK Plc Statement of Changes in Equity 137
Notes Forming Part of the MotorK Plc Financial Statements 139
Group Alternative Performance Measures 153
Company Information 157
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
3
At a Glance
A TRUSTED PARTNER
Enterprise customers
30
2024: 30
Retail customer base
4,000
2024: 6,000
Innovation is at the heart of our DNA
READ MORE ABOUT OUR
BUSINESS MODEL:
PAGE 17
BROAD
GEOGRAPHICAL
FOOTPRINT
We operate through
ten offices in eight countries,
employing 306 people*.
REVENUE
Revenue mix
SaaS platform** 76% (2024: 75%)
Digital marketing 20% (2024: 22%)
Other revenues 4% (2024: 3%)
* Number of employees at the end of the reporting period (please refer to the Financial and Non-Financial KPIs section on page 39).
W E A R E
MOTORK
Tech mindset, automotive focus
SIMPLIFYING THE DIGITAL LANDSCAPE
We are a leading and fast-growing software as a
service (SaaS) provider for the automotive retail
industry in the Europe, Middle East and Africa
(EMEA) region.
We empower car dealers and original equipment
manufacturers (OEMs) to improve their customer
experience through a broad suite of fully
integrated digital products and services.
OUR PLATFORM
Our open and scalable automotive retail platform,
SparK, enables dealers and OEMs to move
in step with changing consumer behaviour. It
integrates sales, marketing and operations into
a single ‘source of truth’, replacing fragmented
legacy systems with a cost-effective, AI-enhanced
solution.
Integrations
300+
automotive-specific features
** Includes Contract start-up revenue. Please refer to the Financial and Operating Review on page 34 for further details.
2
0
0
+
I
N
T
E
G
R
A
T
I
O
N
S
OUR
MISSION
Our values, foundations
and business model
Our strategic elements:
Innovate, Land and Expand, Consolidate
4
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Our Strategic Framework
DRIVING INNOVATION
AND GROWTH
Everything we do is aligned to achieve our vision
TECHNOLOGY
We are a natively digital Company:
innovation is deeply rooted in our DNA.
MOBILITY
We speak the language of mobility:
we understand the industry and its
challenges.
PEOPLE
We design technology to create value
for mobility players and customers.
CUSTOMER
OBSESSED
FORWARD
THINKING
RESULT
DRIVEN
ALWAYS
AMBITIOUS
EMPOWERING
INCLUSION
OUR VALUES
OUR FOUNDATIONS
OUR BUSINESS MODEL
Providing innovative digital solutions
to meet the specific needs of OEMs and
dealers, including managing the entire
vehicle sales process, customer loyalty
and after-sales relationships, with
significant investment in research and
development (R&D).
OUR STRATEGIC ELEMENTS
Based on MotorK’s core values,
our Innovate, Land and Expand,
and Consolidate pillars position
us well to achieve our vision
and mission.
READ MORE: PAGES 19-22 READ MORE: PAGE 18
READ MORE: PAGE 18
READ MORE: PAGE 6 READ MORE: PAGE 5 READ MORE: PAGE 7
OUR VISION
To be the most trusted
technology partner for
mobility distribution.
OUR MISSION
We shape the future of mobility.
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
555
Our Foundations
WE CHAMPION AI-POWERED
INNOVATION AS THE DRIVING
FORCE OF OUR STRATEGY.
TECHNOLOGY
Our proprietary SparK platform is more than
a software suite; it is the operating system for
modern automotive retail. Built on a cloud-
native architecture, SparK enables the seamless
integration of OEM and dealership data, unlocking
the true potential of AI. In 2025, we prioritised
‘smart integration’ - migrating customers from
legacy systems to our core scalable architecture.
This unified backbone allows us to deploy AI-driven
tools, such as predictive lead scoring and automated
inventory management, rapidly across our entire
client base. The result is a robust, secure ecosystem
that drives customer efficiency while significantly
reducing our own marginal costs of delivery.
READ MORE: PAGE 19
WE ARE
COMMITTED TO
INNOVATION
This year we fully operationalised
our vision. We leveraged artificial
intelligence (AI) not just as a
transformative force, but as
the strategic backbone of our
SparK ecosystem - reshaping
the automotive industry’s digital
standard.
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
66
Our Foundations continued
6
WE UNDERSTAND
THE INDUSTRY AND
ITS CHALLENGES
We are empowering
manufacturers and retailers
to evolve from simple asset
sellers into integrated mobility
providers.
READ MORE: PAGE 19
WE SPEAK THE LANGUAGE OF
MOBILITY: OVERCOMING COMPLEXITY
TO GENERATE COMPETITIVE
ADVANTAGE.
MOBILITY
Mobility is no longer defined solely by the
vehicle, but by the connected journey that
surrounds it. As the automotive sector
shifts from traditional manufacturing to a
service-led ecosystem, the gap between
consumer digital expectations and physical
retail reality has widened. MotorK exists
to bridge this divide. We are empowering
manufacturers and retailers to evolve from
simple asset sellers into integrated mobility
providers - ensuring they remain the central
hub of the consumer relationship in a
rapidly changing landscape.
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Our Foundations continued
7
Expertise is our power. Our
team transforms digital
potential into tangible
business results for our
partners.
WE DESIGN TECHNOLOGY TO
CREATE VALUE FOR MOBILITY
PLAYERS AND CUSTOMERS.
PEOPLE
Our people - our ‘SparKers’ - are the architects of our
success and the custodians of our culture. In a year
defined by industry-wide transformation, our team
demonstrated exceptional resilience and adaptability.
We have evolved our cultural DNA to prioritise
accountability and agility, fostering an environment
where technical excellence thrives alongside
operational discipline. This human capital is the driving
force behind our technology, ensuring that our vision
of a digital automotive future is translated into daily
execution.
READ MORE: PAGES 23–26
WE SUPPORT
OUR PEOPLE TO
CREATE VALUE
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
88
Our Investment Case
DIFFERENTIATED
SOLUTIONS
The only cloud-native AI
platform built for the Agency
Model, enabling centralised
OEM control with local dealer
agility.
Delivering mission-critical tools
like predictive lead scoring and
automated stock management
that drive real efficiency.
A one-stop-shop integrating
the whole customer journey to
replace fragmented legacy
point solutions.
READ MORE:
PAGE 17
R&D investments as a % of Group
totalrevenues
30%
2024: 32%
RESILIENT FINANCIAL
PERFORMANCE
Achieved quarterly positive
Cash EBITDA from Q3 2025,
validating the strategic pivot to
profitable execution.
Strong SaaS Recurring Revenue
split at 74%, providing resilience
against market volatility.
Proven scalability by growing
revenue while flattening
the cost base through R&D
optimisation.
READ MORE:
PAGES 81-156
CARR
1
36.7m
2024: €36.6m
FAVOURABLE MARKET
DYNAMICS
A massive Total Addressable
Market driven by cloud
migration, compliance, and
cybersecurity needs.
Our Serviceable Addressable
Market targets high-value
dealers in the EU5 + Benelux
seeking modern alternatives.
The shift to the Agency Model
and network consolidation
is breaking incumbent
strangleholds, opening a €220
million immediate revenue
window.
READ MORE:
PAGES 14-16
API integrations
2
300+
2024: 300+
CLEAR STRATEGY FOR
GROWTH
Innovate: ongoing investment
in innovation to extend product
categories and embrace
industry trends.
Land and Expand: upselling
and cross-selling to a loyal retail
and enterprise customer base.
Consolidate: selected
acquisitions to enter new
markets and expanding
presence in existing markets to
consolidate market share and
strengthen our position as the
European leader.
READ MORE:
PAGES 18-21
Adjusted EBITDA
3
€4.3m
2024: -€0.5m
D R I V I N G
INNOVATION
AND GROWTH
Through continuous innovation and
a data-driven approach, MotorK
has established itself as a leading
European SaaS provider, empowering
dealers and OEMs with intelligent,
scalable solutions that drive efficiency
and profitability.
1 This is a non-GAAP measure considered relevant by management and it is considered a Group APM. Reconciliation with the accounts is provided on page 153 of this Annual Report.
2 Application Programming Interface (API) is defined as a set of rules, protocols and tools that allows different software applications to communicate and interact with each other.
3 This is a non-GAAP measure considered relevant by management and it is considered a Group APM. Reconciliation with the accounts is provided on page 155 of this Annual Report.
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
9
STRATEGIC REPORT
Chairman’s Letter 10
President’s Statement 12
Market Overview 14
Our Business Model 17
Our Strategy 18
Our ESG Vision 22
Stakeholder Engagement and S172 Statement 30
Financial and Operating Review 33
Financial and Non-Financial KPIs 39
Principal Risks and Uncertainties 40
Strategic
Report
10
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Chairman’s Letter
CHAIRMAN’S
LETTER
We entered FY2025 with a
singular, overriding objective: to
prove the inherent profitability of
our business model. We met this
challenge and, in critical areas,
exceeded our timelines.
Dear Shareholders,
Fiscal year 2025 marked the most significant
structural transformation in MotorK’s history. In
line with the path we commenced in FY2024, it
was the year we deliberately moved away from the
high-growth investment mindset and embraced
the discipline of a mature, cash-generative market
leader.
We have successfully navigated our ‘pivot to
profitability’, fundamentally re-engineering our
Profit&Loss (P&L) management and setting MotorK
on a trajectory toward sustainable growth with
robust profit margins.
THE FINANCIAL INFLECTION POINT
The defining narrative of 2025 is one of decisive
execution and structural maturity, spearheaded
by the appointment of Zoltan Gelencsér as CFO in
January. His arrival helped the Group accelerate the
operational pivot from ‘growth first’ to a disciplined
strategy of profitable scalability. Under his leadership,
we executed a rigourous efficiency programme that
delivered results faster than the market anticipated,
achieving our primary goal - positive quarterly Cash
EBITDA from Q3 2025 - ahead of both our internal
plan and market guidance.
This profitability was not achieved through temporary
austerity, but through a permanent re-engineering of
our cost base. We aggressively consolidated legacy
systems to eliminate redundant third-party licensing
intricate operational needs of global OEMs. His
appointment signals a new era for our commercial
team. We are structuring pan-European digital
transformation deals with manufacturers who are
rapidly transitioning to the Agency Model. Xavier’s
mandate is clear: secure the Enterprise, expand our
footprint within major automotive groups, and drive
the adoption of our full integrated suite.
costs and reduce technical debt, while simultaneously
right-sizing our organisation to achieve a 15%
reduction in Full-Time Equivalents (FTEs) with
increased output per head. By implementing
strict capital allocation policies, we ensured that
investment was directed solely toward high Return
on Investment (ROI) R&D and Enterprise growth
engines, proving that our operating model can
generate cash while continuing to innovate.
Simultaneously, we made the conscious strategic
decision to prioritise ‘high-quality Revenue’ over
hollow volume. We voluntarily churned a significant
portion of our legacy, long-tail customer base
(smaller, lower-margin dealerships that required
disproportionate support) to focus on high-retention,
high-margin Enterprise and OEM relationships. While
this strategic pruning resulted in stabilised figures
for the year, with CARR ending at €36.7 million and
Reported Revenue at €40.9 million, the underlying
health of the business has transformed. In 2025,
we unequivocally answered the market’s question
regarding our ability to scale; MotorK is no longer
just a growth story, but a profitable growth story.
THE ENTERPRISE MOMENTUM
Executing this upmarket strategy required
leadership capable of navigating complex, multi-
country framework agreements. In August 2025,
we welcomed Xavier Vandame as our new Chief
Revenue Officer (CRO).
Xavier brings over 30 years of automotive
experience, having previously served as Vice
President at MSX International. His background
is not just in sales; it is in understanding the
11
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Chairman’s Letter continued
THE AI-NATIVE OPERATING SYSTEM
In 2025, we executed a defining pivot: establishing
MotorK as the AI-native operating system for
European automotive retail.
Recognising an industry rich in data but poor in
insight, we focused our R&D on shattering legacy
silos to create a ‘golden customer record’. By
ingesting and cleaning data from every touchpoint,
we now offer OEMs and retailers a single source
of truth. As the market accelerates toward the
Agency Model, this unified infrastructure is no
longer optional - it is the prerequisite for centralised
inventory and customer management.
We have consequently shifted our value proposition
from managing workflows to predicting revenue. Our
proprietary AI now anticipates vehicle service needs
to secure high-margin after-sales revenue, while our
generative AI engines deliver hyper-automation to
counter skilled labour shortages. By evolving into the
central intelligence layer that drives both efficiency
and profitability, MotorK has transformed from a
software provider into an operational necessity.
GOVERNANCE AND LEADERSHIP
To support this operational restructuring, we
implemented changes at the highest level of our
governance. As I stepped into the role of Interim
Chief Executive Officer (CEO), my focus has
been laser-sharp: operational excellence, capital
allocation, and the delivery of positive cash flow.
This transition has allowed Marco Marlia, our
co-founder, to assume the role of President.
In this capacity, Marco is freed from the daily
operational grind to focus on what he does best -
evangelising our vision, nurturing high-level strategic
partnerships, and guiding the long-term product
roadmap. This division of labour ensures that while
we tighten our operational belt, we do not lose the
innovative spirit that built this Company.
OUTLOOK: A RESILIENT FUTURE
Looking ahead, we are not the same Company
we were twelve months ago. We are leaner, more
focused, and financially resilient. The automotive
sector faces its own headwinds, from supply chain
shifts to the Electric Vehicle (EV) transition, but
MotorK has proven it can navigate turbulence.
For the coming year, we will focus on protecting our
margins, expanding our Enterprise relationships
under Xavier’s leadership, and leveraging our AI
capabilities to deepen our moat. We have cleared
the hurdles of 2025, and the path ahead is one of
sustainable, profitable value creation.
Thank you for your continued trust in MotorK.
Amir Rosentuler
Executive Chairman & Interim CEO
CARR
1
36.7m
2024: €36.6m
1 This is a non-GAAP measure considered relevant by management and it is considered a Group APM. Reconciliation with the accounts is provided
onpage153 of this Annual Report.
2 Number of employees as at the end of the reporting period. Please refer to page 39 of this Annual Report.
3 R&D investment as a % of Group total revenues.
SparKers
2
306
2024: 385
R&D investment
3
30%
2024: 32%
12
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
President’s Statement
Q&A WITH
MARCO MARLIA
In 2025, Marco Marlia transitioned
to the role of President to focus
on MotorK’s strategic horizon -
strengthening partnerships, driving
consolidation and guiding major
enterprise relationships.
Q: 2025 was a year of significant transformation
for MotorK. Looking back, how would you
characterise the Group’s performance and
strategic direction?
A: 2025 was the year we proved the inherent
profitability of our business model. We moved
from an era of investment to an era of return.
The discipline we applied to our operations
has yielded tangible results: we closed the year
with €40.9 million in Revenue and an Adjusted
EBITDA of €4.3 million. Most critically, we
achieved a positive Cash EBITDA position in Q3,
validating the operating leverage we have built
over the last decade. We enter 2026 not just
as a more focused Company, but as a stronger
one - built on high-quality recurring revenue and
a cost structure that is engineered for margin
expansion.
Q: In mid-2025, you transitioned from CEO to
President, with Amir Rosentuler stepping in as
Interim CEO. What drove this decision, and how
has your focus shifted?
A: This transition was about specialising our
leadership to match the maturity of the business.
Amir is an exceptional operator who is driving
the financial rigour required of a public company.
This allows me to dedicate 100% of my energy
to the external market - evangelising our vision
to OEMs and dealers and identifying the next
wave of industry disruption. My focus is to bridge
the gap between Silicon Valley innovation and the
boardroom needs of Europes automotive leaders
moving from strategic partnerships to shaping the
long-term product roadmap.
Q: We are seeing major shifts in how cars are sold,
specifically the ‘Agency Model’. Why does this
play to MotorK’s strengths?
A: The Agency Model is a significant challenge
for legacy software vendors. You simply cannot
execute a centralised, pan-European sales
strategy if your data is trapped in 50 different local
systems that don’t talk to each other. This is our
competitive advantage. While our competitors are
trying to patch together single-country solutions,
MotorK is providing the unified infrastructure
that allows an OEM to manage stock, leads and
customer data across Europe simultaneously. We
are one of the very few players with the scale to
turn this complexity into a competitive advantage
for our clients.
Q: AI was a major buzzword in 2025. How is MotorK
moving beyond the hype?
A: We view AI through the lens of ‘data sovereignty.
In a world where third-party data is disappearing,
the dealer’s first-party data is their most valuable
asset - but only if they can use it. Our strategy is
not just about automating tasks; it is about giving
our clients control. Our platform uses AI to clean,
structure and activate millions of data points that
would otherwise sit dormant. We are moving the
industry from a ‘system of record’ to a ‘system
of intelligence’, where the software doesn’t just
store customer data, but actively predicts how to
monetise it.
Q: The European market remains fragmented. You
have always been an active consolidator - how
has your approach to M&A evolved?
A: We have moved beyond simply acquiring market
share to acquiring talent and capability. Our
focus now is on integration velocity. We have
developed a proprietary ‘MotorK playbook’
that allows us to take a local legacy champion
and plug them into our pan-European SparK
ecosystem in record time. It is not just about
buying revenue; it is about cultural integration
and technology migration. We look for teams
that have deep local trust but lack the capital
to build an AI-native platform. By bringing them
into the MotorK fold, we unlock immediate value
for their customers and immediate synergies for
our shareholders.
13
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
President’s statement continued
Q: Finally, what is your message to shareholders regarding
the long-term vision for MotorK?
A: We have successfully navigated the transition from a
high-growth startup to a disciplined, profitable market
leader. The fundamental drivers of our industry -
digitalisation, data monetisation, and the EV transition
- are accelerating. We possess a defensible competitive
advantage through our deep vertical specialisation and
our proprietary technology stack. We have a committed
team, a clear strategy, and now, a profitable financial
foundation. I am confident that MotorK is uniquely
positioned to define the future of automotive retail in
Europe.
Marco Marlia
President & Co-Founder
14
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Market Overview
MARKET
OVERVIEW
The European automotive retail
industry is undergoing its most
profound transformation in
decades. In 2025, the theoretical
future of mobility’ became the
operational reality.
Marco Marlia
President & Co-Founder
NAVIGATING A STRUCTURAL REVOLUTION
The convergence of shifting distribution models, the
electrification of the powertrain, and the imperative
for data monetisation is reshaping how vehicles are
sold and serviced. This disruption creates a distinct
adapt or perish’ environment for retailers and
OEMs alike. In this landscape, software is no longer
a support function; it is the strategic battleground.
MotorK operates at the intersection of these macro
trends, providing the digital backbone that enables
the industry to transition from fragmented legacy
operations to a unified, efficient and consumer-
centric future.
MotorK targets a massive and growing Total
Addressable Market (TAM) comprising the entire
European automotive retail software ecosystem.
Our primary focus remains the EU5 automotive
retail software market (SOM), a high-value segment
we estimate at approximately €2.8 billion. The
market is characterised by a ‘long tail’ of fragmented
legacy vendors - local providers offering single-point
solutions that lack the scale, security and integration
capabilities required by modern multinational
enterprise clients. This fragmentation represents a
significant consolidation opportunity for MotorK,
the only pan-European player with a fully integrated,
end-to-end SaaS platform.
THE SHIFT TO THE AGENCY MODEL AND
NETWORK CONSOLIDATION
To combat margin compression - where distribution
costs can reach ~17% of a vehicles price - OEMs are
fundamentally restructuring their networks. The
industry is rapidly moving toward the Agency
Model, where OEMs control inventory and pricing
centrally while dealers act as fulfilment agents.
Simultaneously, the retail landscape is consolidating
into ‘mega-dealers’ to achieve economies of scale.
According to PwC’s 2025 analysis, this shift is
accelerating, with dealers identifying direct sales
as the single greatest threat to traditional retail,
necessitating a radical integration of IT systems
between OEMs and dealer networks to survive the
transition. This shift renders legacy, disconnected
software obsolete; OEMs cannot execute a
centralised strategy if their inventory and customer
data are trapped in thousands of siloed local Dealer
Management Systems (DMS) that cannot ‘speak’
to HQ. Our SparK platform serves as the ‘Enterprise
operating system’ for this transition, providing
the centralised architecture that allows OEMs to
manage stock and pricing across entire countries
while giving dealers the local tools they need -
becoming the single source of truth that makes the
Agency Model operationally viable.
THE EV TRANSITION AND NEW MARKET
ENTRANTS
European OEMs face stringent CO
2
regulatory
targets, necessitating an optimised sales mix
toward EVs. Data from the European Automobile
Manufacturers’ Association (ACEA) confirms this
momentum, with battery electric vehicle (BEV)
registrations in the EU rising by 22% in the first half
of 2025 alone, capturing a 15.6% market share.
15
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Market Overview continued
Concurrently, agile Asian newcomers are aggressively
entering the market; the Boston Consulting Group
reports in its November 2025 study that consumer
openness to Chinese brands in Europe has reached
10-20%, driven by superior digital interfaces and
competitive pricing. Legacy brands need to reduce
customer acquisition costs to protect margins
during this capital-intensive transition, while
new entrants need speed - requiring immediate,
scalable digital infrastructure to launch entire
country networks overnight without the burden of
building proprietary IT stacks. MotorK addresses
both needs: for heritage OEMs, our tools streamline
operations to protect EBITDA, and for new entrants,
we offer ‘infrastructure-in-a-box’ - a turnkey, rapidly
deployable digital ecosystem that allows brands to
activate sales networks in new geographies instantly.
DATA MONETISATION AND AI HYPER-
AUTOMATION
As hardware margins on vehicle sales tighten,
profitability is shifting to the vehicle lifecycle.
Connected cars generate terabytes of data, yet
Deloittes 2025 Global Automotive Consumer
Study highlights a critical gap: while connectivity
is ubiquitous, most retailers still lack the capability
to monetise this data effectively or build trust with
consumers regarding its use. The ‘servitisation’ of
the auto industry has become critical, with dealers
needing to sell mobility and maintenance as recurring
services rather than one-off products. Dealers are
historically reactive, waiting for customers to book
service appointments, lacking the tools to process
the sheer volume of telematics data their vehicles
produce. We are pioneering AI hyper-automation to
solve this: our PredictSparK module operationalises
dormant data, transforming signals like ‘brake pad
wear alerts’ into automated service appointment
bookings. This shifts the business model from reactive
repairs to proactive, high-margin recurring revenue,
directly impacting the retailers bottom line.
THE OMNICHANNEL IMPERATIVE
The modern automotive consumer journey is now
70% digital. Cox Automotives 2025 Tech Trends
report reveals that 71% of buyers now expect a fully
seamless omnichannel experience, demanding the
ability to move between online research and in-store
visits without repeating information or restarting
the process. ‘Lead leakage’ is a critical failure point;
in a low-volume environment, dealers cannot afford
to lose prospects due to data silos between their
website, customer relationship management tool
(CRM), and showroom floor. SparK bridges this gap
by integrating WebSparK (digital storefront) directly
with LeadSparK (CRM) and StockSparK (inventory),
ensuring a seamless flow of data. This eliminates
friction, maximises lead-to-sale conversion, and
delivers the ‘negotiation-free’ digital experience
modern consumers expect.
16
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Market Overview continued
OUR MARKET
A PAN-EUROPEAN POWERHOUSE
MotorK is the only automotive software provider with a truly pan-European footprint. In 2025, our operations spanned five key markets, generating €40.9 million in total revenue. Our geographical diversity acts as a
strategic asset, allowing us to serve the complex, cross-border needs of multinational OEMs while tailoring our execution to local dealership dynamics. This year, our market performance reflected our broader strategic
pivot: growing where it matters and streamlining where it counts. We drove expansion in our core and developing territories while executing a disciplined cleanup of legacy portfolios in others to improve our long-term
margin profile.
Italy remains the engine room of the
Group, delivering robust growth and
serving as the operational blueprint for
our other regions. Revenue grew by nearly
5% to €27.6 million, representing 67%
of the Group total. This performance
was driven by strong retention and the
successful upsell of the SparK platform to
existing customers. Italy exemplifies the
maturity of our model; here, we see the
highest adoption of our full product suite,
proving that as dealers consolidate and
digitise, MotorK captures an increasing
share of wallet. The region’s strong
profitability continues to fund innovation
across the wider Group.
Spain showed resilience in a competitive
environment, maintaining a solid revenue
base of €3.6 million. While top-line revenue
saw a slight consolidation of 2%, the
underlying quality of the book of business
has improved. Spain continues to be a
key market for our Enterprise strategy,
where we are seeing increasing traction
with dealer groups looking to digitize their
stock management and lead processing,
leveraging our local expertise to displace
fragmented local competitors.
France, our second-largest revenue
stream, reflects a deliberate and
necessary transition. Revenue adjusted to
€5.1 million, a 10% year-on-year decline,
as we executed a planned phase-out of
non-core, lower-margin legacy contracts
inherited from previous acquisitions.
This strategic realignment is now largely
complete. We have exited 2025 with a
leaner, healthier customer base focused
on high-value recurring SaaS contracts,
and our focus for 2026 is returning to
sequential growth built on this solidified
foundation.
As Europe’s largest automotive market,
Germany represents our most significant
long-term opportunity. Revenue stood at
€2.1 million, reflecting a 5% decline that
mirrors the disciplined portfolio optimisation
applied in France. We have sharpened our
focus on scalable, higher-margin accounts.
With the legacy churn behind us, our
German operations are now rightsized to
pursue aggressive Enterprise opportunities,
leveraging the shift to the Agency Model
which is particularly advanced in this region.
Benelux was a standout performer in
2025, delivering the highest percentage
growth across our footprint. Revenue
climbed to €2.6 million, up 6% year-on-year,
validating our investment in this highly
digitised market. The regions sophisticated
dealership network has shown a strong
appetite for our advanced modules,
particularly in digital retail and stock
management. Benelux serves as a key proof
point for our ability to scale organically
outside of Southern Europe.
ITA LY SPAIN FRANCE GERMANY BENELUX
17
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Our Business Model
C R E AT I N G VA L U E
FOR STAKEHOLDERS
DUAL ENGINES OF GROWTH: RETAIL AND
ENTERPRISE
Our go-to-market strategy enables us to capture
value across the entire industry spectrum through
two complementary channels. In the Retail segment,
we serve thousands of individual dealerships
and dealer groups. Here, our model is driven
by a ‘Land and Expand’ strategy. We typically
enter a relationship through a core necessity,
such as a website or stock management tool,
and systematically upsell additional high-margin
modules over time. This approach not only increases
average contract value (ACV) but also solidifies
retention, as customers consolidate their tech stack
with a single, trusted partner.
Simultaneously, our Enterprise channel serves
OEMs and national sales companies, providing the
centralised infrastructure required for complex,
multi-country digital transformations. This
segment is characterised by long-term, high-value
contracts that offer exceptional revenue visibility.
As the industry shifts toward the Agency Model,
our Enterprise business has become a strategic
growth driver. OEMs rely on MotorK to provide
the centralised governance and inventory visibility
needed to manage direct sales across entire
networks, positioning us as the infrastructure
partner for the industry’s most significant structural
shift.
HIGH-QUALITY, RECURRING REVENUE
The financial output of this model is a highly resilient
and predictable revenue stream. The vast majority
of our income is derived from recurring SaaS
subscriptions, which provided approximately 74% of
our total revenue in 2025. This subscription-based
model creates a stable financial baseline that allows
us to invest confidently in R&D and innovation. Our
focus in 2025 on phasing out lower-quality, non-
recurring legacy contracts has further purified this
mix, ensuring that every euro of revenue is of higher
quality and contributes more efficiently to our long-
term profitability.
CONSOLIDATION AS A STRATEGIC
ACCELERATOR
Beyond organic growth, our business model is designed
to capitalise on the fragmentation of the European
market. We act as a natural consolidator, identifying
local legacy vendors with established customer bases
but outdated technology. Our proven M&A playbook
involves acquiring these assets and migrating their
customers onto the superior SparK platform. This
strategy unlocks immediate value: customers gain
access to enterprise-grade tools they could not
otherwise afford, while MotorK realises significant cost
synergies and cross-sell opportunities. By systematically
rolling up the market, we are building a defensive
moat of scale and data that is increasingly difficult for
competitors to breach.
2
0
0
+
I
N
T
E
G
R
A
T
I
O
N
S
E
n
g
a
g
e
m
e
n
t
C
R
M
C
o
m
m
e
r
c
e
F
&
I
A
d
v
e
r
t
i
s
i
n
g
M
A
R
K
E
T
I
N
G
O
P
E
R
A
T
I
O
N
S
M
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
A
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n
S
t
o
c
k
S
t
o
c
k
D
a
t
a
a
n
a
l
y
t
i
c
s
S
A
L
E
S
B2B SaaS
Platform
THE OPERATING SYSTEM FOR
AUTOMOTIVE RETAIL
MotorK’s business model is built on a simple yet
powerful premise: to provide the mission-critical
digital infrastructure that powers the European
automotive distribution chain. We are not merely
a vendor of disparate software tools; we are the
architects of a unified, cloud-native ecosystem
- the SparK platform - that serves as the central
nervous system for dealerships and OEMs alike. By
integrating sales, marketing and operations into a
single ‘source of truth’, we replace the fragmented
legacy systems of the past with a scalable,
modular SaaS solution. This positioning creates
high switching costs and deep customer stickiness,
transforming our technology from a discretionary
expense into an operational necessity.
A MODULAR, INTEGRATED PLATFORM
At the heart of our value creation is the SparK
platform, a comprehensive suite of over a dozen
modules covering the entire vehicle lifecycle - from
initial customer acquisition via digital showrooms
(WebSparK) to lead management (LeadSparK)
and inventory optimisation (StockSparK), all
the way to predictive after-sales retention
(PredictSparK). Unlike competitors who offer
isolated point solutions, our model leverages
deep integration. Data flows seamlessly between
modules, allowing a lead generated
SaaS recurring revenue as % of total revenue
1
74%
2024: 74%
on a website to instantly populate the CRM and
trigger an automated inventory match. This
interconnectedness drives a powerful ‘flywheel
effect’: the more modules a customer adopts, the
more value they extract from the platform, and the
more entrenched MotorK becomes in their daily
operations.
1 Please refer to the Financial and Operating Review on page 34.
18
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Our Strategy
OUR VALUES
Customer obsessed
Our customers are at
the heart of everything
we do. We are
dedicated to delivering
exceptional experiences
that foster trust, loyalty
and success.
Forward thinking
We are always looking
ahead, challenging
the status quo and
innovating with
boldness and creativity
to drive excellence.
Result driven
We never stand still.
Our focus is on impact,
ensuring we achieve
measurable outcomes
that matter to our
customers, employees
and stakeholders.
Always ambitious
We are driven by a
contagious energy,
pushing boundaries,
moving fast, and
embracing challenges
with passion and
ingenuity.
Empowering
inclusion
We are stronger
because of our diversity.
By prioritising integrity,
fairness and work-life
balance, we cultivate an
inclusive environment
that fuels our collective
success.
These values serve as the foundation for our three strategic pillars:
OUR STRATEGY
SHAPING
THE FUTURE
OF MOBILITY
INNOVATE LAND AND EXPAND CONSOLIDATE
Our strategy is calibrated to lead the European automotive sector through a period of historic disruption. We are
not merely participants in this transition; we are its architects. Our roadmap is defined by four mutually reinforcing
pillars - Innovate, Land and Expand, Consolidate, and Enterprise - but in 2025, the gravitational centre of our
strategy has been a relentless focus on the first: redefining our platform through AI.
19
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Our Strategy - Innovate
For years, the industry treated AI as a futuristic
novelty. At MotorK, we treat it as an operational
necessity. Our ‘Innovate’ strategy is built on a simple,
powerful conviction: in a margin-compressed world,
software must do more than manage workflows - it
must predict outcomes and automate revenue. We’ve
worked to evolve SparK from a suite of SaaS tools
into the industrys first true AI operating system,
transforming raw data into actionable, high-margin
intelligence.
AI-POWERED SINGLE SOURCE OF TRUTH
The beating heart of this system is our Customer
Data Platform (CDP), officially launched in 2025 as
the industry’s first privacy-centric data engine built
specifically for automotive retail. In a post-cookie
digital landscape, data sovereignty is king. Our CDP
acts as the central intelligence layer, ingesting millions
of fragmented signals from the DMS, the showroom
floor, and the website to create a unified ‘Golden
Customer Record’. But we don’t just store this data; we
interrogate it. Our native AI algorithms automatically
segment audiences based on real-time intent,
allowing non-technical marketing teams to deploy
hyper-personalised campaigns instantly. It transforms
the chaotic noise of Big Data into a clear, privacy-
first signal that drives sales, ensuring dealers retain
full ownership and compliance while maximising the
lifetime value of every customer interaction.
OUR SALES CO-PILOT
This intelligence flows directly into LeadSparK, our
next-generation CRM. We have moved beyond
passive lead storage to active lead acceleration.
LeadSparK acts as an AI co-pilot’ for sales teams,
using intelligent routing to assign prospects to
the right agent at the exact right moment. By
automating low-value administrative tasks - from
initial data entry to routine follow-ups - we free up
human talent to focus on what they do best: closing
deals. The result is a dramatic reduction in ‘lead
leakage’ and a tangible increase in conversion rates,
protecting the dealer’s bottom line in a low-volume
market.
ANTICIPATING CUSTOMERS’ NEEDS
Perhaps our most radical innovation lies in the newly
upgraded PredictSparK, our predictive marketing
engine. In 2025, we deployed a significantly enhanced
AI model that creates revenue where none existed
before. By analysing dormant vehicle data - service
history, mileage patterns and telematics signals -
PredictSparK’s advanced algorithms now anticipate
a customer’s needs with unprecedented accuracy.
The system identifies a driver due for maintenance
and automatically triggers a personalised booking
reminder via SMS or email, bypassing the need for
manual list-building. This is AI hyper-automation in
action: shifting the after-sales model from reactive
repairs to proactive, recurring revenue generation,
locking in customer loyalty without lifting a finger.
AN OPTIMISED SHOWROOM
The ecosystem is rounded out by StockSparK and
WebSparK, which use generative AI to automate
the merchandising process. From enhancing vehicle
imagery to writing SEO-optimised descriptions,
our tools ensure that inventory is published faster
and looks better than the competition. We are not
just building features; we are building a structural
competitive advantage for our clients.
.
INNOVATE
We worked on transforming
SparK from a SaaS platform
to an AI operating system.
Johnny Quach
Chief Product and Marketing Officer
R&D investments as a % of Group total
revenues
30%
2024: 32%
Integrations
300+
2024: 300+
F U T U R E
PRIORITIES
Launch LSK III
Maintain healthy R&D investment levels
Embrace future industry trends
F U T U R E
PRIORITIES
Increase customer value through
the new proactive and consultative
approach
Partner with OEMs to help them
navigate the Agency Model
transition
20
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Our Strategy - Land and Expand
The ‘Land and Expand’ strategy remains the
cornerstone of MotorK’s long-term growth and
margin expansion. Our approach is disciplined:
we acquire customers by solving an immediate,
critical pain point with a specific module - such
as WebSparK or LeadSparK - and subsequently
guide them through a journey of digital maturity by
layering additional, integrated solutions from the
SparK platform.
When a customer experiences the efficiency of a
single module, the progression toward full platform
adoption becomes a natural business evolution.
The data underscores the power of this journey:
migrating a single-point customer into our fully
integrated ecosystem unlocks up to 400% upsell
potential.
A CONSULTATIVE GO TO MARKET (GTM)
MACHINE
To execute this high-value focus, we fundamentally
redesigned our go-to-market structure. In late 2025,
we merged our customer success and training teams
into a unified customer success manager (CSM) role.
By reducing internal ‘procedural handshakes’,
we have empowered our CSMs to move beyond
reactive support and adopt a proactive, consultative
approach.
400%
Potential upsell throughout the MotorK journey
LAND AND EXPAND
Our commercial engine has
evolved. By pairing our ‘Land
and Expand’ strategy with a
newly established customer
success structure, we are
embedding ourselves as the
indispensable operating
system for automotive retail.
Xavier Vandame
Chief Revenue Officer
WebSparK ROI
26x
WebSparK leads
+30%
Increase compared to third-party providers
PARTNERING FOR THE AGENCY MODEL
Finally, our Enterprise strategy positions us as
the infrastructure partner for the industry’s most
significant structural shift: the move to the Agency
Model. OEMs can no longer afford to have their
inventory and customer data trapped in thousands
of disconnected local systems. They require a
centralised, pan-European ‘source of truth. MotorK
is the only player with the scale, the multi-country
expertise, and the technology stack to deliver this.
Whether an OEM is centralising stock management
or taking direct control of the customer journey,
SparK provides the unified architecture that makes
the Agency Model operationally viable. We are
securing long-term, high-value contracts that will
underpin our growth for the next decade.
To support this team, we adopted the ChurnZero
platform, providing our CSMs with real-time
dashboards to identify product adoption gaps and
unlock upsell opportunities before they become risks.
This structural enhancement ensures that once a
customer ‘lands’, we have the dedicated intelligence
to drive usage and maximise their share of wallet.
QUALITY OVER QUANTITY
A defining theme of FY2025 was the deliberate
de-risking’ of our revenue base to ensure long-term
stability and profitability. We undertook a strategic
initiative to phase out non-core, legacy retail
customers who offered limited cross-sell potential
and lower lifetime value.
While this intentional churn of the ‘long-tail’ segment
served as a headwind to our net growth - offsetting
a significant portion of the gross CARR added year-
to-date - it was a necessary trade-off to elevate the
overall quality of our earnings.
By letting go of low-value contracts, we have
reallocated our resources toward high-value,
strategic segments that align with our vision of being
the undisputed European software consolidator. This
disciplined transition allowed us to maintain a stable
CARR of €36.7 million while building a significantly
healthier foundation for future expansion.
€2 - 30K
Platform customer expansion in ACV
21
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Our Strategy - Consolidate
THE M&A ENGINE
Our transition from a hyper-growth phase to a
disciplined, efficiency-driven operating model, meant
that our 2025 focus for the Consolidate pillar shifted
from active acquisition to deep operational integration.
While the European automotive software market
remains hyper-fragmented with over 1,000 legacy
vendors, we recognise that the strongest consolidators
are those built on a foundation of sustainable
profitability.
INTEGRATION AS A GROWTH CATALYST
Our M&A strategy has always been about more than
just adding scale; it is a repeatable playbook designed
to unlock immediate value through pricing synergies
and platform migration. In 2025, we prioritised the
acceleration of customer migrations onto our unified
SparK SaaS platform, building on the momentum
established in 2024.
By migrating acquired localised bases onto a single,
Al-native ecosystem, we are:
Removing redundant legacy infrastructure and
technical debt to lower the long-term cost-to-serve.
Unlocking meaningful upsell potential - as
evidenced by historical migrations showing a 3x to
5x increase in average ACV for migrated customers.
Phasing out non-core legacy retail customers in
favour of high-value, strategic segments that
support our long-term SaaS margins.
CONSOLIDATE
“2025 was focused on
integrating the customers of
our acquired companies into
our platform. This is a crucial
step towards de-risking the
balance sheet and improving
the overall quality of the
revenue base.”
Marco Marlia
President & Co-Founder
F U T U R E
PRIORITIES
Complete the migrations to our
platform
Monitor the market for future M&A
opportunities
22
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Our ESG Vision
RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS
Our passion is the digital automotive
industry, and we are determined to be
the technology partner of choice for
mobility solutions. Achieving this vision
requires us to be a supportive employer, a
responsible corporate citizen, and a positive
force in our local communities. Since our
founding in 2010, the mobility sector has
shifted toward sustainability, and MotorK
continues to cultivate values that prioritise
our colleagues, communities and the
environment.
We recognise that our environmental, social
and governance (ESG) journey is one of
continuous evolution. In 2025, we intensified
the evaluation of our environmental and
We support the UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), a set of 17 global goals developed to define
global priorities and address major societal and environmental concerns. We have identified six priority
SDGs¹ and specific targets that sit beneath those, to which we are making a positive contribution.
Relevant UN SDGs and targets How we contribute
SDG 3
Good health and well-being
Ensure healthy lives and promote well-being
for all at all ages.
We work to promote the wellbeing of all our colleagues by providing
support when needed as well as incentivising self-care activities. We
are working to develop an online platform to allow on-demand access
to resources and we have a hybrid work policy. We acknowledge
the right to safe and healthy working conditions, as outlined in the
International Covenant on Economic and Social Rights, particularly in
Part III, Article 7(b).
SDG 4
Quality education
Ensure inclusive and equitable quality
education and promote lifelong learning
opportunities for all.
Relevant targets: 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.7
Our investment in training and development supports all our
colleagues, ensuring their skills remain relevant to the evolving
needs of MotorK and to wider society. We are working to encourage
greater diversity at all levels of our organisation.
SDG 5
Achieve gender equality and empower
all women and girls.
Relevant targets: 5.1, 5.5
Beyond our ‘business as usual’ approach to recruitment and promotion
based on equal opportunities and fair remuneration, we are actively
working to increase the attractiveness of the historically male-
dominated automotive sector to women, with the aim of increasing
female representation at both management and Board level. We
encourage the participation of women in the mobility sector by offering
certification programmes and training.
SDG 8
Promote sustained, inclusive and sustainable
economic growth, full and productive
employment and decent work for all.
Relevant targets: 8.2, 8.5, 8.6, 8.8
Our solutions enhance our customers’ productivity and sales
opportunities, contributing to economic growth and MotorK’s own
growth creates rewarding and fulfilling employment for people in
the communities in which we operate. Growth of our business also
promotes job creation, both for people at the beginning of their careers
and for experienced hires who bring new skills into the business.
SDG 9
Build resilient infrastructure, promote
inclusive and sustainable industrialisation and
foster innovation.
Relevant targets: 9.5
Our commitment to innovation is at the heart of MotorK’s vision,
mission and values and is demonstrated by our tech team of 121
people and our significant investment of revenue in R&D.
SDG 12
Ensure sustainable consumption and
production patterns.
Relevant targets: 12.5, 12.6
We are looking to increase the adoption of sustainable practices
throughout MotorK and are working to improve measurement and
reporting of our impact and initiatives.
1 SDGs – Sustainable Development Goals, United Nations, 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development.
social impacts across all operational
areas, viewing sustainability as a strategic
imperative that drives long-term value for
our shareholders.
We continue to refine our ESG strategy
and internal data governance to ensure
reporting readiness. While recent EU
regulatory updates have postponed
mandatory Corporate Sustainability
Reporting Directive (CSRD) reporting for
many companies until 2027, our internal
teams remain focused on monitoring
sustainability data. This ongoing work
provides the foundation for a transparent
sustainability report that will highlight our
progress and impact on this vital journey.
Our commitment to sustainability is outlined under three key pillars:
PEOPLE
We cultivate a positive
and inclusive work
environment by
prioritising effective
employee relationship
management, which
promotes a healthy
work-life balance for all.
PLANET
We seek to minimise our
environmental impact and
support the transition to
a low-carbon business,
including through
improving work-life
balance.
GOVERNANCE
We provide insight into
how we run our business,
covering aspects such as
executive remuneration,
auditing, internal controls
and shareholder rights.
23
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Our ESG Vision – People
Our success is built on the talent,
innovation and dedication of our
people. We are committed to fostering
an inclusive workplace, enhancing
employee wellbeing, and ensuring
equal opportunities for all.
01.
DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION:
Global presence: We continue to value
our cultural diversity with 38 nationalities
represented across our international workforce.
Gender balance: We have increased our female
representation, which now accounts for 37% of
our total workforce.
Inclusive hiring practices: We are consistently
integrating DEI best practices into our
recruitment processes to ensure accessibility and
equal opportunities for all talent.
Pay equity & transparency: For the 2026 Salary
review process, we implemented new data from
updated salary benchmarking points.
02.
EMPLOYEE WELLBEING:
Hybrid work & core hours: We have refined
our flexible work policy to better balance
business requirements with meaningful work-life
integration.
Welfare: We have consolidated our employee
benefits to provide tailored tax efficient welfare.
Upskilling and development: We are investing
in our people through expanded professional
growth opportunities, including dedicated
leadership programmes both with internal and
external trainers. We also conducted an AI skill
assessment to make sure our workforce has
the necessary skills to cope with spreading new
technologies. Last but not least we also provide
English language training to our employees.
03.
KEY ACTIONS FOR 2026:
Report gender diversity at all levels.
Conduct a pay equity audit and address any
gaps
Upskilling project
Salary benchmarking new system
implementation
Career grading project alignment with new
salary benchmarking tool
Revamp of onboarding program
New system of performance evaluations
Revamp of MotorK core values
Leveraging the tax efficiency welfare programme
HR networking events
PEOPLE
DIVERSITY, EQUITY
AND INCLUSION
(DEI), AND EMPLOYEE
WELLBEING.
24
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Our ESG Vision – People continued
ENGAGING WITH
OUR SPARKERS
The first weeks of an employee’s
journey tell us more about the
health of our culture than any
annual survey. That is why we have
made onboarding the frontline of
our engagement strategy - and
why new hire satisfaction score of
4.6 out of 5 is not just a number,
but proof that our commitment to
people begins on day one.
STRATEGIC CONTEXT
In a SaaS business, intellectual property is created
by people, not machinery - which makes human
capital MotorK’s most valuable and most vulnerable
asset. Protecting that asset requires more than
competitive compensation; it demands a deliberate,
measurable approach to employee engagement.
This is why we place engagement at the centre of
our people strategy, treating it not as a periodic
exercise but as a continuous discipline embedded
in how we attract, onboard and develop talent. The
clearest early indicator of whether this discipline is
working is the quality of the experience we deliver
to new hires - the moment when commitment to the
Company is most fragile and first impressions are
most consequential.
WHAT THE DATA TELLS US
In 2025, our New Hire Survey recorded a
satisfaction score of 4.6 out of 5, up from 4.4 in
2024 - representing a meaningful improvement
in how new team members experience their first
weeks at MotorK. This result is significant because
onboarding quality is one of the strongest predictors
of long-term retention and early productivity:
employees who feel welcomed, supported and
equipped from day one are far more likely to become
engaged, high-performing contributors over time.
The upward trajectory confirms that the investments
we have made in structuring our onboarding
programme - from role-specific learning paths to
dedicated mentoring and cultural immersion - are
translating into a measurably better employee
experience. Taken together with our overall
employee satisfaction score of 4.6 out of 5, these
results provide concrete evidence that our people
strategy is delivering tangible outcomes, not merely
stated intentions.
FORWARD-LOOKING COMMITMENTS
Strong results are a foundation to build on, not a
reason to stand still. The priorities we are pursuing in
2026, set out alongside, are not abstract aspirations:
each is a direct response to a specific signal our
engagement data has surfaced - an area where
our people told us we could do more, or where the
evidence pointed to a clear opportunity to improve.
This reflects how we approach engagement as a
whole. Rather than treating it as a periodic exercise,
we run it as a continuous discipline of listening,
measuring, and acting, ensuring that what we hear
translates into change employees can actually feel.
It is by holding ourselves to that standard that we
expect to protect and strengthen what remains
MotorK’s most important competitive advantage:
the people who choose to build their careers here.
New hire survey
4.6/5
2024: 4.4/5
2026 EMPLOYEE ENGAGEMENT STRATEGY
Building on the 2025 insights, we are committed to strengthening our people strategy in the following
areas:
Enhancing employee welfare
programme by aligning benefits and
initiatives with employee needs and
expectations.
Reviewing and improving the
compensation structure to ensure
fairness and competitiveness in the
market.
Expanding reward and recognition
programme to better acknowledge
contributions and achievements.
Focus on learning and development
with the implementation of a new
learning module in our HRIS to better
manage all the career plans, continuous
learning and upskilling projects.
By continuously listening to employee feedback and implementing targeted actions, we
aim to foster an inclusive, motivating and high-performing work environment in 2026 and
beyond.
25
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Our ESG Vision – People continued
TRAINING AND
DEVELOPMENT
At MotorK, we recognise that in a
SaaS environment, our intellectual
property is created by people, not
machinery. Consequently, our social
strategy in 2025 moved beyond
standard retention metrics to focus
on a radical upskilling of our human
capital.”
Marco Marlia
President & Co-Founder
EMPOWERING THE AI-NATIVE’
WORKFORCE
As we embedded AI into the core of our SparK
platform, we simultaneously launched a
comprehensive internal transformation to ensure
our 300+ employees are not merely users of AI,
but architects of it. To bridge the gap between
technological potential and daily execution, we
implemented a department-tailored AI upskilling
programme where every employee - from
engineering to sales and finance - was challenged
to create specific projects leveraging AI to simplify
daily tasks. This initiative effectively democratised
innovation within the Group, turning our workforce
into a testing ground for the very efficiency gains we
promise our customers.
To systematise this culture of continuous
improvement, we rolled out a new Internal
enablement framework powered by the TalentLMS
platform. This ecosystem provides structured, role-
specific learning paths designed to reduce ramp-up
time for new joiners while offering seasoned veterans
deep-dives into the latest market trends and
product features. We further supported long-term
professional growth by confirming our education
bonus, which offers a 50% reimbursement for
master’s degrees and specialised courses, alongside
our ongoing English language programs. Crucially,
this investment in talent is underpinned by an
unwavering commitment to DEI. We continue to
recruit based strictly on objective criteria - expertise,
performance, and potential - ensuring a work
environment where every ‘SparKer’ has an equal
opportunity to advance regardless of race, gender,
or background.
RECOGNISING AND REWARDING TALENT
Employee engagement is directly linked to
recognition, which is why we confirmed the
SparKer Awards to celebrate employees who have
demonstrated exceptional performance, innovation,
and a commitment to MotorK’s values.
ENCOURAGING CAREER GROWTH AND
INTERNAL MOBILITY
We continue to emphasise internal career
progression, allowing employees to explore
new roles within the organisation. In 2025, 20
employees successfully transitioned to new roles
or departments (13 in 2024), benefiting from our
internal mobility policy. These moves not only
support personal development but also enable the
Company to retain and leverage existing talent more
effectively. Additionally, our remote work flexibility
policy allowed 32 employees to work from 20
different countries, reinforcing our commitment to a
modern, adaptable work environment.
ENHANCING SALES ONBOARDING
Recognising the importance of an efficient and
effective sales enablement strategy, we have
strengthened our sales onboarding programme,
ensuring new hires quickly adapt to MotorKs
solutions, processes, and culture, accelerating their
ability to drive business results.
GENDER PAY GAP REPORTING
The Group is building a strengthened reporting
framework to comply with the Equality Act 2010
(Gender Pay Gap Information) Regulations 2017.
As at 31 December 2025, all top management
positions were held by men. Our long-term objective
is to achieve gender pay parity and to ensure fair
and transparent representation at every level of
the Group. To support this, we have commenced
a comprehensive internal review of payroll and
workforce data and embedded targeted actions
within our Human Resources strategy to accelerate
the progression of female talent into senior
leadership roles and promote pay equity across
comparable positions.
The Group expects to complete data consolidation
and publish its full statutory gender pay gap
disclosure by December 2026, which will serve as
the baseline for tracking progress against these
commitments.
To proactively address any pay disparities identified,
the Group is implementing the following initiatives:
Targeted Talent Mapping: Undertaking
a Group-wide assessment to identify
high-potential female employees and prioritise
their development and progression into senior,
higher-paid leadership roles.
Inclusive Recruitment Protocols: Strengthening
recruitment processes by requiring diverse
shortlists and mandating unconscious bias
training for all hiring managers to support fair
and equitable hiring decisions.
Annual Compensation Benchmarking:
Introducing a rigourous annual review of pay,
bonus structures, and role grading to ensure
consistency, fairness, and gender neutrality
across equivalent positions.
Enhanced Data Transparency: Upgrading
internal data and reporting systems to provide
real-time visibility over diversity indicators,
pay distribution, and workforce composition,
enabling more informed decision-making.
26
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Our ESG Vision – People continued
EVENTS AND
C U S T O M E R
TRAINING
INITIATIVES
“MotorK is deeply engaged in
industry events, knowledge-sharing
and customer education. Our
training initiatives extend beyond
internal development to include
comprehensive client education
programmes aimed at enhancing our
customers’ ability to leverage digital
tools effectively.”
Marco Marlia
President & Co-Founder
CUSTOMER TRAINING INITIATIVES
We have expanded and enhanced our customer
training programme, offering a variety of formats to
meet different learning needs:
Seminars and 1:1 coaching tailored to dealership
professionals.
One-to-many workshops, enabling broader
knowledge-sharing across customer networks.
Targeted video tutorials, designed to facilitate a
seamless transition to digitalisation.
A new Learning Management System (LMS),
providing clients with a structured and
continuously updated training platform.
These initiatives empower our customers to optimise
their operations, increase digital engagement and
fully leverage MotorK solutions.
INDUSTRY STEWARDSHIP: SHAPING THE
CONVERSATION
MotorK’s responsibility extends beyond our walls
to the wider automotive community. In 2025, we
participated in and hosted 25 major industry
events across Europe, acting not merely as
attendees but as agenda-setters who challenge
conventional wisdom. Our proprietary SparK
Labs initiative proved to be a standout success,
fostering direct dialogue on innovation with key
industry stakeholders. This thought leadership
was exemplified at the European Automotive
Dealer Summit in Brussels, where President Marco
Marlia delivered a keynote arguing that AI’s value
is contingent on clean data and deep domain
expertise - a message that resonated deeply with a
market struggling to separate hype from reality.
Our influence on the industry dialogue continued
in London at the Pipeline Conference Europe,
where our Head of Business Development,
Baptiste Paulet, joined a panel of elite leaders to
discuss tailoring outreach in the complex EMEA
market, positioning MotorK as a standard-bearer
for commercial excellence. Furthermore, our
partnership with the International Car Distribution
Programme allowed us to present critical research
on how AI is reshaping the customer journey.
Our joint survey revealed that 65% of industry
professionals expect AI to fundamentally alter
dealer digitalisation within five years, a finding that
powerfully validates our strategic direction.
EXPANDING DIGITAL AND WEBINARS
PRESENCE
To complement live events, we expanded our
webinar offerings, hosting sessions in Spain and Italy
to educate clients on state-of-the-art technology,
digital best practices and MotorK product
applications. These sessions have been instrumental
in helping dealerships improve efficiency and
customer experience.
Furthermore, our participation in dealership
association events in France and Spain has
strengthened our brand visibility and industry
credibility, reinforcing our position as a leader in
digital transformation for automotive retail.
We are driven by integrity
and fairness. Our diversity
makes us stronger, helping us
become a better Company.”
Male (63%)
Female (37%)
Non-binary/non-disclosed (0%)
Gender balance
Nationalities
38
2024: 32
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
27
Our ESG Vision – Planet
While our social influence expanded, we remained
steadfast in minimising our ecological footprint
and upholding rigourous governance. As a SaaS
provider, our business model is inherently low-
carbon compared to traditional manufacturing,
yet we recognise our corporate responsibility to
further reduce our impact.
CAR AND BUSINESS TRAVEL POLICY
In 2025, we updated our Travel and Car Policy
with the specific aim of reducing GHG emissions
and continued to support a hybrid work model
that significantly lowers the carbon footprint
associated with daily commuting. Perhaps our
greatest environmental contribution lies in the
‘multiplier effect’ of our product itself; by enabling
digital test drives, virtual showrooms and remote
sales processes, SparK helps thousands of
dealerships reduce the need for physical customer
travel and paper-based processes, driving
sustainability across the entire automotive value
chain.
ENERGY CONSUMPTION AND SERVER
INFRASTRUCTURE
As the tech industry evolves, most software
companies are increasingly recognising the
significant environmental impact of the energy
consumed to power their servers, a crucial
component of their overall GHG emissions. In
alignment with industry trends, we are taking
steps to assess and mitigate the energy usage
associated with our data centres and server
operations. We are actively exploring ways to
optimise our server infrastructure, transition
to greener energy sources, and improve the
efficiency of our technology systems. This will help
us reduce our indirect environmental impact and
further support our long-term sustainability goals.
The Groups total annual energy consumption is
below 40,000kWh. Consequently, GHG emissions
are considered not significant. In accordance with
applicable legislation, the Group is exempt from
reporting GHG emissions and does not provide a
quantitative disclosure of these emissions.
OFFICE ENERGY AND WASTE
MANAGEMENT
We continue to improve office sustainability by
integrating employee recommendations on waste
management and increasing energy efficiency.
Some of our offices already operate on 100%
renewable energy, and we are assessing ways to
extend this initiative across all locations.
We also maintain a commitment to responsible
electronic waste disposal, in line with the Waste
Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive.
By proactively addressing these priorities, we aim
to integrate sustainability into our operational
strategy while maintaining our focus on efficiency
and innovation.
PLANET
AS A SAAS COMPANY,
WE ACKNOWLEDGE
THAT OUR GREENHOUSE
GAS (GHG) EMISSIONS
PRIMARILY STEM FROM
BUSINESS TRAVEL AND
SERVER AND OFFICE
ENERGY CONSUMPTION.
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
28
Our ESG Vision – Governance
PREPARING FOR ESG GOVERNANCE
Board of Directors
The Board of Directors is responsible for
establishing the foundation of MotorK’s ESG
strategy. While we are still in the early stages of
ESG reporting, the Board is working to define
clear sustainability goals and align them with the
Company’s long-term business strategy. As part of
this preparation, the Board is assessing how ESG
factors will be embedded into decision-making and
risk management processes, ensuring readiness for
full regulatory compliance by 2026.
Executive leadership
The CEO and Executive Leadership Team, including
the Chief Human Resources Officer (CHRO) and
Chief Financial Officer (CFO), are leading the
development of our ESG governance structure. They
are working to set the strategic direction, define
ESG priorities, and prepare internal teams for the
implementation of sustainability initiatives. A key
focus is ensuring that our organisation is equipped
with the necessary expertise and resources to
manage ESG requirements effectively in the coming
years.
Investor relations
As investor expectations around ESG disclosure
grow, our investor relations team is actively
exploring best practices for transparent
communication of our sustainability progress.
We are developing a structured approach to ESG
reporting that will align with industry standards and
regulatory requirements, ensuring that stakeholders
remain informed and engaged.
Human resources
HR is preparing to strengthen the social dimension
of our ESG strategy by assessing current policies
on DEI, employee wellbeing and ethical workplace
practices. Over the next year, we will focus on
defining key social impact metrics and integrating
them into our broader sustainability strategy.
Risk management and compliance
Our risk management and compliance team is
laying the groundwork for ESG risk identification
and mitigation. As we prepare for CSRD
compliance, we are evaluating data collection
processes, impact assessment methodologies, and
governance structures to ensure smooth integration
into our enterprise risk management framework.
Robust governance and compliance Framework
Underpinning these initiatives is a robust
governance framework that aligns with the
requirements of a public company listed on
Euronext Amsterdam. The Board of Directors
maintains a rigourous internal control system
(ICS), having reviewed our principal risks -
including cybersecurity and macroeconomic
volatility - in 2025 to ensure our mitigation
strategies remain robust. A cornerstone of this
commitment is our ISO 27001 certification,
first achieved in 2024. In 2025, we successfully
passed all surveillance audits, reconfirming
that our Information Security Management
System (ISMS) meets the highest international
standards. This certification is critical in an era
where data is currency; it assures our enterprise
clients that we adhere to strict security protocols
and General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR)
compliance, protecting their sensitive information
with the utmost vigilance. We operate with a
transparent Code of Ethics, supported by tools for
whistleblowing and internal dealing compliance,
ensuring that our growth is always achieved with
integrity.
2026 READINESS PLAN
Establish a structured ESG governance
framework to support long-term sustainability
integration.
Strengthen Board oversight of ESG through
dedicated training and strategic planning.
Develop internal ESG reporting capabilities in
preparation for CSRD compliance.
Define and implement key social and
environmental policies to support future
disclosures.
Enhance investor engagement on sustainability
matters through transparent communication.
By proactively preparing for ESG governance and
reporting, we are ensuring that MotorK is well-
positioned to manage sustainability effectively
and meet future regulatory requirements with
confidence.
GOVERNANCE
WE BELIEVE STRONG
GOVERNANCE IS CORE
TO MAKING PROGRESS
ACROSS ALL AREAS OF
OUR SUSTAINABILITY
FRAMEWORK.
As we prepare for the evolving ESG
landscape, we recognise our responsibility
to enhance transparency and ensure we
can effectively manage our impact on
society while balancing the needs of our
stakeholders. In anticipation of future
regulatory requirements, including CSRD
compliance, we are actively structuring our
governance framework to integrate ESG
considerations into our business operations.
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
29
Our ESG Vision – Cybersecurity
& Data Protection
WHAT IS ISO 27001 CERTIFICATION?
ISO/IEC 27001:2022 is an international standard
that sets out the requirements for establishing,
implementing, maintaining and continually
improving an ISMS.
The standard helps organisations systematically
manage sensitive information, ensuring it remains
secure by addressing people, processes and
technology. For SaaS companies like ours, this
certification demonstrates our commitment to
protecting data and ensuring that all security risks,
from cyber threats to unauthorised access, are
managed proactively. ISO 27001 helps identify
and mitigate potential security risks while ensuring
compliance with data protection regulations, such
as GDPR.
CYBERSECURITY IS A MATERIAL RISK,
NOT A TECHNICAL FOOTNOTE
As a SaaS provider operating at the intersection
of automotive retail and digital infrastructure,
MotorK processes significant volumes of sensitive
customer and business data every day. This
exposure makes cybersecurity not merely an
IT concern, but a material business risk - one
that, if mismanaged, can result in financial loss,
regulatory penalties, and irreparable damage
to the trust our clients place in us. The threat
landscape continues to intensify: the automotive
sector’s accelerating shift toward connected
vehicles, AI-driven personalisation, and digital
retail platforms has dramatically expanded
the surface area for cyberattacks, making the
companies that power this transformation
- including MotorK - primary targets. In this
context, a rigourous, independently verified
approach to information security is not optional;
it is a prerequisite for operating responsibly and
maintaining our licence to grow.
WHAT WE PROVED IN 2025
MotorK first achieved ISO/IEC 27001:2022
certification in 2024, establishing a comprehensive
ISMS designed to protect data integrity,
confidentiality and availability across every
layer of our operations. In 2025, we submitted
this framework to its first surveillance audit - the
independent annual assessment required to
confirm that our ISMS continues to meet the
standard’s rigourous requirements under real
operating conditions. We passed with zero
non-conformities, confirming that the controls,
processes and governance structures we put in
place are not only maintained but functioning
as intended. This result is significant because
a surveillance audit tests whether a security
framework holds up under the pressures of day-to-
day business - new product releases, organisational
growth, evolving threats - and our outcome
demonstrates that MotorKs commitment to
information security is structural, not performative.
HOW WE OPERATIONALISE SECURITY
BEYOND CERTIFICATION
Certification, however, is a framework - its value
depends entirely on the discipline with which it
is executed. Throughout 2025, we continued
to strengthen the operational practices that
give our ISMS its substance. We completed the
rollout of two-factor authentication across our
core solutions, adding a critical layer of defence
against unauthorised access. We maintained
and expanded our employee security training
programme, ensuring that every SparKer is
equipped to recognise and respond to threats such
as phishing, credential theft and social engineering
- the human vulnerabilities that remain the most
common entry point for cyberattacks. And we
deepened our vendor risk management processes,
conducting enhanced due diligence and security
audits of third-party partners and suppliers to
reduce exposure across our extended ecosystem.
Together, these measures ensure that security is
embedded in how we build, sell and deliver our
products - providing our automotive clients with
the assurance that their data, and the data of their
customers, is protected to the highest international
standards.
KEY ACTIONS FOR 2026:
Extend security governance to AI capabilities
- Expand our framework to address AI-specific
risks as the technology becomes central
to SparK, covering data integrity, access
governance and adversarial safeguards.
Deepen supply chain cybersecurity assurance
- Move toward requiring key technology
partners to demonstrate independently
certified security standards, reducing residual
third-party risk.
Advance from awareness to simulation -
Enhance our regular phishing simulations and
incident response drills to pressure-test our
human defences under realistic conditions.
CYBERSECURITY
& DATA
PROTECTION
STRENGTHENING OUR
DIGITAL RESILIENCE.
In 2025, MotorK transitioned from foundational
certification to operational resilience: successfully
passing our first ISO 27001 surveillance audit with
zero non-conformities while scaling AI governance,
2FA deployment, and supply chain security to
ensure data integrity remains a structural pillar of
our growth.
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
30
Stakeholder Engagement and S172 Statement
The Board is mindful of its responsibilities to
all stakeholders when considering the likely
consequences of the implementation of its business
strategy and long-term decisions. When taking
decisions of strategic importance, the Board
endeavours to balance the interests of all its
stakeholders in a way that is compatible with the
Groups long-term growth. The Board considers its
key stakeholders to be its employees, customers,
suppliers and investors, given that these groups
interact significantly with the business model
and are impacted most in the course of business
operations. It is through regular engagement
with these stakeholders that the Board is able to
understand the issues that are most important to
each group and make informed judgements when
implementing the Groups strategy and long-term
decision-making.
Throughout the course of the year, the Board
has acted in the way it considered, in good faith,
would be most likely to promote the success of the
Group for the benefit of its members as a whole.
This section comprises our Section 172 statement,
setting out how the Board has, in performing its
duty over the course of the year, had regard to
the matters set out in Section 172(1)(a) to (f) of
the Companies Act 2006, which are as follows:
a) the likely consequence of any decision in the
long-term;
b) the interests of the Companys employees;
c) the need to foster the Company’s business
relationship with suppliers, customers and others;
d) the impact of the Company’s operations on the
community and the environment;
e) the desirability of the Company maintaining
a reputation for high standards of business
conduct; and
f) the need to act fairly as between members of
the Company.
STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT AND S172 STATEMENT
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
31
Stakeholder Engagement and S172 Statement continued
HOW THE GROUP ENGAGES WITH ITS KEY STAKEHOLDERS
Stakeholders Why it is important to engage Areas of impact addressed Actions taken by management and/or the Directors in FY2025
Employees Our services are delivered almost
entirely by our internal workforce,
with limited outsourcing.
Employees represent our biggest asset and
their associated costs have the greatest
impact on our profit and loss statement
compared to other factors.
We have a legal and ethical responsibility for
their wellbeing.
Training and development.
Wellbeing.
Internal communication
and participation.
Group culture and engagement.
Regular employee satisfaction surveys.
Regular townhalls open to all employees.
Access to training both for personal development and work-related topics.
Share options plan extended to all employees.
Comprehensive objectives and key results system put in place to align Company and personal goals.
Senior Executive Managers ‘on tour’ in all MotorK offices to promote the Company’s culture.
Customers and
suppliers
Their performance directly impacts
our financial, operational and
responsible performance.
We are commercially responsible to
customers and suppliers.
Customer satisfaction.
Support to customers with
temporary difficulties.
Innovative strategic partnerships.
Careful selection of trustworthy
suppliers.
Active participation in the main automotive industry events to make our customers and our suppliers aware of the
technological changes affecting the market in the next years and how they need to be prepared for future challenges.
Regular reviews of supplier contracts and robust supplier evaluation process.
Prioritisation of customer satisfaction levels to ensure alignment with business goals.
Investors and
shareholders
Our strategic and operational decision-
making is influenced by our investors’ views.
We are dependent on access to funding.
We are accountable to our shareholders.
Updates with potential investors.
Communication with investors.
Maintenance and development of the investors’ section on our website.
Analyst coverage.
Met with several potential investors, both one-to-one and in group meetings.
Quarterly KPIs (Key Performance Indicators) communication to ensure full visibility of Group performance.
Shares issuance related to the exercise of stock-option assigned to the employees.
Shares issuance related to the two reserved capital increase for a total aggregate amount of €5.3 million.
Management to further bolster the Group’s external growth strategy.
Regarding how the Group engages with local communities and environment, please make reference to the disclosure reported in the ESG section on pages 22-29.
KEY DECISIONS TAKEN IN THE YEAR AND IMPACT TO THE RELEVANT STAKEHOLDERS
The list of the main resolutions made by the Board of Directors of the Company are listed in the paragraph ‘Meetings of the Board of Directors’ in the Non-Executive Directors’ Report. Key decisions and relevant impact to
the relevant stakeholders are reported below:
Key decision Impacted stakeholders Relevant impact
Stakeholder conflicts /
mitigation Management actions and S172 considerations
Approval of the reserved
capital increase of €5.3 million
executed in March 2025 by 83
North III Limited Partnership,
Lucerne Capital Management
and Zobito AB, existing
shareholders of the Company
Investors.
Employees.
Customers.
Suppliers.
Strengthening of financial
position.
Capacity for growth.
No direct conflict evident. The primary consideration was the likely consequences of any decision in the long term,
specifically securing funding for strategic growth, which ultimately promotes the success of
the Company.
Investors benefit from increased capital for future growth and a stronger balance sheet
This indirectly benefits employees (job security, resources for R&D) and customers/suppliers
(long-term viability of the business).
No conflict was identified; all stakeholders benefit from a financially robust Company.
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
32
Stakeholder Engagement and S172 Statement continued
Key decision Impacted stakeholders Relevant impact
Stakeholder conflicts /
mitigation Management actions and S172 considerations
Approval of the sale of its
remaining 20% stake in Auto
XY SpA to GEDI Digital Srl for
a total consideration of €3.5
million
Investors
Employees
Customers
Strengthens the balance
sheet.
Improves investor confidence.
Potential morale impact on
employees.
Potential conflict between
shareholder interest (financial
gain) and employee stability/
morale.
Directors assessed risks to employees and customers, planning communications and
incentives to align interests (S172 duty to consider employee interests and long-term
consequences).
Directors considered the need to maintain a high standard of business conduct and the
desirability of the Company maintaining a reputation for high-quality operations.
The disposal streamlines the business, allowing greater focus and resources for the core B2B
activities, which benefits customers and employees in the long term.
No conflict was identified; this decision is aligned with the long-term success of the Company.
Approval of Companys 2024
results and H1 2025 statements
Investors
Employees
Customers
Suppliers
Ensuring awareness
and transparency of the
Company information for key
stakeholders with the effect of
enhancing stakeholder trust.
Supports decision-making by
investors.
Provides assurance to
commercial partners.
No direct conflict. The
decision serves the collective
interest by promoting good
governance and ethical
business conduct.
Directors considered the duty to promote the success of the Company for the benefit of its
members and to have regard to the interests of employees, customers, and the need to foster
the Group’s business relationships (suppliers).
Investors receive timely and accurate financial information, critical for their decision-making.
Enhanced transparency builds trust with all stakeholders.
No significant conflicts were identified; the decision benefits all groups through improved
governance.
Granting of new options to
employees in the context of the
long-term share incentive plan
in line with the Remuneration
Policy
Employees
Shareholders
Customers
Investors
Aligns employee interests with
long-term Company goals.
Motivating staff for improved
performance
Benefiting shareholders by
boosting Company value,
aligning employee interests
with long-term Company
goals.
Improves retention.
Possible dilution for existing
shareholders.
Directors approved in line with the Remuneration Policy and S172, communicating benefits
to both parties (S172 duty to foster employee engagement and promote the long-term
success of the Company). The Board concluded that the level of dilution was acceptable
and proportionate, given the long-term value creation and alignment of employee and
shareholder interests.
Particular regard was given to the interests of the employees and the need to foster the
Company’s business relationships with its shareholders.
Directly benefits employees through financial incentives and commitment.
The performance-driven culture created by the plan directly benefits investors (higher
Company value) and customers (better service). This decision indirectly serves the long-term
success of the Company, with no conflict between stakeholders.
Approval of the fourth loan of
the financing agreement with
Atempo Growth equal to €3
million
Investors
Employees
Shareholders
Provides value for the
investors.
Boosts the growth and the
investment in R&D activities.
Balancing the benefit of
non-dilutive growth capital
against increased debt
concentration and the
potential impact on the
security/priority position of
the Group’s other existing
creditor.
The Board conducted a rigourous review of the Group’s cash flow forecasts and covenant
compliance scenarios before approving the tranches. Management engaged in transparent
dialogue with both existing creditors to ensure the additional drawdown remained within the
agreed inter-creditor framework.
No significant conflicts were identified; the decision benefits all groups through improved
governance.
33
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Financial and Operating Review
GROUP PERFORMANCE OVERVIEW
In 2025, the Group delivered a significant
improvement in both operating performance and
cash generation, marking a clear step forward
towards sustainable profitability and self-funded
growth.
Revenues increased to €40.9 million, supported
by continued expansion of the SaaS platform
business, while disciplined cost management
and organisational optimisation materially
improved operating leverage across the Group. As
a result, Adjusted EBITDA reached €4.3 million,
corresponding to a 10.6% margin, compared with
a negative result in the prior year. This turnaround
reflects the scalability of the Group’s business model,
with revenue growth combined with a structurally
leaner cost base, notably through reduced personnel
and operating expenses as a percentage of
revenues.
The improvement in profitability translated into
a strong recovery in cash generation. Operating
free cash flow amounted to €8.3 million, driven by
positive EBITDA contribution and a substantial
working capital inflow resulting from enhanced cash
collection and tighter operational management.
After continued investments in product
development, the Group generated positive
free cash flow of €1.1 million, compared with a
significant cash absorption in 2024. This represents
an important milestone, demonstrating the Groups
ability to finance growth initiatives increasingly
through internally generated resources.
Overall, the combined improvement in earnings
quality and cash conversion enabled the Group to
close the year with a strengthened liquidity position,
confirming the effectiveness of management actions
undertaken over the past periods and supporting
the transition towards sustainable long-term
profitability.
FINANCIAL AND OPERATING REVIEW
To support our expanding business and necessary
investments, the year-end liquidity has been
bolstered through a fourth loan agreement with
Atempo Growth (Atempo), announced on December
2025 for €3 million and a reserved capital increase
of €2.5 million with Underdogs Group S.r.l. on 13 April
2026. This newly acquired liquidity offers operational
flexibility, paving the way for the profitability
anticipated in FY2026.
Further details of Group performance are provided
in the paragraphs on the next page.
Revenue
40.9m
2024:40.3m
Revenue growth
2%
2024: 5%
Adjusted EBITDA
€4.3m
2024: -€0.5m
In FY2025, MotorK completed
a decisive operational
transformation, to unlock long-
term operating scalability and
profitability, and reset its financial
baseline.
34
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Financial and Operating Review continued
RESULTS FOR THE YEAR
€’000 2025 2024
Revenues 40,944 40,333
Cost for customers’ media services (7,858) (8,144)
Personnel costs (23,722) (26,228)
R&D capitalisation 6,563 8,278
Other costs (11,595) (14,744)
Total costs (36,612) (40,838)
Adjusted EBITDA* 4,332 (505)
Exceptional (costs)/income (1,649) 167
Stock option plan cost (1,524) (638)
EBITDA 1,159 (9 76)
Amortisation and depreciation (10,669) (9,990)
EBIT (9,510) (10 ,9 6 6)
Finance costs (net of finance income) (2,349) (2,091)
Loss before tax (11,859) (13 , 0 57 )
Corporate income tax (160) 4
Loss for the year (12,019) (13,053)
* This is a non-GAAP measure considered relevant by management and it is considered a Group APM. Reconciliation with the accounts is provided on
page 155 of this Annual Report.
REVENUE
The 2025 Group revenue amounted to €40.9 million compared with €40.3 million in FY2024, representing a
2% year-on-year increase.
Revenue by product and service line
€’000 2025 2024
Year-on-year
change
SaaS platform revenue 31,023 30,154 3%
Digital marketing revenue 8,063 8,694 (7%)
Other revenue 1,858 1,485 25%
Total 40,944 40,333 2%
Growth was primarily driven by continued expansion of the SaaS platform business, which increased to €31
million (+3% year-on-year), confirming the resilience and scalability of the Group’s core recurring revenue
stream.
Digital marketing revenues amounted to €8.1 million, decreasing by 7% compared with the prior year, mainly
reflecting a more selective commercial approach and optimisation of lower-margin activities.
Other revenues grew significantly to €1.9 million (+25% year-on-year), supported by additional ancillary
services and non-recurring projects delivered during the period.
As a result, the revenue mix further strengthened towards SaaS activities, which continue to represent the
Groups main growth driver.
€’000 2025 2024
Year-on-year
change
Recurring revenue 30,376 30,044 1%
Contract start-up revenue 647 110 488%
SaaS platform revenue
1
31,023 30,15 4 3%
SaaS Recurring revenue as % of total revenue 74% 74% -
SaaS platform revenue as % of total revenue 76% 75% 1%
1 Includes revenue from SaaS platform. Please refer to Note 5 of the Notes Forming Part of the Consolidated Financial Statements on pages 104-105
for the revenue recognition criteria applied. Due to the revenue recognition policy applied, revenues are different from Annual recurring revenues
(ARR), which is considered a Group APM. Details of how ARR is calculated is provided on page 153 of this Annual Report.
The revenue distribution by geography has remained consistent with prior year, confirming our presence
throughout the entire EMEA territory.
€’000 2025 % of total 2024 % of total
Year-on-year
change
Italy 27,594 67% 26 , 3 47 65% 5%
Spain 3,597 9% 3,679 9% (2%)
France 5,054 13% 5, 639 14% (10%)
Germany 2,119 5% 2, 230 6% (5%)
Benelux 2,580 6% 2,438 6% 6%
Total 40,944 100% 40,333 100% 2%
35
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Financial and Operating Review continued
Total costs
Total costs decreased to €36.6 million from €40.8 million in FY2024, reflecting ongoing efficiency initiatives
and improved operating discipline.
Cost for customers’ media services declined slightly to 19% of revenues (20% in FY2024), in line with the
reduction in digital marketing activities.
Personnel costs decreased materially to 58% of revenues, compared with 65% in the prior year, mainly driven
by organisational optimisation and productivity improvements. The average number of employees (directly
employed by the subsidiaries of the Group) in FY2025 is 341 (401 in FY2024).
€’000 2025 2024
Salaries and other personnel costs 17,999 20,198
Social security costs 5,723 6 ,030
Total personnel costs* 23,722 26,228
* The difference between the caption ‘Total personnel costs’ and the caption ‘Personnel costs’ presented in the Consolidated Statement of Profit and
Loss and Other Comprehensive Income on page 91 amounts to €2.4 million (€0.4 million in FY2024) and comprises the indemnity of €0.9 million (€1.4
million in FY2024), nil earn-out payments costs (€1.6 million in FY2024) and stock option plan cost of €1.5 million (€0.6 million in FY2024) classified
as non-recurring costs below Adjusted EBITDA in the table ‘Results for the year’ on page 34. For further details, please refer to Note 10 of the Notes
Forming Part of the Consolidated Financial Statements on pages 112-113.
Other costs were significantly reduced to 28% of revenues (37% in FY2024), confirming the effectiveness of
the cost rationalisation programme.
R&D capitalisation amounted to €6.6 million (16% of revenues), compared with €8.3 million in FY2024,
reflecting a more selective investment approach while continuing to support platform innovation.
€’000 2025 2024
Year-on-year
change
Total R&D expenses 12,174 13,090 (7%)
– of which capitalised 6,563 8,278 (21%)
– of which expensed in the income statement 5,611 4,812 17%
Total R&D expenses as a percentage of Group total revenue 30% 32% (2%)
Adjusted EBITDA
Thanks to revenue growth combined with strong cost control, the Group reported a marked improvement in
profitability, with Adjusted EBITDA reaching €4.3 million, corresponding to a 10.6% margin, compared with
negative €0.5 million in FY2024. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-IFRS financial measure used by management to
monitor the operating profit of the Group and is calculated as EBITDA net of exceptional income/(costs) and
stock option expenses, which are not strictly inherent to the underlying business performance. Exceptional
income/(costs) amounting to negative €1.7 million (compared with positive €0.2 million in FY2024) comprise
positive €0.2 million for the remeasurement of the contingent consideration at FVTPL consequently the fact
that the target for the payments of the considerations was not achieved (positive €0.9 million in FY2024),
offset by severance payment indemnities and related costs for employees who left the Group and have not
been replaced of €0.9 million (€1.4 million during the FY2024) together with costs incurred for one-off
expenditure not expected to recur during the year of €0.8 million (€0.9 million during FY2024) which in the
current year include costs associated with the loan agreements, tax penalties and ongoing litigation.
Stock option plan cost amounted to €1.5 million (€0.6 million in FY2024).
Full reconciliation of the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA with the Consolidated Statement of Profit and
Loss and Other Comprehensive Income is provided on page 91 of this Annual Report. Please refer to the
paragraph ‘Critical accounting estimates and judgements’ on page 106 of this Annual Report for the
explanation of the criteria used to identify such items as one-off/non-recurring costs.
Finance costs (net of finance income)
Finance costs net of finance income for the period were €2.3 million (€2.1 million in FY2024) and include
mainly the interest paid during the year. The increase is mainly due to the payment of interest on Atempo
additional loans compared to FY2024.
Taxation
Corporate income tax was a negative figure of €0.2 million (positive €0.005 million in FY2024) and included
mainly the tax provision of €0.8 million in France, Germany and Spain offset by a €0.3 million R&D grant
obtained in Italy in 2025. Deferred tax assets of approximately €25.6 million, €23.6 million of which arising
from unrecognised trading losses (€21.9 million in FY2024, €20.3 million of which arising from unrecognised
tax losses) have not been recognised due to the uncertainty in the timing in which such loss will be utilised.
Loss for the year
Loss for the year was €12 million compared with €13 million for the previous period. The decrease compared
to the previous period is mainly due to the positive effect of the increase in revenue and the reduction in
personnel and other operating costs mentioned above.
36
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Financial and Operating Review continued
GROUP CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND FINANCIAL POSITION
€’000 2025 2024
Tangible assets 2,580 3,379
Intangible assets 43,760 46,335
Investments in associates - 3,538
Fixed assets 46,340 53,252
Net working capital (4,839) (1,108)
Deferred tax (1,265) (1,533)
Employees’ benefit liabilities (2,100) (2,310)
Provisions (157) (121)
Total invested capital 37,979 4 8,18 0
Cash on hand and cash at banks 3,656 3,362
Financial assets 257 242
Financial liabilities (18,277) (23,76 4)
Net (borrowing) position (14,364) ( 20,1 6 0 )
Net equity 23,615 28,020
Fixed assets
Fixed assets were €46.3 million as at 31 December 2025, compared with €53.3 million as at 31 December
2024. The decrease of tangible assets amounting to €0.8 million was related mainly to the rise of €0.4 million
of right of use assets net of depreciation for €1.2 million. The decrease of intangible assets amounting to
€2.6 million was related mainly to the additions for the development costs capitalized of €6.7 million net of
amortisation for €9.3 million. The reduction of investment in associates represented the total consideration
collected for the sale of its remaining 20% stake in Auto XY SpA to GEDI Digital Srl.
Net (borrowing) position
Net borrowing position was €14.4 million as at 31 December 2025 compared with €20.2 million as at
31 December 2024. Cash on hand and cash at banks amounted to €3.7 million compared with €3.4 million
as of 31 December 2024. Changes compared with the previous years are explained below in the Group cash
movements for the year table. Financial liabilities amounted to €18.3 million compared with €23.8 million as
of 31 December 2024. The decrease is mainly due to Atempo and Illimity Bank (Illimity) instalments payments
for an amount of €4.6 million and changes in lease liabilities related to IFRS 16 for an amount of €0.7 million.
Net equity
Net equity was €23.6 million as at 31 December 2025, compared with €28 million of the previous period.
Change compared with the previous year is described in Note 23 – Shareholders’ Equity in the Notes Forming
Part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.
37
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Financial and Operating Review continued
GROUP CASH MOVEMENTS FOR THE YEAR
€’000 2025 2024
Cash on hand and cash at banks at the beginning of the period 3,362 3,509
Adjusted EBITDA 4,332 (505)
Decrease/(increase) in working capital 3,921 (840)
Operating free cash flow* 8,253 (1, 3 4 5)
Taxes paid (420) (191)
Cash flow from investing activities – tangible assets (24) (27)
Cash flow from investing activities – R&D (6,721) (8,383)
Free cash flow* 1,088 (9,9 4 6)
Exceptional items (1,509) (2,104)
Cash outflow for acquisition of subsidiaries and post-combination
services** (221) (6,189)
Cash inflow for disposal of investment in associates 3,500 -
Cash flow from financing activities (7,995) 4,435
Cash flow from equity movements 5,678 14,156
Others (247) (49 9)
Net increase/(decrease) in cash on hand and cash at banks 294 (147)
Cash on hand and cash at banks at the end of the period 3,656 3,362
* This is a non-GAAP measure considered relevant by management and it is considered a Group APM. Reconciliation with the accounts is provided on
page 154 of this Annual Report.
** The line item Cash outflow for acquisition of subsidiaries and post-combination services (€0.2 million in FY2025 and €6.2 million in FY2024) is the
sum of the line item Cash outflow for payment of post-combination remuneration (€0.6 million in FY2025 and €1.1 million in FY2024) and the
line item Cash outflow on acquisition of subsidiaries (net of cash acquired) (€0.2 million in FY2025 and €5.1 million in FY2024) presented in the
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows on page 94 of this Annual Report.
Operating free cash flow
The Group generated a strong improvement in cash generation from operations. Adjusted EBITDA from
continuing operations amounted to €4.3 million, compared with negative €0.5 million in the prior year.
This performance was further supported by a positive working capital contribution of €3.9 million, mainly
driven by improved collections and tighter management of operating payables and receivables, compared
with a €0.8 million absorption in FY2024.
As a result, operating free cash flow reached €8.3 million, representing a significant improvement versus
negative €1.3 million in the previous year.
Free cash flow
Free cash flow for FY2025 was positive €1.1 million, an improvement compared to negative €9.9 million in
FY2024. The reduction in negative free cash flow was mainly driven by a €9.6 million decrease in negative
operating free cash flow and a €1.7 million reduction in R&D investments.
Cash outflow for acquisition of subsidiaries and post-combination services
Cash outflow for acquisition of subsidiaries and post-combination services included the post-combinations
services payment classified in Trade and other payables under IAS 19 of €0.2 million (€0.1 million related to
FusionIT NV and €0.1 million related to Dapda).
Cash inflow for disposal of investment in associates
Cash inflow for disposal of investment in associates represented the total consideration collected for the sale
of the remaining 20% stake in Auto XY SpA to GEDI Digital Srl.
Cash flow from financing activities
The cash flow from financing activities was negative €8 million and mainly correlated to Atempo and Illimity
payment instalments of €4.6 million, and interest paid and lease repayment of €3.6 million.
Cash flow from equity movements and Others
Cash flow from equity movements is positive for €5.7 million due to the capital increase of €5.3 million
subscribed in March 2025 and to €0.4 million related to the payment of the strike price of the stock option
exercised by the employees during the year.
The Others line item is mainly related to employee benefits liabilities paid during FY2025.
DIVIDEND
MotorK Group management intends to retain any future distributable profits to expand the growth and
development of the business and, therefore, does not anticipate paying dividends to its shareholders in
the foreseeable future.
38
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Financial and Operating Review continued
EVENTS AFFECTING THE COMPANY (AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES) WHICH HAVE OCCURRED
SINCE THE END OF THE FINANCIAL YEAR
In January 2026, MotorK Plc has obtained a new loan with Atempo Growth for an amount of €2.8 million (net of
costs incurred) with a four-year duration and a variable interest rate equal to Euribor 3m plus the spread. The
additional funds were secured under similar financial terms and conditions as the original facility, reflecting the
continued confidence in MotorK’s business model and financial trajectory. A cross-default clause (non-financial
covenant) is in place, linked to the Group’s other financial indebtedness. The loan has been secured against
selected assets of MotorK Italia Srl.
On April 10, 2026, Motork Italia Srl entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (“MoU”) with Underdogs
Srl regarding the potential transfer of seven employees and their related operational know-how dedicated to
digital marketing consulting services.
The completion of this transfer is subject to several conditions precedent, including the finalization of due
diligence and the execution of a definitive Services Agreement. Under this future arrangement, Underdogs
would provide services as a subcontractor for Motork’s existing digital marketing clients, while Motork
will retain full ownership of the underlying customer contracts. The parties aim to finalize the definitive
agreements within three months of the MoU signature.
On 13 April 2026, the Group successfully executed capital reserved increases of €2.5 million with Underdogs
Group Srl. This round is based on a price per share of €2.75, and results in the issue of 909,091 new ordinary shares
that will be subject to a 12-month lock-up period, underlining the investors’ long-term vision and dedication to the
Groups success.
The proceeds will be used to further strengthen the Groups financial position and support general corporate
purposes as MotorK continues its path toward sustainable profitability and cashflow.
The proceeds will be used to further strengthen the Groups financial position and support general corporate
purposes as MotorK continues its path toward sustainable profitability and cashflow.
OUTLOOK
Building on the solidified foundation of our newly consolidated customer base and our industrial-scale AI
capabilities, MotorK enters FY2026 with high visibility and financial resilience. Our priority is the conversion
of our €13 million sales pipeline into high-quality recurring revenue, and we are providing guidance for single
digit CARR increase year-on-year. Furthermore, having validated our operating leverage by achieving Cash
EBITDA profitability in the second half of FY2025, the Group expects to deliver positive Cash EBITDA for the
full year of 2026.
Commenting on the results, Marco Marlia, President & Co-Founder of MotorK, said: “We enter FY2026 from
a position of strength that is fundamentally different from any prior year. The hard work of consolidating our
customer base, completing our platform integration and embedding AI across every layer of our operations is
bearing fruit – what lies ahead is the execution phase. The conversations we are having today are structurally
different – they are platform decisions, not feature purchases – driven by OEMs and dealer groups who
recognise that fragmented point solutions are no longer viable in an Agency Model world. That is precisely
the commercial environment in which MotorK thrives. With a lean, AI-powered cost structure now in place
and strong unit economics across our core base, every incremental Euro of new recurring revenue flows
through to cash generation at a fundamentally improved rate. Our mandate for 2026 is clear: convert the
pipeline into CARR, deepen platform adoption, and demonstrate that this business delivers not just growth,
but profitable, sustainable growth.
With a solid financial foundation and a clear commitment to innovation, MotorK entered 2026 well-
positioned to accelerate its growth and consolidate its leadership in automotive digitalisation.
From a geopolitical perspective, conflicts in Ukraine and Israel, along with ongoing security risks in the Red
Sea linked to regional tensions and periodic maritime threats, continue to generate uncertainty. While the
Group does not operate directly in these regions, these developments may create long-term global supply
chain challenges with potential indirect effects on MotorK’s customers.
It should be noted that MotorK Israel Ltd functions solely as an internal service company, employing
executives to provide support to the Group, without engaging in commercial activities.
Furthermore, the introduction of tariffs in both the US and Europe is expected to affect the automotive
sector, potentially impacting costs and market dynamics. The Group will continue to closely monitor
geopolitical and economic developments and assess their potential implications for its business, customers
and the wider industry, providing updates as necessary.
39
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Financial and Non-Financial KPIs
Reasons for choice How we calculate Outlook
Committed annual recurring revenue
(CARR)
1
36.7m
vs €36.6m last year
ARR is the main indicator for SaaS businesses like ours as it shows
our ability to attract and retain customers, generating recurring
revenues. CARR includes ARR together with additional signed and
committed contracts yet to be delivered and billed.
This represents the yearly subscription contract value of the Group’s
customer base at the end of the reporting period (ARR) adding
the annual recurring revenues that will be generated by additional
contracts already signed and committed yet to be delivered and billed.
The Group expects single digit CARR increase
year-on-year for FY2026.
Revenue growth
2%
vs 5% last year
Our strategy is centred on delivering significant top-line growth
in the next few years. Hence, this is a fundamental KPI to track
our strategic performance.
Calculated as increase in revenue percentage year-on-year. The Group expects revenue to increase in
FY2026 in order to meet the target of CARR
mentioned above.
SaaS recurring revenue
as % of total revenue
74%
vs 74% last year
This measures the ability of the Group to focus on the recurring
component of Group revenue that is the most scalable and
value-adding.
Calculated as recurring SaaS revenues as a percentage of total Group
revenue. Recurring revenue includes revenues from SaaS contracts.
Target of 74% for FY2025 has been reached by
the Group. Further growth is expected in 2026
to meet the target of CARR mentioned above.
Cash EBITDA
2
-€2.2m
vs -8.8m last year
This is a consistent measure of trading performance, aligned
with the interests of our shareholders and a good proxy of cash
generated during the year.
Calculated as Adjusted EBITDA less R&D capitalisation. The Group expects to deliver positive Cash
EBITDA for the full year of 2026.
Adjusted EBITDA
3
€4.3m
vs -€0.5m last year
This is a consistent measure of trading performance, aligned with
the interests of our shareholders.
Adjustments are related to expenses that are not strictly inherent
to the underlying business performance
Calculated as operating profit before interest, taxes, depreciation
and amortisation, net of exceptional costs. Disclosure of the
calculation is provided in Note 7 of the Notes Forming Part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements on page 106 of this Annual
Report.
The Group expects to deliver positive Cash
EBITDA for the full year of 2026. Cash EBITDA
is calculated as Adjusted EBITDA less R&D
capitalisation.
Adjusted EBITDA margin
10.6%
vs -1.3% last year
This is a consistent measure of performance needed to ensure
costs of the Group are in line with the level of business being
generated.
Calculated as Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of total
Group revenue.
The Group expects Adjusted EBITDA margin to
increase in FY2026 in order to meet the target
of CARR and Cash EBITDA mentioned above.
Number of employees as at the end of
the reporting period (non-financial KPI)
306
vs 385 last year (as at the end of
the reporting period)
This is a indicator helpful to measure the growth of the Group. Number of employees at the end of the year. The Group expects to have an adequate
number of employees to ensure our growth
targets reported above.
Data shown are related to FY2025 (compared with the previous year period where needed).
1 This is a non-GAAP measure considered relevant by management, and it is considered a Group APM. Reconciliation with the accounts is provided on page 153 of this Annual Report.
2 This is a non-GAAP measure considered relevant by management, and it is considered a Group APM. Reconciliation with the accounts is provided on page 156 of this Annual Report.
3 This is a non-GAAP measure considered relevant by management, and it is considered a Group APM. Reconciliation with the accounts is provided on page 155 of this Annual Report.
FINANCIAL AND NON-FINANCIAL KPIS
We monitor the key financial and non-financial performance of the Group against a number of different benchmarks and these are set in agreement with the Board.
40
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Principal Risks and Uncertainties
RISK MANAGEMENT AND INTERNAL
CONTROL
In order to pursue our growth strategy, we recognise
the importance of balancing entrepreneurial spirit
and a conscious approach to risk-taking. As a
listed Company, we are working to improve our risk
awareness and to emphasise the importance of risk
management and internal controls. We strongly
believe that controlled risks will result in long-term
value for our stakeholders. We continuously assess
the likelihood of risks materialising, their magnitude
and how the individual risks change.
The preparation of financial statements in
compliance with adopted IFRS Accounting
Standards requires the use of certain critical
accounting estimates. It also requires Group
management to exercise judgement in applying
the Groups accounting policies. The areas where
significant judgements and estimates have been
made in preparing the financial statements and their
effect are disclosed in Note 7 of the Notes Forming
Part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.
RISK GOVERNANCE
Our risk governance model is based on the presence
of three different levels of risk management: the
Board of Directors, the Audit Committee and
Senior Executive Management, who actively take
accountability for managing risks and controls.
Board of Directors
The Board of Directors has overall responsibility
for the Group risk management and ICS, being
responsible for determining the strategy, setting the
objectives, defining the risk appetite and influencing
the culture of risk management. These goals are
pursued through maintaining internal controls
systems that ensure the accomplishment of our
mission and not taking any substantial risks without
them first being reduced to an acceptable level.
Audit Committee
The Audit Committee monitors and reviews the
scope and the effectiveness of the Company’s
systems of risk and internal control. The Committees
responsibilities also include the oversight of
matters relating to relations with auditors, funding,
information technology and cybersecurity and tax.
Management
Group management is responsible for enacting
guidelines, projects and activities under the Board
of Directors’ and the Audit Committee’s review,
monitoring risk in line with the strategic objectives
of the Group, as well as managing day-to-day risks.
RISK MODEL
Our risk model has been structured to identify and
manage risks that could endanger the achievement
of strategic objectives in the short and long term.
To facilitate the risk identification process, we have
defined four risk categories:
a) operational risks;
b) strategic risks;
c) external risks; and
d) compliance risks.
Evaluation of our risks identified the six top risks
that exceed the Groups risk appetite
1
and require
priority mitigation actions. The top risks are set out
below, together with a description of the causes and
consequences of each risk and of the actions taken
to mitigate such risks.
Management has also assessed climate risk and
possible related impacts, concluding that this is not
significant due to the business of the Group, its main
suppliers and the current stage of its organisation.
For further details, please refer to the disclosure
reported in the ESG section.
PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES
Our risk governance model is based on three different levels: the Board of Directors, the Audit Committee and Senior Executive Management.
1 The risk appetite is the maximum acceptable level of risk, as established by MotorK.
41
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Principal Risks and Uncertainties continued
OPERATIONAL RISKS
Risk
Likelihood of
the risk
materialising
Magnitude of
the risk
Assessment of
changes
Causes of risk Consequences of risk Mitigation
Delivery of products
and services not in
line with customers’
expectations
Possible Moderate Stable Inefficiencies in delivery with impacts
on product release (e.g. due to
misallocation of resources and/or
incorrect scheduling).
Absent/ineffective client relationship
and communication process.
Occurrence of errors/technical issues
during delivery closeout phase.
Economic damage in terms of extra
costs (operational inefficiency).
Reputational damage.
The process and operating practices of delivery are
implemented in our CRM, with controls operated
cross-departmentally and with the customers,
supervised by dedicated staff. During FY2024
and FY2025, the Group strengthened its delivery
governance framework through:
Implementation (effective Q1 2024) of a
formalised and structured delivery process
supported by a dedicated workflow
management tool integrated within the CRM
system and extended to customer interaction
phases.
Identification and cross-departmental
monitoring of specific KPIs (effective since
Q4 2023) to ensure adherence to quality
standards, timelines and customer satisfaction
metrics.
Enhanced cross-functional oversight by
dedicated staff.
The monitoring activities carried out during the year
indicate improved process discipline and greater
visibility over delivery performance. However, the risk
cannot be fully eliminated, as it is inherently linked
to the complexity of projects, resource planning
dynamics and evolving customer expectations.
Therefore, while the strengthened control
environment has reduced the likelihood of significant
delivery misalignments, the risk remains present and
continues to be actively monitored by management.
42
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Principal Risks and Uncertainties continued
STRATEGIC RISKS
Risk
Likelihood of
the risk
materialising
Magnitude of
the risk
Assessment of
changes
Causes of risk Consequences of risk Mitigation
Crisis event Unlikely Major Stable Absent/ineffective crisis management
plan.
Absent/ineffective Business Continuity
Plan and disaster recovery.
Lack of employee training about what
to do in case of a crisis or disruptive
event.
No tests and simulations of plans.
Lack of a formalised process for the
continuous improvement of plans.
Failure to identify and train
the spokesperson in charge of
all communications in case of crisis.
Reputational damage.
Economic damage (in terms of lower
revenues).
Interruption of MotorK products and
services.
Legal consequences.
Delay/interruption of business
processes.
Decrease in share value.
A Disaster Recovery Plan is in place. The plan defines:
i) the criteria to activate it;
ii) roles and responsibilities for deciding which
aspects of the plan should be implemented; and
iii) the process to quickly and efficiently notify key
disaster recovery resources, staff, customers,
vendors and third parties in the event of a disaster.
A spokesperson has been defined:
i) Executive Chairman and Interim CEO
43
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Principal Risks and Uncertainties continued
EXTERNAL RISKS
Risk
Likelihood of
the risk
materialising
Magnitude of
the risk
Assessment of
changes
Causes of risk Consequences of risk Mitigation
Interruption of
MotorK IT systems
and products due
to a cyberattack
Possible Major Stable Lack of/ineffective security measures.
Lack of/ineffective staff training in
terms of cybersecurity.
Unauthorised/incorrect use of devices
by employees.
Unavailability of products and
services.
Operational business interruption.
Economic damage in terms of extra
costs for incident response, forensic
activities, data and system recovery
costs and/or cyberextortion.
Economic damage in terms of lower
revenues due to business interruption.
Reputational damage.
Cyberinsurance is in place.
When a new Company is acquired, its product
infrastructure is totally separate from MotorK’s,
so a vulnerability in its infrastructure cannot affect
the continuity of MotorK products.
Denial of service attack Possible Major Stable Lack of/ineffective security measures.
Lack of/ineffective staff training in
terms of cybersecurity (e.g. due to
phishing attack).
Unauthorised/incorrect use of devices
by employees.
Unavailability of products and
services.
Economic damage in terms of extra
costs for incident response, forensic
activities and data and system
recovery costs.
Economic damage in terms of lower
revenues due to business interruption.
Reputational damage.
Cyberinsurance is in place.
MotorK’s templates provide protective contractual
conditions with customers for any interruption
of products and services due to events not
attributable to the wilful misconduct or gross
negligence of MotorK.
Data breach Possible Major Stable Cyberattack.
Lack of/ineffective security measures.
Lack of/ineffective staff training in
terms of cybersecurity.
Misbehaviour of employees.
Unauthorised/incorrect use of devices
by employees.
Economic damage in terms of extra
costs for litigations, incident response,
forensic activities and data and
system recovery costs.
Reputational damage.
Cyberinsurance is in place.
Presence of disaster recovery procedures where
roles and responsibilities to manage an incident
are identified and a Data Protection Officer has
been appointed.
Definition and implementation of a training plan
for Data Processors.
Definition and implementation of a Data Breach
procedure and breach notification management.
Implementation of security measures to
prevent violations (antivirus, firewalls, backups,
penetration tests).
44
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Principal Risks and Uncertainties continued
COMPLIANCE RISKS
Risk
Likelihood of
the risk
materialising
Magnitude of
the risk
Assessment of
changes
Causes of risk Consequences of risk Mitigation
Unlawful acts by
internal staff resulting
in criminal liability of
the Company, under
the Italian Legislative
Decree 231/2001
Unlikely Major Stable Ineffectiveness of Organisation and
Management Model ex 231/2001.
Ineffective/incomplete monitoring and
control.
Incorrect communication to the
Organismo di Vigilanza
1
of any
changes/updates in the role of
senior resources.
Failure to update the 231– risk matrix
in relation to changes in the Company
and/or in the products/services
provided.
Lack of/ineffective staff training.
Pecuniary and inhibitory penalties.
Reputational damage.
Economic damage in terms of extra
costs and lower revenues.
The Company recently updated its Whistleblowing
Policy in line with the latest applicable EU and
Italian legislative changes.
The Company, with the support of the ‘Organismo
di Vigilanza’ acts under the rules provided by
the ‘Organisation and Management Model ex
231/2001’ adopted March 2024.
The Company constantly carries out an
assessment of corrective and preventive mitigation
controls already in place (e.g. Code of Ethics,
Whistleblowing Policy, Group organisational chart,
formalised power of attorney, formalised transfer
pricing policy).
1 The ‘Organismo di Vigilanza’ is the Supervisory Board pursuant to the Legislative Decree 231/2001.
45
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Principal Risks and Uncertainties continued
INTERNAL CONTROL SYSTEM GOVERNANCE
The ICS is designed to manage the risk of failure
to achieve our business objectives and can
provide reasonable assurance against material
misstatement or loss.
Our ICS Governance Model is based on the presence
of three lines of defence: Management (first line),
the Risk Management and Compliance function
(second line) and the CFO (third line), who actively
take accountability, monitor risk, and control
management.
Management (first line of defence)
Group management is responsible for enacting
guidelines and implementing adequate, effective
and efficient control measures to support the
organisation in the achievement of its goals and
to preserve value.
Risk management and compliance (second line
of defence)
Our risk management and compliance function
provides expertise, support and challenge on risk
and internal controls-related matters.
CFO (third line of defence)
Based on the principles of the Dutch Corporate
Governance Code
1
, the set-up of an internal audit
function is not a mandatory requirement. Therefore,
MotorK has empowered the CFO to perform
assurance and monitoring activities over the ICS and
advise on risk and control matters. As also foreseen
by the Code and in case of absence of an internal
audit function, the Supervisory Board assesses
annually whether adequate alternative measures
have been taken to preside over the third line
of defence.
INTERNAL CONTROL SYSTEM MODEL
MotorK is committed to ensuring compliance with
the following general principles of control:
Segregation of Duties: separation of
responsibilities between those who perform,
control and authorise a specific business activity.
Policies and Procedures: existence of guidelines,
principles of conduct and formalised operating
procedures.
Power of Attorney: formal definition within the
Company of authorisation and signatory powers
consistent with assigned organisational and
management responsibilities.
Traceability: documenting and archiving of
documentation by the competent corporate
functions to ensure an adequate level of
traceability of the activities and controls
carried out.
Conflict of Interest: guarantee that there are
no situations of privileged relations and conflict
of interest, current or even potential, between
a third party and Group companies during the
execution of Company operations.
Information Systems: CRM, Enterprise Resource
Planning and reporting systems ensure proper
automated controls to guarantee completeness
and accuracy of transactions and data.
Integration: defined integration plans for
information systems and control procedures
of acquired entities to guarantee integrity of
consolidated financial data.
MOTORK INITIATIVES FOR RISK
MANAGEMENT AND INTERNAL CONTROL
We are working on the enhancement and continuous
improvement of our risk management and internal
control system in order to ensure we work to the
highest standards. During 2025, the following main
initiatives were carried out:
Enterprise Risk Assessment aimed at:
defining the entire spectrum of risks to which
the Company is exposed;
defining the associated risk appetite;
identifying measures to mitigate risks;
prioritising risks; and
identifying possible areas for improvement
and defining related action plans.
For MotorK Italia Srl, Risk Assessment with the
support of an external law firm aimed at:
identifying relevant offences under the Italian
Legislative Decree 231/01;
identifying and prioritising risk areas;
identifying and analysing the related
internal controls;
identifying possible areas for improvement
and defining related action plans; and
adopting the updated Whistleblowing Policy
in line with the recent applicable laws.
Formalisation of policies and procedures for
most relevant processes.
Formalisation of Risk and Control Matrices
for most relevant processes, summarising risks,
controls and related attributes (frequency,
nature of control, control objectives).
In 2026, management will be working to strengthen
the ICS through the adoption of new tools and
procedures in consideration of the Organisation and
Management Model ex 231/2001 in place.
Impacts of risks on the performance of the year
Management does not believe that the
aforementioned risks have had a measurable
impacton our performance during the year.
BOARD APPROVAL
The Strategic Report was signed on 29 April 2026 on
its behalf by:
Amir Rosentuler
Executive Chairman & Interim CEO
29 April 2026
1 The ‘Dutch Corporate Governance Code’ defines principles and best
practices regarding the implementation of a robust and clear system
of good governance for Dutch-listed companies. It regulates for
the internal audit function at: ‘Principle 1.3 internal audit function’,
paragraph ‘1.3.6 Absence of an Internal Audit Department’.
46
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Corporate Governance Report 47
Governance Overview 48
Non-Executive Directors’ Report 54
Board of Directors 57
Executive Management Team 59
Remuneration Committee Report 61
Directors’ Report 75
Corporate
Governance
47
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Corporate Governance
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
REPORT
We strongly believe that good
corporate governance plays an
important role in the Group’s
ability to achieve its medium- and
long-term strategic objectives,
and therefore MotorK’s focus
on business is accompanied by
careful management of corporate
governance compliance with
applicable laws.
THE BOARD RECOGNISES THE IMPORTANCE
OF SOUND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Dear Shareholders
As Chairman of the Board of Directors of MotorK
Plc, I am pleased to introduce the Group’s Corporate
Governance Report for the period ended 31 December
2025. The Corporate Governance Statement provides
an overview of how the Board of Directors has
operated during the past financial year and the key
issues considered.
Since my appointment in June 2021, I have been
impressed with the governance processes in place
relative to the Group’s size and with the Companys
commitment to fostering an innovative and inclusive
culture. The Board of Directors is committed to
sound corporate governance. The Company is
voluntarily applying the Dutch Corporate Governance
Code (the Dutch Governance Code). A copy of the
Dutch Governance Code can be found on
2025 Corporate Governance Code.
The Company fully endorses the underlying principles
of the Dutch Governance Code and applies the Dutch
Governance Code as the guiding principles to its
corporate governance policy. The Company complies
with relevant best practice provisions of the Dutch
Governance Code in a manner consistent with and
proportionate to the size, risks and complexity of the
Groups operations. The Board of Directors believes
that good governance plays a key part in the Group’s
ability to achieve its medium- and long-term strategic
aims, and supports the creation of value for all our
stakeholders. As such, good corporate governance
and social responsibility plays a key part in the
Company’s strategy and long-term value creation
for its shareholders.
The Board of Directors will provide annual updates
on our compliance with the Dutch Governance Code.
Please refer to pages 48-50 for more details.
During the financial year ended 31 December 2025,
the Company decided to primarily keep focusing on
growing its business in order to implement its presence
and position in the relevant market, with the aim to
increase revenues and attract new investors. MotorK
also carried out and strengthened the integration
process of all the companies acquired in the last years,
with the goal to gradually unify the new entities and
their assets, people, tasks and resources in a manner
that creates the most value for the future of the
Company, by realising efficiencies, synergies and new
business. During the fiscal year ended 31 December
2025, the following changes were made to the Group’s
key corporate governance:
Mr. Marco Marlia transitioned to the role of
President, focusing on business development,
industry relations, strategic partnerships, and key
enterprise initiatives, and continued to serve as a
Board member, ensuring continuity and providing
strategic guidance as the Company advances its
long-term vision.
Mr. Amir Rosentuler keeping the role of
Executive Chairman, also assumed the additional
responsibilities of CEO, working closely with the
executive team to implement the Company’s
strategy with a heightened focus on profitability
and operational excellence.
The main Group-wide governance documents are
our Code of Conduct and the Board Rules, which
set out our responsibilities to the Company, to each
other, and what our stakeholders may expect from
us. Together with our policies, these documents
guide us in making smart, sound decisions in our
day-to-day work and professional relationships with
our customers and suppliers.
The Board of Directors has ultimate responsibility for
the Group’s system of internal controls and for reviewing
its effectiveness. My ambitions for the composition of
the Board of Directors are to maintain its Directors,
each of which has a deep understanding of the
Company and the industry in which the Company
operates and, where applicable, broaden the range
of experience, expertise and diversity in line with the
Board profile (a copy of which is published on the
Company’s Governance documents page).
In the following section, we outline the Group’s
approach to corporate governance and compliance
with the principles of the Dutch Governance Code.
Amir Rosentuler
Executive Chairman & Interim CEO
48
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Corporate Governance continued
MotorK Plc is a public limited Company incorporated
and registered in England and Wales. It acts as a
holding Company for its subsidiaries, details of which
are set out on page 98. MotorK’s shares are listed on
the Euronext Amsterdam.
MotorK has a two-tier governance structure
comprising the Board of Directors and the Executive
Management Team. There is also a third governing
body: the Companys shareholders. In the following
sections, we provide information on these governing
bodies and their responsibilities and duties.
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND
EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT TEAM
The Board of Directors is comprised of two Executive
and three Non-Executive Directors. The Board of
Directors considers that Måns Hultman and Helen
Protopapas are independent in character and
judgement, and that there are no relationships
or circumstances which are likely to affect their
independent judgement.
The Board of Directors is responsible for the
Company’s strategic leadership, determining the
fundamental management policies of the Company
and overseeing the performance of the Companys
business. The Board of Directors is the principal
decision-making body for all matters that are
significant to the Company, whether in terms of their
strategic, financial or reputational implications. The
Board of Directors has final authority to decide on all
issues save for those that are specifically reserved to
the General Meeting of shareholders by law or by the
Company’s Articles of Association.
During the year, all serving Directors attended
(in the main by video conference) the scheduled
Board meetings that were held. In addition to the
scheduled Board meetings, a number of ad hoc
Board meetings were held. Directors are provided
with appropriate and timely information by the
Groups management and the Directors are free
to seek any further information they consider
necessary. Details of the number of Board meetings
attended by each Director can be found on page 55.
Members of the Board of Directors are appointed by
the shareholders for four-year terms. The Executive
Director may serve any number of consecutive terms.
Non-Executive Directors may be re-appointed once
for an additional four-year term and thereafter, may
again be re-appointed but for not more than two
consecutive terms each not being more than two years.
Day-to-day operating decisions are made by the
Executive Management Team. The current Executive
Management Team consists of nine members,
including the Chairman & Interim CEO, each of
whom oversees a specific aspect of the business.
Details of the Executive Management Team can be
found on pages 59-60.
The regulations regarding the appointment and
dismissal of directors and supervisory directors
and amendments to the Articles of Association
are included in the section containing governance
documents on the Company website.
OVERVIEW OF BOARD COMMITTEES
The Board of Directors is supported by the Audit,
Remuneration, and Selection and Nomination
Committees, details of which are set out below.
Each Committee has written terms of reference
setting out its duties, authority and reporting
responsibilities, copies of which are published on
the Company’s Governance documents page. A
summary of the activities during the year ended
31 December 2025 of each of the below-mentioned
Committees can be found on pages 54-56.
Audit Committee
The Audit Committees role is to assist the Board of
Directors with the discharge of its responsibilities in
relation to financial reporting, including reviewing
the Groups annual financial statements and
accounting policies, external audits and controls,
reviewing and monitoring the scope of the annual
audit and the extent of the non-audit work
undertaken by external auditors.
It also includes advising on the nomination for
appointment of external auditors and completing
the preparatory work for the Non-Executive
Directors’ decision-making regarding the supervision
of the integrity and quality of the Companys
financial reporting and the effectiveness of the
Company’s internal risk management and control
systems.
The Audit Committee consists of two Non-Executive
Directors: Helen Protopapas, as Chair of the
Audit Committee and Laurel Charmaine Bowden.
All members, including the Chair of the Audit
Committee, meet the requirements of members of
the Committee pursuant to the terms of reference.
In addition, Helen Protopapas has competence in
accounting and auditing.
Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee advises the Board of
Directors in relation to its responsibilities regarding
the determination of the remuneration of Board
members. The Remuneration Committee is tasked
with submitting a clear and understandable
proposal to the Board of Directors concerning
the Remuneration Policy to be pursued.
The Remuneration Committee is chaired by Måns
Hultman and Amir Rosentuler is a member. All
members, including the Chair of the Remuneration
Committee, meet the requirements of members of
the Committee pursuant to the terms of reference.
GOVERNANCE OVERVIEW
49
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Corporate Governance continued
Selection and Nomination Committee
The Selection and Nomination Committee assists
the Board of Directors in reviewing the size,
composition and effectiveness of the Board and
its Committees, ensuring an appropriate balance
of skills, experience, independence and diversity
aligned with the Companys strategy.
The Committee oversees an annual evaluation of
the performance and effectiveness of the Board,
its Committees and individual Directors. The
assessment is conducted through a structured review
process and the outcomes are discussed by the
Board, with any identified improvement or follow-up
actions monitored during the year.
The Committee is responsible for succession
planning for the Board and its Committees and
oversees a formal and transparent selection process
for appointments and re-appointments, which may
include the use of external search consultants and
objective selection criteria.
The Committee also ensures that newly appointed
Directors receive an appropriate induction and that
ongoing training and development opportunities
are available to support Directors in maintaining
the knowledge and skills required for the effective
performance of their duties.
The Selection and Nomination Committee is chaired
by Amir Rosentuler, with Helen Protopapas serving
as a member. All members meet the independence
and eligibility requirements set out in the
Committee’s terms of reference.
SHAREHOLDERS
A General Meeting is held yearly, within six months
of the end of every financial year. The general
purpose is to receive and adopt the accounts and
the reports of the Directors (including the Directors’
Remuneration Report) and auditors.
Other General Meetings, other than an Annual
General Meeting (AGM), may be called with no
less than 14 clear days’ notice, according to a
special resolution passed at the 2022 AGM.
A General Meeting is called by notice sent by the
Directors. Shareholders representing at least 5% of
the total voting rights of all the members who have
a right to vote have the ability to (i) request that
the Directors call a General Meeting and (ii) require
a resolution to be put before a General Meeting
that they have so convened. Every shareholder may
attend, speak and vote at a General Meeting.
Unless the Companies Act 2006 or the Articles of
Association require a larger majority, resolutions
tabled at the General Meeting are adopted by a
simple majority of votes cast.
MotorK recognises the importance of engaging with
its shareholders. For further details, please see the
Stakeholder Engagement section on pages 30-32.
INTERNAL CONTROLS AND RISK
MANAGEMENT
The Board of Directors has overall responsibility for
the Groups system of internal controls. The system
is designed to manage, rather than eliminate, the
risk of failure to achieve business objectives and can
only provide reasonable assurance against material
misstatement or loss.
The Directors believe that the Group has an ICS
in place appropriate to the size and nature of the
business. The key elements are:
Group Board meetings, at a minimum of four
times per year, with reports from and discussions
with the Executive Management Team on
performance and, at least two times per year,
on key risk areas in the business;
monthly financial reporting, for the Group and
for each subsidiary, of actual performance
compared to budget and the prior year;
annual budget setting; and
a defined organisational structure with
appropriate attribution of responsibility.
The Board of Directors meets as required with the
external auditor on matters identified in the course
of the statutory audit.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
The Board of Directors ensures that there are
effective procedures in place to avoid conflicts of
interest by Board members. Each of the Directors
has a statutory duty to avoid conflicts of interest
with the Company and to disclose the nature and
extent of any such interest to the Board of Directors.
If a situation arises in which a Director has, or can
have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts,
or may possibly conflict, with the interests of the
Company, the Director in question must declare the
nature and extent of his or her interest to the other
Directors and provide all relevant information to the
Board of Directors, so that the Board of Directors
(excluding the Director concerned) can decide
whether a declared (potential) conflict of interest of
a Director qualifies as a conflict of interest within the
meaning of the relevant laws.
The Board of Directors, in such a scenario, may
(subject to the Companys Articles of Association)
resolve to authorise the conflict and such
authorisation may include whether the Director can
take part in the decision-taking process of the Board
of Directors in respect of any situation in which he or
she has a conflict of interest.
Similarly, the Dutch Governance Code requires
the Directors to avoid any form of conflict of
interest with the Company and the Directors, and
to immediately report any (potential) conflict of
interest to the Chair under provision of all relevant
information.
In the past financial year, there were no transactions
made in which there was a conflict of interest.
Further information as to how the Board of Directors
deals with (potential) conflicts of interest may be
found in the Board Rules (a copy of which is available
on the Company’s Governance documents page).
ADVISERS
The Board of Directors is in regular contact with its
advisers to ensure that the Group is, at all times,
compliant with applicable rules and regulations.
50
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Corporate Governance continued
The Group has engaged several experts providing
(i) support to the Board of Directors in relation to
the development of the internal control and risk
management systems; and (ii) regular advice to the
Audit Committee in relation to the activities within
its competencies.
In addition, the Group has engaged primary
law firms as advisers to the Company as to UK
and Dutch law.
AN OVERVIEW OF COMPLIANCE WITH THE
DUTCH CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE
The Board of Directors is responsible for the
corporate governance of the Group and for
compliance with the Dutch Governance Code, which
was voluntarily adopted as from listing of the Group
on Euronext Amsterdam. The Group acknowledges
the importance of good corporate governance. The
Group regards the Dutch Governance Code and its
underlying principles as the guiding principles for the
corporate governance of the Company.
The Group in principle complies with the relevant
principles and best practice provisions of the
Dutch Governance Code addressed to the Board
of Directors. The deviations from the Dutch
Governance Code are noted on the next page.
Compliance with the Dutch Governance Code is
based on the ‘comply or explain’ principle. In this
table, we provide an overview of the best practice
provisions the Group does not comply with and
explain why this is the case.
51
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Corporate Governance continued
Best practice provision Deviation Explanation
Provision 1.3: internal audit function. The Company does not have an internal audit function in place. The Board of Directors believes, in consultation with the Audit Committee, that the
Group has not existed as a listed Group long enough to install its own dedicated
internal audit function. The Group will consider each year whether an internal
audit function is necessary.
Best practice provision 3.1.2, which provides that, inter alia, the following aspects
should be taken into consideration when formulating the Remuneration Policy:
(a) if shares are being awarded, the terms and conditions governing this. Shares
shall be held for at least five years after they are awarded; and
(b) if share options are being awarded, the terms and conditions governing
this and the terms and conditions subject to which the share options can
beexercised.
Certain options granted under the Enterprise Management Incentive (EMI) Share
Option Plan vested and were exercisable within the first three years following the
IPO, and the associated lock-up period expired prior to five years. In addition,
stock options granted in May 2025 and November 2025 under the new Long-Term
Incentive Plan (LTIP), as well as those expected to be granted in 2026, do not
include any performance conditions, which deviates from Provision 3.1.2.
The Group deviated from best practice provision 3.1.2 in order to ensure stability
and retention of its Directors and key executives during a period of significant
organisational and market challenges following the IPO.
Consistent with the principles outlined in the Group’s long-term incentive
framework the Group has decided to simplify the structure of its incentive schemes
and remove performance vesting conditions from future grants. This approach
reflects the Boards view that time-based vesting, combined with minimum holding
periods, provides a more effective and transparent mechanism to support long-
term value creation and management stability.
Following the approval of the new LTIP, no new options have been granted under
the EMI Plan, and the revised framework no longer performance-based vesting
conditions.
Best practice provision 5.1.4, which provides that all the members of the
Remuneration Committee and Selection and Nomination Committee are Non-
Executive.
Not all the members of the Remuneration Committee and Selection and
Nomination Committee are Non-Executive, since the Chairman has been
appointed as an Executive Chairman in June 2022 and as Interim CEO in June
2025.
The Board weighted on one side the level of experience and contribution that
the Chairman is taking to the benefit of the Remuneration Committee and, on
the other side, the potential risk of having an Executive Director as a member
of the Committee, and decided that the latter were negligible in the case while
the former were tangible. The Board will reconsider this decision in case of future
significant changes of the Board composition. During FY2025, the compensation
model related to Board of Directors members remained stable and there was no
need to proceed with any update and/or changes.
The granting of such options deviates from the Remuneration Policy of the
Company and the Dutch Corporate Governance Code, the Directors and the
Remuneration Committee have considered that it will not materially impact on the
independence of Mrs. Protopapas as a Non-Executive Director and will support
the cash performance of the Company (in the best interests of the Company itself).
In consideration of this, also in light of the fact that there is no evidence of any risk,
it is considered appropriate to go in continuity with the current arrangement by
carrying out only the necessary maintenance activities.
In light of this temporary dual role, specific safeguards have been implemented
to preserve the independence and proper functioning of both the Selection
and Nomination Committee and the Remuneration Committee. The Chairman
& Interim CEO does not participate in, nor is he present for, any discussions or
decisions relating to his own remuneration, performance evaluation, succession
planning or any matters directly affecting his executive role. The arrangement is
temporary and subject to ongoing Board review.
52
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Corporate Governance continued
Best practice provision Deviation Explanation
Best practice provision 4.3.2 states that the Company should give shareholders
and other persons entitled to vote the possibility of issuing voting proxies or
voting instructions, respectively, to an independent third party prior to the
General Meeting.
The Company does not provide the option of an independent third party. The Company’s shareholders’ structure is composed of stable shareholders and
some stable investors, and as far as the Board of Directors is aware, no retail
investors currently hold shares in the Company in a significant way; therefore the
Board of Directors is satisfied that it is not necessary to appoint an independent
third party at this time. The Board of Directors will continually review this decision
ahead of future General Meetings of the shareholders.
Annually, the Non-Executive Directors are expected to meet in order to
discuss their own functioning, the functioning of the Board of Directors and its
Committees, and the functioning of the Executive Directors pursuant to best
practice provisions 2.2.6 and 2.2.7 of the Dutch Governance Code.
Relevant activities are scheduled in the first half of 2026. Due to the extreme workload, they were not able to perform such activities. The
Non-Executive Directors have initiated the evaluation process for the 2024/2025
cycle in the first half of 2026. This ensures that the required annual review is
completed within the current reporting period. The Board remains fully committed
to these governance standards and confirms that the formal assessment,
incorporating both collective and individual performance reviews, will be finalized
and documented by end of FY2026.
53
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Corporate Governance continued
IN-CONTROL STATEMENT
In accordance with best practice provision 1.4.3 of
the Dutch Governance Code, the Board of Directors
states that:
the report provides sufficient insights into any
failings in the effectiveness of the internal risk
management and control systems;
the aforementioned systems provide reasonable
assurance that the financial reporting does not
contain any material inaccuracies;
these systems provide a reasonable level of
assurance that operational and compliance risks
are effectively managed;
based on the current state of affairs, it is justified
that the financial reporting is prepared on a
going concern basis; and
the report provides information on those
material risks and uncertainties that are relevant
to the expectation of the Company’s ability to
continue as a going concern for a period of 12
months after the preparation of this report.
The Board od Directors are not aware that the
risk management and internal control systems at
31 December 2025 did not provide comfort that the
main operational and compliance risks identified
in the Risk Management section are effectively
managed considering the Companys risk appetite.
With reference to article 5:25c, section 2 sub c of
the Dutch Financial Supervision Act and based on
the audit of the financial statements by the external
auditor, Marco Marlia (President) and Zoltan
Gelencsér (CFO) state that, to the best of their
knowledge:
the financial statements as included in this
report provide a true representation of the
assets, liabilities and the financial position as
at 31 December 2025, as well as the loss for the
financial year 2025 of the Company and the
companies included in the consolidation; and
the Annual Report provides a true representation
of the situation on 31 December 2025 and
the course of business at the Company and at
companies included in the consolidation for
the financial year 2025 and the Annual Report
includes a description of the material risks
the Company and companies included in the
consolidation area face.
LONG-TERM VALUE CREATION
A detailed explanation of the Board of Directors’
view on long-term value creation and the strategy
for its realisation, also describing which contributions
were made to long-term value creation in the
past financial year, as well as both the short-term
and long-term developments, are included in the
Strategic Report on pages 10-13.
DIVERSITY POLICY
In consideration of the adoption of a diversity
policy for the Board of Directors (held last year),
which is posted on the Companys website, the
Company believes that diversity in the composition
of the Board of Directors in terms of age, gender,
expertise, professional background and nationality
is an important means of promoting debate,
balanced decision-making and independent actions
of the Board of Directors.
The Company furthermore recognises that diversity
should not be limited to the Board of Directors,
but should in principle extend to all areas of the
Company’s business, including but not limited to
other key leadership positions.
The following specific diversity target has been
identified to improve the diversity within the Board
of Directors: maintaining the gender diversity within
the Board of Directors such that at least 20% of the
Board of Directors will consist of women.
VALUES AND CODE OF CONDUCT
The Company adopted a Code of Conduct, which
applies to all of our employees, including the
Directors. The Code of Conduct is posted on the
Company’s Governance documents page.
The Company closely monitors the effectiveness
of, and compliance with, the Code of Conduct.
Violations of the Code of Conduct are usually
prevented through, among other things: periodic
training activities to employees, reports received in
accordance with the whistleblowing management
procedures and checks forming part of the standard
operating procedures of the Group. For all Code
of Conduct violations, the disciplinary measures
taken are commensurate with the seriousness of the
case and comply with local legislation. The relevant
corporate departments are notified of violations, if
any, irrespective of whether criminal action is taken
by the authorities.
ANTI-TAKEOVER MEASURES
The Company currently has no anti-takeover
measures in place.
NON-
EXECUTIVE
DIRECTORS’
REPORT
This report is referred to in
best practice provision 2.3.11
of the Dutch Governance Code.
54
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Corporate Governance continued
INTRODUCTION
This is the report of the Non-Executive Directors
of the Company over the financial year 2025, as
referred to in best practice provision 2.3.11 of the
Dutch Governance Code.
With a view to maintaining supervision of the
Company, the Non-Executive Directors
regularly discuss the Company’s long-term
business plans, the implementation of such plans,
and the risks associated with such plans with the
Executive Directors.
Details of the current composition of the Board of
Directors, including the Non-Executive Directors,
are set out in the section ‘Board of Directors’ on
pages 57-58.
SUPERVISION BY THE NON-EXECUTIVE
DIRECTORS
Pursuant to the Dutch Governance Code, it is the
responsibility of the Non-Executive Directors to
supervise the policies carried out by the Executive
Directors and the general affairs of the Company
and its affiliated enterprise, including the
implementation of the strategy of the Company
regarding long-term value creation. In doing so, the
Non-Executive Directors have also focused on the
effectiveness of the Company’s ICS, the integrity and
quality of the financial reporting and Companys
long-term business plans, the implementation of
such plans and the risks associated.
The Non-Executive Directors supervised the
adoption and implementation of the strategies and
policies by the Company. In this respect, the Group
strategy has been adopted in view and ahead of the
IPO in 2021 and has not been substantially changed
since. The Non-Executive Directors have therefore
focused on overseeing that the yearly budget and
the main transactions and strategic decision be in
line with the above-stated strategy. This has been
achieved through regular updates with the Executive
Directors and the executive team, occurring mostly
during the Board meetings or in dedicated sessions.
The Non-Executive Directors have also reviewed
this Annual Report, including the Remuneration
Report and the Group’s financial results, received
updates on legal and compliance matters, and have
been regularly involved in the review and approval
of transactions entered into with related parties.
The Non-Executive Directors have also reviewed the
report of the Board of Directors and its Committees.
The Board of Directors may allocate certain specific
responsibilities to one or more individual Directors
or to a Committee comprised of eligible Directors of
the Company. In this respect, the Board of Directors
has allocated certain specific responsibilities to the
Audit Committee, the Remuneration Committee
and the Selection and Nomination Committee.
MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Directors are expected to prepare themselves for
and to attend all Board of Directors meetings,
the AGM of shareholders and the meetings of
the Committees on which they serve, with the
understanding that, on occasion, a Director may be
unable to attend a meeting.
There were three meetings of the Board of Directors
during the year 2025. An overview of the attendance
of the individual Directors per meeting of the Board
of Directors and its Committees is set out in the
table on the next page.
Moreover, certain items were submitted and
resolved by the Board of Directors through specific
written resolutions, as provided by the Company’s
by-laws.
During those meetings and/or in the written
resolutions, the key topics were related to:
approval of the 2024 Company’s accounts
and reports;
approval of the sale of its remaining 20% stake in
Auto XY S.p.A.;
approval of the RCI of an aggregate amount
of €5.3 million executed during the Q1 2025 by
the current shareholders 83 North III Limited
Partnership (83 North), Lucerne Capital
Management GP (Lucerne) and Zobito AB, as well
as by existing family office investors;
approval of the fourth loan of the financing
agreement with Atempo Growth, pursuant to
which a financing for an aggregate amount
equal to €3 million has been granted to the
Company;
approval of the H1 2025 financial results of the
Company;
approval of the budget of the Company for the
financial year ending 31 December 2026 (the ‘FY
2026 Budget’);
approval of a leadership change according to
which Marco Marlia transitioned to the role of
President, focusing on business development,
industry relations, strategic partnerships, and
key enterprise initiatives, while Amir Rosentuler,
55
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Corporate Governance continued
keeping the role of Executive Chairman, also
assumed the additional responsibilities of
CEO, working closely with the executive team
to implement the Company’s strategy with a
heightened focus on profitability and operational
excellence;
approval of the re-appointment of BDO LLP as
the auditors of the Company;
approval of (i) the impairment test of the
Group as of 31 December 2024 and the
financial projections underlying the test and (ii)
the Annual Report and Accounts of the Group
for the financial year ended 31 December 2024
(incorporating the Strategic Report, the Non-
Executive and Directors’ Report, the Directors’
Remuneration Report and the auditable part
of the Directors’ Remuneration Report, the
Directors’ Report and the auditor’s report on
those accounts);
acknowledgement of the results of a risk
assessment; and
approval of the LTIP of the Company for 2025
and the relevant subplans and budget.
INDEPENDENCE OF THE NON-EXECUTIVE
DIRECTORS
The independence requirements relating to
Non-Executive Directors are set out in best practice
provisions 2.1.7, 2.1.8 and 2.1.9 of the Dutch
Governance Code. The most important requirement
is that a majority of the Non-Executive Directors be
independent in the sense of best practice provision
2.1.8. In the opinion of the Non-Executive Directors,
two out of three Non-Executive Directors are
considered to be independent in this sense currently.
Laurel Charmaine Bowden is not independent within
the meaning of best practice provision 2.1.8, since
she is a partner at 83 North and 83 North holds
approximately 20% of the shares in the Company.
In accordance with best practice provision 2.1.8 and
2.2.7 of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code, the
Board has specifically evaluated Måns Hultman’s
independence following the completion of his initial
eight-year tenure in August 2024; the Board justifies
Mr. Hultman’s extended tenure beyond the initial
eight-year period based on his indispensable SaaS
scaling expertise and deep institutional knowledge,
consistent with Dutch Corporate Governance Code
and the Groups long-term value creation strategy.
In addition the number of shares held by Zobito AB’s
vehicles is not considered to be significant.
In accordance with best practice provision 2.1.10,
the Board of Directors is of the opinion that the
independence requirements for Non-Executive
Directors as referred to the Dutch Governance Code
are met by the Company.
EVALUATION OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
AND ITS COMMITTEES
On an annual basis, the Non-Executive Directors are
expected to meet to evaluate their own functioning,
the functioning of the Board of Directors and
its Committees, as well as the functioning of the
Executive Directors, in accordance with best practice
provisions 2.2.6 and 2.2.7 of the Dutch Corporate
Governance Code.
Due to an exceptional workload and other
competing priorities, the Non-Executive Directors
were not able to carry out the above-mentioned
evaluation during 2024. The initiation of such
activities was discussed at the Board of Directors
meeting held in March 2024, with the intention to
complete the evaluation in the first half of 2025.
However, due to further priorities that required the
Board’s attention, the evaluation was not performed
in 2025 either. The Board aims to carry out this
evaluation, during the course of 2026, noting that
only one evaluation per year is required under the
applicable best practice provisions.
COMMITTEES
Audit Committee
A description of the Audit Committees role,
responsibilities and composition is set out on pages 48.
During the year ended 31 December 2025, the Audit
Committee has selected and recommend to the Board
of Directors advisers who have supported the Group
development path of the ICS in 2025. In particular, the
Audit Committee supported and recommended to the
Board of Directors the approval of the Group’s Annual
Report and Financial Statements for the financial year
ended 31 December 2024 and H1 2025 Report.
Furthermore, during the year ended 31 December
2025, the Audit Committee, together with the
support of the external advisers, has analysed and
approved the Group’s results on a quarterly basis
and also acknowledged and approved the identified
improvements to the Groups risk management and
ICS, also in relation to the post-merger controls over the
integration process.
Based on the activities performed and the
information reviewed during the year, the Audit
Committee did not identify any material issues
or deficiencies in relation to the effectiveness of
the Groups internal risk management and control
systems, nor in relation to the financial reporting and
audit processes.
Remuneration Committee
A description of the Remuneration Committee’s role,
responsibilities and composition is set out on page
48. The Remuneration Committee worked on an
LTIP and Short-Term Incentive Plan (STIP) together
with external advisers, and recommended the
Director
Board of
Directors
Audit
Committee
Remuneration
Committee
Selection and
Nomination
Committee
Amir Rosentuler 3/3 2/2 1/1
Marco Marlia 3/3
Måns Hultman 3/3 2/2
Laurel CharmaineBowden 3/3 3/3
Helen Protopapas 3/3 3/3
56
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Corporate Governance continued
Board of Directors to adopt the same, together with
French and Israeli subplans. During the year ended
31 December 2025, the Remuneration Committee
inter alia, proceeded with:
Refinement of the Company LTIP terms;
2024-2025 new hires grant;
LTIP 2025 grant; and
Special LTIP grant on June 2025.
Selection and Nomination Committee
A description of the Selection and Nomination
Committee’s role, responsibilities and composition is
set out on page 49.
During 2025, no specific matters arose requiring the
Committee’s review or deliberation. In light of the
absence of new appointments, changes in Board
composition, or other circumstances falling within its
remit, no meetings were convened during the year.
Furthermore, the Selection and Nomination
Committee has reiterated the importance of carrying
out the Board evaluation process in accordance with
the relevant applicable laws and regulations and
best practice provisions (the Board Evaluation). As
previously disclosed, due to the exceptional workload
and competing priorities faced by the Board, the
evaluation process was not carried out during 2024
and, for similar reasons, was not performed in 2025.
The effectiveness of the Board remains of fundamental
importance to the Company’s long-term success. The
Board acknowledges the value of a structured and
thorough assessment of its performance, as well as
that of its Committees, the Chair and the individual
Directors, including considerations relating to Board
composition, diversity and overall effectiveness.
The Board intends, subject to priorities and workload,
to carry out the Board Evaluation during the course of
2026, in compliance with the applicable governance
framework, which requires that such evaluation be
conducted at least annually.
INTERNAL AUDIT FUNCTION
The Non-Executive Directors believe that the
Company has not existed as a listed Company
long enough for it to be necessary to install its
own dedicated internal audit function. Senior
staff members in the finance department of the
Company are partially dedicated to risk and control
management. The CFO oversees risk management
tasks. An update on risk management activities,
findings, conclusions and actions is provided to
the Audit Committee, where priorities are set and
guidance is provided to follow up on identified areas
of concern and to further enhance risk and control
management. The Audit Committee is further
supported by relevant subject matter experts
throughout the Company.
57
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Corporate Governance continued
Amir Rosentuler
Executive Chairman & Interim CEO (appointed 11 June 2021)
Mr. Rosentuler, 57, Israeli, joined the Group in 2020. He has
25 years of executive management and entrepreneurial
experience in leading technology companies, including more
than 15 years of experience in NASDAQ- and NYSE-listed
companies. Mr. Rosentuler is currently the Chairman and a
Board member of several companies. Previously, he was the
co-Chief Executive Officer of Deutsche Telekom HBS Inc, a
subsidiary of Deutsche Telekom AG, based in Silicon Valley,
California. Mr. Rosentuler completed the Executive Leadership,
Business Administration, Management and Operations
Programme at Babson College.
Marco Marlia
President (appointed 10 October 2014)
Mr. Marlia, 45, Italian, co-founded the Group in 2010.
He is a serial entrepreneur experienced in running digital
companies, having co-founded several other companies
(Nextre Engineering, Biquadra and Nomesia), a web
design agency and a search engine optimisation agency.
Mr. Marlia holds a Bachelor’s and Master’s degree in
Economics from Bocconi University in Italy and he is author
of books including ‘Il Metodo DealerK and Wikis: Tools
for Information Work and Collaboration. Mr. Marlia also
earned a Bachelors degree in Institutions and Financial
Markets from Bocconi University.
B OA R D O F
DIRECTORS
WHO WE ARE
The members of the MotorK Board of
Directors focus on long-term value creation
for the Company and the Group’s businesses,
taking into account how Group-wide strategies
and policies contribute to the interests of each
subsidiary and the Group as a whole in the
longterm.
Members
5
Attendance
100%
58
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Corporate Governance continued
Måns Hultman
Non-Executive Director/Independent Director
(appointed 22 August 2016)
Mr. Hultman, 57, Swedish, has over 30 years of experience in
the technology industry. He was CEO of Qlik and a member
of the Board of Directors of Hybris (since acquired by SAP).
Since 2012, he has been a partner at Zobito, which is a
shareholder of the Company. In addition to serving as a
Director of the Company, Mr. Hultman currently serves as
a Director for Ikano Group, Musikborsen AB, Zobito 1 and
2, Zobito 3 AB and Crossbow AB and an owner of Tassaka
AB. Previously, Mr. Hultman served in various leadership
positions for other companies.
Laurel Charmaine Bowden
Non-Executive Director
(appointed 14 January 2019)
Ms. Bowden, 59, British, is a partner at 83 North. She has over
15 years of investment experience and has led investments in
and been on the Boards of many leading European technology
companies, including iZettle (acquired by PayPal), Just
Eat (LSE: JE), Ebury (50% acquired by Santander), Hybris
(acquired by SAP) and Qliktech (NASDAQ: QLIK). Some of
Ms. Bowden’s current Company Boards and investments
include BlueVine, Critizr, Celonis, Exotec, Form3, Holidu,
HungryPanda, Lendbuzz, Mirakl, Paddle, SellerX, Wolt and
Workable. Ms. Bowden was previously on the Boards of
Investec Plc and Ltd, and at JVP and GE Capital in London.
Further, Ms. Bowden earned a BSc in Electrical and Electronic
Engineering from the University of Cape Town and an MBA
from INSEAD.
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
CO N TI N U E D
Helen Protopapas
Non-Executive Director/Independent Director
(appointed 22 April 2024)
Mrs. Protopapas, 56, English, is the Vice President of
Finance at Vast Data, based in Zurich, Switzerland.
With a distinguished career as a Commercial CFO, she
brings extensive experience in private equity and venture
capital, particularly within the internet technology sector.
Mrs. Protopapas is recognised for her expertise in M&A
and fundraising, as well as her proficiency in cash flow
management and operational improvements. She has
a proven ability to implement accounting and financial
reporting processes, including transfer pricing strategies.
Her international career spans multiple countries, including
the UK, Germany, Switzerland, the US, the Nordics,
Romania, Vietnam, and Africa. This global experience has
given her a unique perspective on diverse markets and the
ability to drive financial success across various regions and
industries.
59
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Corporate Governance continued
EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT TEAM
In addition to the Chairman & Interim CEO and President, the following individuals comprise the Executive Management Team:
Zoltan Gelencsér
Global Chief Financial Officer (from January 1 2025)
Mr. Gelencsér joined MotorK as Chief Financial Officer
in early 2025, overseeing financial operations, aligning
strategic planning with long-term business objectives,
and driving scalable revenue growth while ensuring cost
efficiency. With extensive leadership experience in strategic
business management, digital transformation, change
management, and operations, he brings a data-driven
approach, a strong commitment to quality, and a culture
of accountability. His global finance executive roles at
Vodafone, eBay, and General Electric have shaped his
expertise. Before joining MotorK, he served as Senior
Vice President of Group Financial Planning & Analysis at
Sportradar. Mr. Gelencsér holds a BA/BS from Oxford
Brookes University and an MBA from London Business
School.
Boaz Zilberman
Chief Operating Officer
In April 2024, Mr. Zilberman was appointed to lead MotorK’s
Operations, Corporate Development, Investor Relations,
Post Merger Integration, and cross-functional management
practices. He prioritises cultivating a culture of excellence,
innovation, transparency, accountability, and disciplined
execution. With over 20 years of experience in software growth
companies, Mr. Zilberman has held various roles in Operations,
Product Development, Innovation, Corporate Development,
and Legal. Notably, he was previously Head of Business
Development at AccessFintech, where he oversaw ecosystem
partnerships and channel sales. Before that, he served as Head
of New Ventures at IHS-Markit, leading post-trade processing
innovation. Previously, Mr. Zilberman held the positions of
Head of Strategic Initiatives and Head of Legal and Corporate
Development at Markit. During his tenure, he played a key
role in the Company’s achievement of its first $1billion in
revenues, facilitated 25 acquisitions, and orchestrated over
100partnerships. Mr. Zilberman holds an MBA from Bayes
Business School (previously Cass), City University of London,
and a Bachelor of Law (LL.B.) from Tel Aviv University.
Xavier Vandame
Chief Revenue Officer (from August 2025)
In August 2025, Mr. Vandame was designated Chief Revenue
Officer. With over three decades of experience in the global
automotive and technology services sector, he has a proven
track record in driving global sales strategy, leading large-
scale business expansion, and building high-performing
international teams. He has a strong track record in global
sales leadership, go-to-market strategy, P&L management,
and international market expansion. During his 31-year
career at MSX International, he progressed to Vice
President of Global Sales, where he managed key global
OEM accounts and aligned worldwide sales efforts with
corporate strategy. He has led operations and teams across
Asia-Pacific, the Americas, Europe, the Middle East, and
Africa, including successfully establishing and growing
subsidiaries in China, India, Thailand, and South Korea. His
extensive global experience and cross-cultural leadership
enable him to drive sustainable revenue growth and build
long-term client relationships worldwide.
60
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Corporate Governance continued
EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT TEAM
CONTINUED
Yair Pinyan
Senior Vice President, Head of R&D at MotorK
Mr. Pinyan is Senior Vice President, Head of R&D at MotorK.
As leader of the Engineering, IT Operations and Quality
Assurance teams, hes a business enabler in charge of the
Company’s technology development, making sure MotorK’s
R&D efforts are geared towards steady innovation. He
boasts extensive knowledge of advanced technologies to
solve complex problems and has worked in R&D organisations
for over 20 years. He most recently held the role of Vice
President of Research and Development at Britannica
Knowledge Systems, where he successfully transferred an on-
prem product into a SaaS solution, while managing a remote
team of 70 engineers. Previous experience includes leadership
roles at Orbotech Ltd, Correlor Technologies Ltd, Microsoft
and Gteko Technologies Ltd. Mr. Pinyan holds a Bachelor’s
degree in Economics and Computer Science from Bar Ilan
University in Israel, as well as an Executive MBA from Quantic
School of Business and Technology in Washington, DC.
Johnny Quach
Chief Product and Marketing Officer
Mr. Quach was appointed Chief Product and Marketing
Officer in late 2024 to drive MotorKs growth and innovation
by integrating product development with marketing.
Leading product strategy, he focuses on customer-centric
innovation to solidify the Company’s position as an AI-
first SaaS provider for automotive retail. As the owner of
the marketing strategy, he enhances brand visibility and
customer engagement through growth-focused campaigns.
With a proven track record of driving top-line growth,
profitability, and organisational transformation, he has held
leadership roles in digital companies such as TrueCar (USA).
Thomas Andrew Becker
Chief Human Resources Officer
(from April 2025)
Mr. Becker serves as Chief Human Resources Officer
with over 30 years of technology sector experience. He
brings exceptional expertise in human capital strategy,
organisational development, and business transformation
across global markets including the UK, US, and continental
Europe. As a trusted executive adviser, Mr. Becker
consistently aligns HR functions with corporate objectives
while optimising workforce performance and driving cultural
transformation. His leadership in M&A integration and
talent management has delivered measurable business
impact throughout his career. Mr. Becker holds a Bachelor’s
degree in Management from Hiram College and FCIPD
certification. He concurrently serves as Managing Director of
the International Talent Academy, advancing professional HR
development initiatives.
Massimiliano Cumerlato
Regional Director and VP of Customer Engagement
(from November 2025)
Mr. Cumerlato brings over 20 years of European sales
experience in IT and web-based applications. A core driver
of MotorK’s growth over the past 11 years, he spearheaded
the Group’s expansion to dominate the Italian digital
automotive retail market. Under his leadership, MotorK
achieved a 70% market share among official dealers and a
robust portfolio of over 700 clients. Having previously served
as Sales Director and Country Manager, he distinguished
himself through strategic key account management and
by successfully driving the commercial integration of the
GestionaleAuto acquisition. Currently, as Regional Director
and VP of Customer Engagement, Mr. Cumerlato is scaling
his successful sales model internationally. He oversees
cross-border retention, cross-selling, and upselling strategies
designed to maximise recurring revenue, profitability and
long-term client loyalty. Prior to MotorK, he was Sales
Director at Casa.it and held senior roles at Selecta, where he
earned a prestigious ‘Best Supplier Award’ for executing high-
impact, pan-European direct marketing campaigns.
61
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Corporate Governance continued
REMUNERATION
C O M M I T T E E
REPORT
In 2025, the Remuneration
Committee stabilised the Group’s
talent framework by remediating
the voided 2024 LTIP, refining the
LTIP to reflect market conditions,
and introducing targeted
retention measures.
SECTION ONE: ANNUAL STATEMENT OF
THE REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT
In line with the requirements of the UK reporting
regulations and the applicable provisions of the
Dutch Governance Code, this report is divided into
three sections:
1. This Annual Statement: summarising the work of
the Remuneration Committee (the Committee)
and our approach to Directors’ remuneration.
2. The Directors’ Remuneration Policy (the Policy):
summarising the framework under which
Directors’ pay is set and how it links to strategy.
The Policy has been approved further to a
shareholder vote (by way of ordinary resolution)
at the 2025 AGM.
3. The Annual Report on Remuneration
(the Report), which sets out the remuneration
outcomes for 2025 and how, subject to
shareholder approval, the Committee applied
the Policy in 2025. This section will be subject to
an advisory shareholder vote at the AGM.
The Committee is chaired by Måns Hultman (an
Independent Non-Executive Director) and its other
member is Amir Rosentuler.
I am pleased to present the Directors’
Remuneration Report on behalf of the Board
During 2025, the Committee worked to apply
the Policy in line with the relevant corporate
governance requirements with the aim of ensuring
competitiveness, alignment, incentivisation
and proportionality. The Committees work was
characterised by a ‘remediation and retention
strategy.
The key activities in FY2025 are listed below:
2024 LTIP Remediation: following the non-
achievement of performance conditions for the
2024 grants, the Committee declared those
options null and void and approved remediation
grants for 31 optionees to ensure continued
engagement.
Refinement of LTIP terms: to simplify the
incentive structure, the Committee reverted to a
‘no performance vesting’ practice for standard
grants, adjusted vesting schedules to three years
(one-third annually), and established a minimum
two-year holding period.
Strategic retention and new hires: the
Committee approved significant grants for key
new hires and implemented a ‘Minimum Return
Guarantee’ for certain executive management
team members in the event of a Company sale
to ensure alignment during critical strategic
windows.
Governance and delegation: to streamline
operations, the Committee delegated the
pre-validation of ‘good and bad leavers’ to the
Chairman & Interim CEO, President, and CHRO,
subject to quarterly reporting.
MotorK remains committed to a remuneration
structure that attracts and motivates high-calibre
individuals while focusing on sustainable financial
results and long-term stakeholder value.
During the year, MotorK demonstrated improved
operating performance and financial discipline,
supporting progress towards sustainable
profitability and enhanced cash generation. The
Committee has continued to exercise careful
judgement to ensure remuneration decisions support
the Company’s strategic objectives while remaining
fully aligned with best practice remuneration
governance and the requirements of UK reporting
regulations and the Dutch Governance Code.
I hope that this report is clear and informative.
Måns Hultman
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
62
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Corporate Governance continued
SECTION TWO: DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY
(a) Introduction
The Committee determines the Companys policy on the structure of the remuneration of Executive Directors
and the Executive Management Team, and is responsible for governing the Remuneration Policy for the
broader employee population.
Procedure
The following summarises the Policy, which codifies our existing principles as previously communicated to
potential investors pre-listing. This Policy was approved by the Company’s shareholders at the AGM on
21 May 2025. The Policy applies to payments made after that date and is available on the Company’s
website.
It is intended that the Policy was applied for three years starting from its approval at the 2025 AGM and it
will be reapproved during the 2028 AGM. In light of the Committees efforts to review the Policy to ensure it
allows the Committee to offer an appropriate and balanced remuneration package that reflects the size and
complexity of the Group, the Executives’ experience, skills and responsibility in the Group as well as market
practice, the Committee may seek approval for a new policy at an earlier point if considered appropriate.
When reviewing the Policy, the Committee uses scenario analyses to recognise the different outcomes of the
Policy, by taking into account elements such as internal pay differentials and maximum pay-out of annual
bonuses and long-term incentives.
Compliance
The Policy is compliant with the relevant requirements of UK Company law, as well as in principle with the rules of the
Dutch Governance Code, which the Company applies voluntarily.
Principles
The objectives of the Policy are to:
reward Executive Directors and senior management, and support a performance-driven culture;
provide a level of remuneration to attract, motivate and retain high-calibre employees and reward them
with a market competitive remuneration package;
encourage long-term value creation and support the execution of the Company’s strategic and
operational objectives;
motivate individuals and align interests of the Executive Directors with the Company’s shareholders and
other stakeholders; and
adhere to principles of good corporate governance and appropriate risk management.
The Board of Directors and the Committee believe the aforementioned objectives are best achieved by a
remuneration structure whereby:
1. Basic pay is set at a level such as to support the recruitment and retention of Executive Directors of the
calibre required to implement the Group’s business strategy and is reflective of the individual’s skills,
experience, performance and role within the Group.
2. STIPs are set at a level such as to incentivise year-on-year delivery of short-term financial, strategic and
operational objectives in furtherance of the Group’s business strategy and creation of shareholder value.
3. LTIPs are put in place to align the interests of the Directors and shareholders of the Company concerning
long-term value creation, providing an avenue through which the Company’s Executives can earn
significant rewards subject to shareholders likewise having obtained a good return.
4. Benefits are provided to Executives on a cost-effective basis to aid attraction and retention of Executive Directors.
63
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Corporate Governance continued
Illustration of the application of the Remuneration Policy
Based on the Policy terms described in the next sections, the following charts illustrate the application of the Policy in different scenarios ranging from no achievement of the STIP and LTIP targets and conditions,to target
achievement in combination with LTIP shares appreciation over the relevant period ranging from zero to fair value at grant date to 50% increase. The charts are based on the remuneration and on the share value at the
time the Policy was adopted.
Salary levels (and consequently the other elements of the remuneration package which are calculated as a percentage of salary) are based on those intended to apply in 2025.
The LTIP grant level is shown as 68% of the base salary for the CEO and 33% for the Executive Chairman, in line with the actual grant for the year 2025.
Illustration of the application of the Policy – CEO Illustration of the application of the Policy – Executive Chairman
64
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Corporate Governance continued
(b) Remuneration components for Executive Directors and the Executive Management Team (Executives)
In line with the above principles and objectives, various remuneration components are combined to ensure an appropriate and balanced remuneration package comprising the following elements:
Fixed remuneration (base salary, benefits and pension).
Short-term incentive (performance-based cash bonus).
Long-term incentive (conditional equity-based award that vests based on performance).
Base salary Purpose and link to strategy To support the recruitment and retention of talented Executives to deliver the Group’s strategy by offering a package that is reflective of the individual’s skills,
experience and responsibility in the Group, whilst remaining competitive in relevant talent markets.
Operation
Base salaries are set by the Committee and reviewed on an annual basis. Base salaries are paid in cash on a monthly basis. Base salary levels are targeted at
market rates and benchmarked periodically against an appropriate peer group of other companies of a similar financial size and complexity to MotorK.
Opportunity Any changes for Executives take into account the individual’s skills, experience and performance, significant changes in responsibilities, together with market
practice and MotorKs performance and pay practices.
The maximum level of basic salary will not be greater than the current salary as increased, typically in line with the market. If an individual is appointed at a lower
salary, for example, to reflect inexperience as a listed Company director, larger increases may be awarded over future years as they prove their capability.
Performance measures N/A
Pension and benefits
Purpose and link to strategy Provides an appropriate structure of benefits on a cost-effective basis to aid attraction and retention of Executives.
Operation Benefits include provision of death, disability and medical insurance cover, Directors’ liability insurance, pension contributions, Company car and IT equipment.
Opportunity Dependent on individual circumstances and the cost to the Company of providing the benefit.
The Company provides access to pension schemes based on local legal requirements or where provision is customary in a particular local market.
Employer pension contributions to Executives under the defined contribution arrangement and cash allowances in lieu of pension are made at the minimum level
required by law or best practice in the relevant jurisdiction.
Performance measures N/A
STIP Purpose and link to strategy To provide Executives with a reward for delivery of short-term financial, strategic and operational objectives.
Operation Executives may be eligible to participate in a discretionary short-term incentive scheme (every six months or annually).
The Committee oversees the setting of suitable short-term targets and performance measures.
Opportunity The maximum STIP opportunity under this Policy is 300% of base salary.
Performance below the threshold for each financial target results in zero payment in respect of that element. Payment rises from 0% to 100% of the maximum
opportunity for levels of performance between threshold and maximum with 75% of base salary normally payable for on-target performance.
Performance measures Subject to the achievement of certain targets relating to financial (including, but not limited to, revenues or Adjusted EBITDA achievements) or operational
(including, but not limited to, customer satisfaction, geographical expansion, M&A execution) KPIs, depending on the role.
65
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Corporate Governance continued
LTIP Purpose and link to strategy To align the interests of Executives and shareholders in growing the value of the Group over the long term.
Operation LTIP grants are intended to be made annually and consist of Performance Stock Options (although Conditional Share Awards may also be used). These
Performance Stock Options will vest over three years in three equal tranches, to the extent the performance conditions are satisfied.
The exercise price of the stock options will be equal to the market value of a share in the Company as at the date the stock options are granted (potentially
averaged over a short period pre-grant). Once exercisable, stock options may be exercised until the 10th anniversary of the date of grant. Shares acquired
pursuant to the exercise of stock options will be subject to a holding period which expires on the fifth anniversary of the date the stock options were granted,
during which they may not be disposed of (save to cover any tax or social security liabilities which arise on the acquisition of the shares).
The Committee retains flexibility, consistent with the rules of the LTIP, to grant Performance Share Awards. Any Performance Share Awards will vest over three
years in three equal tranches, but shares will only become eligible to be acquired by participants to the extent the performance conditions are satisfied. The
same holding period would apply as applies to Performance Stock Options.
Malus and clawback provisions apply (see details below).
Opportunity The number of Performance Stock Options to be granted and the recipients and quantum will be determined by the Board or Remuneration Committee. The
maximum value of Performance Stock Options which may be granted to an Executive Director in any particular financial year is equivalent to 720% of their base
salary as at the date of grant.
Should the Committee decide to grant Performance Share Awards, the maximum value of Performance Share Awards which may be granted to an Executive
Director in any particular financial year is equivalent to 300% of their base salary as at the date of grant.
If a combination of Performance Share Awards and Performance Stock Options is granted, the maximum value would be between 300% and 720% of base
salary as at the date of grant, adjusted in proportion to the type of award granted.
The Committee has the discretion to adjust the formulaic outcome to ensure it reflects the underlying performance of MotorK.
A payment equivalent to the dividends accrued on vested shares may be paid at the point of vesting (or in the case of options, exercise) in shares or cash.
Performance measures
Vesting of LTIP awards is subject to the achievement of performance conditions as outlined below. Each of the performance conditions separately determines
part of the vesting of the LTIP award. The relative weighting of the performance conditions may be varied by the Committee to ensure the LTIP best supports
MotorK’s strategy. In FY2025, the Group decided not to apply performance-based measures that award options to Executive Directors. The Group intends to
maintain the same approach in FY2026.
The Committee will have discretion to set measures and weightings for awards to best support the strategy of the business at that time, provided that the
vesting of at least 80% of the LTIP award will be subject to financial-based performance conditions.
66
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Corporate Governance continued
Selection of performance targets
The performance-related elements of remuneration will take into account the Group’s risk policies and
systems and will be designed to align the Senior Executives’ interests with those of shareholders. The
Committee reviews the metrics used and targets set for all of the Group’s Senior Executives (not just the
Executive Directors) every year, in order to ensure that they are aligned with the Group’s strategy and to
ensure an appropriate level of consistency of arrangements amongst the Senior Executive Team.
All financial targets will (where appropriate) be set on a sliding scale. Non-financial targets are set based
on individual and management team responsibilities. The annual bonus plan performance metrics include
a mix of financial targets and non-financial objectives, reflecting the key annual priorities of the Group.
The financial metrics include Total Shareholder Return (TSR), which was chosen as it provides an external
assessment of the Companys performance against a peer group. TSR also aligns the rewards received by
Executives with the returns received by shareholders.
The non-financial objectives will be measurable and based on individual and/or team performance and will
be consistent with the achievement of the Group’s strategy.
The Committee retains discretion to set targets for future awards, providing that, in the opinion of the Committee,
the new targets are no less challenging in light of the prevailing circumstances than those set previously.
Loans
The Company does not provide any loans or guarantees to Executive Directors or the Executive
Management Team.
(c) Service agreements and policy on payments for loss of office
Executive Directors are appointed at the AGM for the duration of four years. The terms of service may be
terminated by the Executive Director with a notice period of six months and by the Company with a notice
period of six months or with the applicable statutory notice period. In case the Company terminates the service
agreement of an Executive Director (other than in cases of summary dismissal), the Executive Director may be
entitled in exceptional circumstances to a severance payment of up to one year’s base salary.
Leaver arrangements
The Company takes into account the terms of service including the variable remuneration plan rules,
market practice and the conduct of the individual when determining leaver arrangements. In addition to the
severance payment mentioned above, a leaving Executive Director may be eligible to retain or receive value
under their variable remuneration awards, in accordance with the plan rules.
Under the LTIP and the STIP, an Executive Director will be treated as a ‘good leaver’ if he or she leaves due to
death, injury, disability, retirement with the agreement of the Board, redundancy, a transfer of the business
unit in which he or she is employed to a third party, circumstances in which the Group Company by which he
or she is employed ceases to be controlled by the Company, or such other reason as the Committee may in its
discretion decide.
STIP If the Executive qualifies as a ‘good leaver’, the individual may remain eligible for
a STIP pay-out with respect to the year of termination on a pro-rated basis and is
payable after the end of the financial year.
LTIP Unvested LTIP awards normally lapse on termination of the service agreement,
however if the Executive qualifies as a ‘good leaver’:
Vesting of the LTIP is subject to the application of the performance measures
at the end of the normal vesting period and will be on a pro-rated basis. In
FY2025, the Group decided not to apply performance-based measures to
the Executive Directors. The Group intends to maintain the same approach in
FY2026.
Vested awards will remain subject to a two-year holding period.
Change of control
In the event of a change of control of the Company:
Payments under the annual bonus plan are calculated on a pro-rated basis and are subject to the
application of the performance measures.
Vesting of the LTIP is subject to the application of the performance measures at the date of the event, if
applicable, and will normally be on a pro-rated basis.
Upon a change of control of the Company, the plans will automatically terminate and no further awards will
be made.
Outplacement services and legal fees and reimbursement of legal costs may be provided where appropriate.
Any statutory entitlements or sums to settle or compromise claims in connection with a termination would be
paid as necessary.
The term of appointment for Non-Executive Directors is four years and their appointments are subject to
termination on four months’ notice other than in cases of summary dismissal. If their position is terminated,
they are entitled to reimbursement of any outstanding fees and expenses.
67
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Corporate Governance continued
(d) Malus and clawback policy
LTIP awards may be recovered or reduced in cases of fraud, dishonesty or deceit, gross misconduct, conduct
which results in significant losses to a Group Company, a material failure of risk management or other
corporate failure, a serious health and safety event or a material financial misstatement in the audited
financial results of the Group. The Committee may apply malus (revise incentive awards prior to vesting) and
clawback (reclaim incentive awards post vesting) to reduce an award or determine that it will not vest or only
vest in part.
Clawback may operate during the period of two years from the date an LTIP award pays out.
(e) Use of discretion
The Committee may apply its discretion in the execution of the Remuneration Policy or related incentive
plans when agreeing remuneration outcomes to help ensure that the implementation of our Remuneration
Policy is consistent with underlying Company performance and is equitable to all stakeholders.
If an event occurs which results in the annual bonus plan or LTIP performance conditions and/or targets
being deemed no longer appropriate by the Committee (e.g. a material acquisition or divestment), the
Committee will have the ability to adjust appropriately the measures and/or targets and alter weightings,
provided that the revised conditions or targets are not materially less difficult to satisfy (taking account of
the relevant circumstances).
Ultimately, the payment of any bonus is entirely at the discretion of the Committee. Equally, the operation
of share incentive schemes is at the discretion of the Committee.
(f) Approach to recruitment remuneration
Executive Directors’ base salary is set at a level appropriate to recruit a suitable candidate, taking into
account external market competitiveness and internal equity. The level of base salary may initially be
positioned below the mid-market of the relevant benchmark, with the intention of increasing it to around
the mid-market of the relevant benchmark after an initial period of satisfactory service.
Individuals will be able to receive a contribution to a pension plan in line with the Policy.
The Committee will offer benefits in line with the Policy for existing Executive Directors (but may consider
other benefits from time to time, including relocation expenses).
The Company’s policy is to give notice periods according to the applicable statutory notice period and in any
case no longer than six months.
(g) Non-Executive Directors’ Remuneration Policy
The purpose and strategy of the Company’s Non-Executive Directors’ Remuneration Policy is to provide
a competitive fee, which will attract and retain high-calibre individuals and reflects their relevant skills
and experience.
Fee levels for each role are determined after considering the responsibility of the role, the skills and knowledge
required and the expected time commitments are reviewed periodically considering the salary increase for
the general workforce and the level of fees paid by companies of a similar size and complexity.
Additional fees may be paid in relation to extra responsibilities undertaken and in exceptional circumstances,
if there is a temporary yet material increase in the time commitments for Non-Executive Directors.
The Company pays any reasonable expenses that a Non-Executive Director incurs in carrying out their
duties as a Director, including travel, Directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, hospitality-related and other
modest benefits, any tax liabilities thereon and the provision of advice relating to any such tax liabilities,
ifappropriate.
(h) Consultation and existing commitments
The Company and the Group may honour all obligations and commitments that were entered into prior
to this Directors’ Remuneration Policy taking effect. The terms of those pre-existing obligations and
commitments may differ from the terms of this Remuneration Policy and may include (without limitation)
obligations and commitments under service contracts, long-term incentive schemes (including previous
plans), pension and benefit plans.
Although employees are not consulted directly on the Executive Directors’ Remuneration Policy, the
Committee takes into account the pay and employment conditions of other employees in the Group when
setting the remuneration of the Executive Directors.
The remuneration approach is applied consistently at levels below the Executive Directors. At senior levels,
remuneration is increasingly long term and ‘at risk’ with an increased emphasis on performance-related pay
and share-based remuneration.
68
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Corporate Governance continued
Chairman’s and Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment
The following table provides details of the terms of appointment for the Chairman and the current Non-Executive Directors:
Director Date of appointment Expected expiry date of current term
Amir Rosentuler (Chairman) 11 June 2021 End of the AGM to be held in 2028
Måns Hultman (Non-Executive) 22 August 2016 End of the AGM to be held in 2028
Laurel Charmaine Bowden (Non-Executive) 11 May 2023 End of the AGM to be held in 2027
Helen Protopapas (Non-Executive) 22 April 2024 End of the AGM to be held in 2028
SECTION THREE: DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT
Directors’ emoluments and compensation
Set out below are the Directors’ emoluments for the year ended 31 December 2025 and the year ended 31 December 2024: including the fees related to their roles and responsibilities within the Audit Committee,
Remuneration Committee, and Selection and Nomination Committee. Directors’ emoluments reported below may not be totally paid as of 31 December 2025.
Name of Director
Salary and fees
(€)
Taxable benefits
(€)
Pension-related
benefits
(€)
Total fixed
remuneration
(€)
Annual bonus
(€)
Stock Options
granted
(€)
Total variable
remuneration
(€)
Total 2025
(€)
Amir Rosentuler 311,878
1
62,781
2
374,659 428,787
3
428,787 803,446
Marco Marlia 200,000 2,718 28,277 230,995 472,360
4
472,360 703,355
Laurel Charmaine Bowden
5
Måns Hultman 37,500 37,50 0 37,500
Helen Protopapas 96,400
6
96,400 96,400
1 Includes the remuneration of ILS 1,165,478 translated with the average exchange rate for 2025 of 3.893 ILS/EUR accrued by MotorK Israel Ltd (net amount paid of ILS 533,100 equivalent to €136,938) and fees related to his and responsibilities within the Remuneration Committee, and Selection and
Nomination Committee of €12,500.
2 ILS 244,408 translated with the average exchange rate 2025 3.893 ILS/EUR.
3 177,920 shares evaluated with FV determined on the basis of Black-Scholes method of €2.41.
4 196,000 shares evaluated with FV determined on the basis of Black-Scholes method of €2.41.
5 In April 2024, Laurel Charmaine Bowden voluntarily waived the emoluments earned for FY2024, as well as any future emoluments to be earned in her capacity as a member of the Audit Committee.
6 40,000 shares evaluated with FV determined on the basis of Black-Scholes method of €2.41.
69
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Corporate Governance continued
Name of Director
Salary and fees
(€)
Taxable benefits
(€)
Pension-related
benefits
(€)
Total fixed
remuneration
(€)
Annual bonus
(€)
Stock Options
granted
(€)
Total variable
remuneration
(€)
Total 2024
(€)
Amir Rosentuler 284,542
1
60,191
2
344,733 344,733
Marco Marlia 200,000 3,376 27,942 231,318 231,318
Laurel Charmaine Bowden³
Måns Hultman 37,500 37,50 0 37,500
Mauro Pretolani 13,340
4
13,340 13,340
Helen Protopapas⁵
1 Includes the remuneration of ILS 1,094,695 translated with the average exchange rate 2024 4.024 ILS/EUR accrued by MotorK Israel Ltd (net amount paid of ILS 552,431 equivalent to €130,290) and the fees related to its roles and responsibilities within Remuneration Committee, and Selection and
Nomination Committee for €12,500.
2 ILS 242,208 translated with the average exchange rate 2024 4.024 ILS/EUR.
3 In April 2024, Laurel Charmaine Bowden voluntarily waived the emoluments earned for FY2024, as well as any future emoluments to be earned in her capacity as a member of the Audit Committee.
4 Mauro Pretolani resigned in April 2024. This represented the pro-rata remuneration from 1 January 2024 to 23 April 2024 based on the annual emoluments amounting to €42,500 for his roles and responsibilities within the Board of Directors, Audit Committee, and Selection and Nomination Committee.
5 Helen Protopapas voluntarily waived her emolument for FY2024 for her roles as Chair of the Audit Committee and as a member of the Selection and Nomination Committee.
Annual bonus
The objective of the annual bonus remuneration component is to ensure that the Executive Directors focus on realising their short-term operational objectives, leading to longer-term value creation.
Following the admission of the Companys shares to Euronext Amsterdam, between the Directors of the Company, only the CEO participated in the annual bonus scheme and was eligible to earn an award of up to 75% of
salary, subject to the attainment of specific performance targets to be defined by the Board of Directors upon a proposal of the Committee. The table below summarises the bonus earned for the year:
Name of Executive Director Bonus for 2025 Bonus for 2024
Marco Marlia
Scenario analyses of the possible outcomes of the variable remuneration element of the annual bonus described above and its effect on the remuneration of the CEO were conducted at the point of award. No other scenario
analyses have been undertaken by the Committee during the year ended 31 December 2025.
Pension
During the year ended 31 December 2025, Marco Marlia received pension contributions of €28,277 (€27,942 as at 31 December 2024) and Amir Rosentuler received pension contributions of €62,781 (€60,191 as at
31 December 2024).
Payments to past Directors
No payments were made to past Directors during the year ended 31 December 2025.
70
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Corporate Governance continued
Payments for loss of office
No payments for loss of office were made during the year ended 31 December 2025.
Long-term incentives
EMI Share Option Plan (the ‘Original Share Option Plan’)
In October 2021, with a number of years having elapsed since the original scheme was put in place, the
“Original Share Option Plan”, an amended version of the Group share option scheme (the EMI Share Option
Plan), was designed and implemented by the Company in anticipation of the listing of the Companys shares.
The EMI Share Option Plan allowed for options to be issued over ordinary shares, up to a maximum market
value of €3 million at the time of grant. The option exercise price was usually set at fair market value of the
shares at the time of grant. Total options were awarded under the EMI Share Option Plan on admission of
the Company’s shares to Euronext Amsterdam were equal to approximately 0.5% of the number of ordinary
shares in issue at the time, with an exercise price of €0.337 per share. The initial option awards have no
performance conditions and vest over a four-year period starting from the day of listing.
As at 31 December 2025, the Company has no unvested options in issue pursuant to the Original Share
Option Plan.
Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan (the ‘Omnibus LTIP’ or ‘LTIP’)
In October 2022, a new share-based Long-Term Incentive Plan, the ‘Omnibus LTIP’, was adopted by the
Board of Directors further to the approval by the shareholders of the Remuneration Policy. The Omnibus
LTIP envisages various types of share-based incentives that can be granted to employees (including
Executive Directors) of the Company and its subsidiaries. The terms of the Omnibus LTIP are in line with
the Remuneration Policy, which was refined and reapproved in May 2025.
Further to adoption of the Omnibus LTIP, between December 2022 and January 2023, the Board of Directors
awarded Performance Stock Options to Executive Directors, Executive Management and to all other eligible
employees. The exercise price was set at the share market value at grant, ranging between €1.21 and €1.895.
The options will vest over a three-year period and the shares awarded further to exercise of the options will
be subject to a five-year holding period starting from the grant date. For the stock options granted between
December 2022 and January 2023 100% of the options are contingent on achieving an ARR growth of at
least 25% in 2023.
Between February 2023 and December 2023, the Board of Directors awarded another tranche of
Performance Stock Options to Executive Directors, Executive Management and to all other eligible
employees. The exercise price was set at the share market value at grant, ranging between €2.37 and €2.79.
For stock options granted between February 2023 and December 2023, 75% are linked to achieving a 30%
ARR growth over the estimated 2022 year-end ARR by June 30, 2024, and 25% are linked to the achievement
of a reported Cash EBITDA for FY2023 equal to or greater than negative €10 million. As this second
performance condition was not met, 25% of the options related to this grant have lapsed.
In May 2024, the Board of Directors awarded another tranche of Performance Stock Options to Executive
Directors, executive management and to all other eligible employees. The exercise price was set at the share
market value at grant, with an exercise price of €5.94 per share. For the stock options granted in May 2024,
75% are linked to achieving at least 25% ARR growth over the estimated 2023 year-end ARR, and 25% are
contingent on a positive full-year reported Cash EBITDA for FY2024. As these performance conditions were
not met, 100% of the options related to this grant have lapsed. The value of the grants to the Executive
Directors, based on the market value at the grant date, was below the long-term incentive salary limits set by
the Remuneration Policy.
In May 2025, the Board of Directors declared the options granted under the 2024 LTIP null and void, as
the aforementioned conditions were not met, and subsequently awarded new options to 31 optionees to
remediate the previous grants and ensure continued engagement. In addition, in the same month, the Board
of Directors awarded another tranche of Performance Stock Options to Executive Directors, executive
management and to all other eligible employees. For both grants, the exercise price was set at the market
value of the shares at the time of grant, amounting to €4.52 per share, and the grants are not linked to any
performance conditions. The exercise schedule was structured in three equal instalments over the three-year
vesting period.
In September 2025, the Board of Directors awarded some executive management members in recognition of
the work carried out to date and in consideration of the key activities they will continue to lead in the coming
months. This allocation reflects the Companys appreciation of their ongoing contribution and strategic
role in upcoming initiatives. The exercise price was set at the market value of the shares at the time of grant,
amounting to €4.2 per share, and the grants are not linked to any performance conditions. The exercise
schedule was structured in three equal instalments over the three-year vesting period.
Following these grants, the Company has a total of 2,022,515 unvested options in issue pursuant to the
Omnibus LTIP, equating to approximately 4.2% of the issued share capital as at 31 December 2025.
71
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Corporate Governance continued
Directors’ interest in shares
The interests of each person who was a Director of the Company (together with interest held by his or her connected parties) were:
Name of Director
Number of shares
at 31 December
2025
Number of shares
at 31 December
2024
Unvested share
options at
31 December
2025
Vested,
unexercised
share options
at 31 December
2025
Options
exercised in
the period
2025
Amir Rosentuler 120,000 120,000 143,288 1,513,591
Marco Marlia 5,151,942 5,481,580 161,292 300,601
Laurel Charmaine Bowden
Måns Hultman
Mauro Pretolani 138,400 138,400 135,000
Helen Protopapas 33,333 6,667
The option awards held by each Director during the financial year ended 31 December 2025 and 2024 are as follows:
Name of Director
Number at
1 January
2025
Granted in
the period
2025
Exercised in
the period
2025
Number at
31 December
2025
Exercise price
(€)
Vesting
period/date
Marco Marlia 174,018 174,018 1.64 Three years starting from November 2022
Marco Marlia 91,875
1
91,875 2.37 Three years starting from June 2023
Marco Marlia 196,000
2
196,000 4.52 Three years starting from May 2024
Amir Rosentuler 1,263,979
3
1,263,979 0.01 November 2021
3
Amir Rosentuler 140,955 140,955 1.21 Three years starting from January 2023
Amir Rosentuler 74,025
4
74,025 2.37 Three years starting from June 2023
Amir Rosentuler 177,920
2
177,920 4.52 Three years starting from May 2024
Mauro Pretolani 135,000 135,000 0.34 Three years starting from August 2017
Helen Protopapas 20,000
2
20,000 4.52 Three years starting from May 2024
Helen Protopapas 20,000 20,000 4.52 Three years starting from May 2025
1 Total options granted net of 30,625 lapsed option as one out of the two performance conditions set for such grant was not met.
2 Total options granted to remediate the lapsed grant in May 2024. The vesting period started in May 2024.
3 Amir Rosentuler was awarded 1,383,979 options pursuant to the EMI Share Option Plan all of which vested immediately prior to the Company’s initial public offering. On 5 November 2021, Amir Rosentuler exercised 120,000 of his vested options and subscribed for 120,000 ordinary shares of €0.01 each in
the Company. From 31 December 2021, Amir Rosentuler held 1,263,979 vested but unexercised stock options.
4 Total options granted net of 24,675 lapsed option as one out of the two performance conditions set for such grant was not met.
72
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Corporate Governance continued
Name of Director
Number at
1 January
2024
Granted in
the period
2024
Exercised in
the period
2024
Number at
31 December
2024
Exercise price
(€)
Vesting
period/date
Marco Marlia 174,018 174,018 1.64 Three years starting from November 2022
Marco Marlia 91,875
1
91,875 2.37 Three years starting from June 2023
Marco Marlia
2
5.94 Three years starting from May 2024
Amir Rosentuler 1,263,979
3
1,263,979 0.01 November 2021
3
Amir Rosentuler 140,955 140,955 1.21 Three years starting from January 2023
Amir Rosentuler 74,025
4
74,025 2.37 Three years starting from June 2023
Amir Rosentuler
2
5.94 Three years starting from May 2024
Mauro Pretolani 135,000 135,000 0.34 Three years starting from August 2017
1 91,875 is the total option granted net of 30,625 lapsed option as one out of the two performance conditions set for such grant was not met.
2 Grant in May 2024 was fully lapsed due to the performance conditions not met.
3 Amir Rosentuler was awarded 1,383,979 options pursuant to the EMI Share Option Plan all of which vested immediately prior to the Company’s initial public offering. On 5 November 2021, Amir Rosentuler exercised 120,000 of his vested options and subscribed for 120,000 ordinary shares of €0.01 each in
the Company. From 31 December 2021, Amir Rosentuler held 1,263,979 vested but unexercised stock options.
4 Total options granted net of 24,675 lapsed options as one out of the two performance conditions set for such grant was not met.
Total Shareholder Return performance
The Committee has considered the requirement for a performance graph comparing the Company’s TSR with that of a comparable indicator. The Committee does not currently consider that including the graph will be
meaningful as the Company only listed in November 2021 and has not declared a dividend for the years ended 31 December 2024 and 2025. In addition, the remuneration of the Executives is not currently linked to TSR.
Annual percentage change in remuneration of Directors and employees and internal pay ratio
The table below shows the percentage change in salary, taxable benefits and annual bonus set out in the figures of remuneration tables paid to each Director in respect of the 2024 and 2023 financial years compared to
that of the average pay of all employees of the Group:
Director
Salary/fees
% change
Benefits
% change
Annual bonus
% change
Amir Rosentuler (10%)
Marco Marlia (19%)
Laurel Charmaine Bowden
Måns Hultman
Mauro Pretolani (100%)
Helen Protopapas
Average all employees 11% 2% 31%
73
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Corporate Governance continued
The internal pay ratio is calculated based on the average 2025 remuneration of all Group employees vis-à-vis
the 2025 remuneration of the CEO. The internal pay ratio for the year 2025 was 4.89 (5.42 in 2024) for the
CEO, Marco Marlia.
Relative importance of spend on pay
The table below shows the difference in actual expenditure between 2024 and 2025 on personnel costs
adjusted for all employees, in comparison to investments for future growth in R&D and M&A chosen as
a significant benchmark for this analysis due to its relevance for the strategic plans of the Group.
To date, no dividend has been paid by MotorK and there is no intention to pay a dividend at this stage as
all monies are being retained in the business for future investment.
Investments for future growth
1
Personnel costs
-€1.6 million -€2.5 million
(19%) (10%)
2025: €6.8 million 2025: €26.7 million
(2024: €8.4 million) (2024: €26.7 million)
1 Calculated as the amount of cash flow from investing activities – R&D reported in the Group cash movements for the year included in the Financial
and Operating Review.
As the Directors have not recommended a dividend for 2025 or 2024, the Directors do not consider it helpful to
the interpretation of the relative importance of spend on pay data to include dividend data in the above table.
Statement of implementation of Remuneration Policy in the following financial year
Salary
The Committee will keep the level of salaries paid to its employees and Executive Directors under close review,
and will set it at such a level in order to help achieve the overall objectives of the Policy and generate long-
term value for the Company and its shareholders through increased performance. Increases to salaries, if
deemed appropriate by either the Committee or employees discharging managerial duties within the Group,
will be determined and communicated to employees on an individual basis.
Annual bonus
The President Marco Marlia will be eligible to earn an annual bonus of up to €150 thousand in case the
targets assigned are 100% achieved. The Interim CEO Amir Rosentuler will be eligible to earn an annual
bonus of up to €100 thousand (to be paid half in cash and half in stock options) in case the targets assigned
are 100% achieved.
LTIP
The Committee will make awards to the Executives within the Omnibus LTIP adopted by the Board on
18 October 2022. Currently, with reference to grants awarded between December 2022 and January 2023,
the Committee decided to utilise one performance condition - ARR growth of at least 25% in 2023. With
reference to grants awarded between February 2023 and May 2024 two performance conditions were set:
the first, for 75% of the grant, is based on a Committed ARR achievement and the second, for the remaining
25% of the grant, is based on Cash EBITDA. In FY2025, the Group decided not to apply performance-based
measures that award options to Executive Directors. The Group intends to maintain the same approach in
FY2026. The Committee reserves the right to change such performance conditions as long as the revised
conditions meet the requirements of the Omnibus LTIP.
Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration
The Board has reviewed the Non-Executive Directors’ fee structure and has agreed a specific rate card
based on the roles and responsibilities of the Directors (see table below - annualised amounts, to be paid
out proportionately to the actual length of tenure in the year). Please refer to the table below for Directors’
emoluments in FY2025 (and comparative data as at 31 December 2024):
Role – FY2025
Laurel
Charmaine
Bowden
(€)
1
ns
Hultman
(€)
Helen
Protopapas
(€)
2
Chairman
Non-Executive Director basic fee 30,000
Additional fees 7,500
Chair of the Audit Committee
Chair of the Remuneration Committee 7,500
Chair of the Selection and
Nomination Committee
Member of the Audit Committee
Member of the Remuneration Committee
Member of the Selection and
Nomination Committee
Total 37,500
1 In April 2024, Laurel Charmaine Bowden voluntarily waived the emoluments earned for FY2024, as well as any future emoluments to be earned in
her capacity as a member of the Audit Committee.
2 Helen Protopapas’ compensation was granted in stock options.
74
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Corporate Governance continued
Role – FY2024
Laurel
Charmaine
Bowden
(€)
1
ns
Hultman
(€)
Mauro
Pretolani
(€)
Helen
Protopapas
(€)
3
Chairman
Non-Executive Director basic fee 30,000 9,417
Additional fees 7,500 3,923
Chair of the Audit Committee 2,354
Chair of the Remuneration Committee 7,50 0
Chair of the Selection and
Nomination Committee
Member of the Audit Committee
Member of the Remuneration Committee
Member of the Selection and
Nomination Committee
1,569
Total 37,500 13,340²
1 In April 2024, Laurel Charmaine Bowden voluntarily waived the emoluments earned for FY2024, as well as any future
emoluments to be earned in her capacity as a member of the Audit Committee.
2 Pro-rata remuneration from 1 January 2024 to 23 April 2024 based on the annual emoluments amounting to €42,500 for Mauro Pretolani’s roles and responsibilities
within the Board of Directors, Audit Committee, and Selection and Nomination Committee.
3 Helen Protopapas voluntarily waived her emolument for FY2024 for her roles as Chair of the Audit Committee and as a member of the
Selection and Nomination Committee.
The Remuneration Report was signed on 29 April 2026 on its behalf by:
Måns Hultman
Chair of the Remuneration Committee and Director
75
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Corporate Governance continued
RESULTS AND DIVIDEND
The Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss and
Other Comprehensive Income for the year ended
31 December 2025 is set out from page 91 and
shows the loss for the year.
No interim dividend was declared during the year
and the Directors have not recommended a final
dividend for the year ended 31 December 2025.
DIRECTORS AND CHANGES TO THE
BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE
MANAGEMENT TEAM
The Directors of the Company during the year
ended 31 December 2025 were Amir Rosentuler
(appointed June 2021), Marco Marlia, Måns Hultman,
Laurel Charmaine Bowden and Helen Protopapas.
Details of the members of the Board of Directors
at 31 December 2025 are set out on pages 57-58.
In addition to the Chairman & Interim CEO and
the President, the members of the Executive
Management Team of the Company during the year
ended 31 December 2025 were: Boaz Zilberman,
Joe Sanchez, Yair Pinyan, Johnny Quach, Zoltan
Gelencsér, Thomas Becker and Massimiliano
Cumerlato. Starting 1 January 2025, Zoltan
Gelencsér joined the Company as Chief Financial
Officer; in April 2025 Thomas Becker was appointed
Chief Human Resources Officer. In May 2025, Joe
Sanchez terminated his office as a Chief Revenue
Officer, with Xavier Vandame taking the role in
August 2025. In November 2025, Massimiliano
Cumerlato was appointed VP of Customer
Engagement, in addition to his role as Regional
Director for Italy and Spain.
On 18 June 2025, the Group announced that
Marco Marlia, formerly CEO, transitioned to the
role of President, where he focuses on business
development, industry relations, strategic
partnerships, and key enterprise initiatives.
Moreover, Amir Rosentuler, who was already
serving as Executive Chairman, assumed the
additional responsibilities of Interim CEO working
with the executive team to execute on the Group’s
strategy, with an increased focus on profitability and
operational excellence.
DIRECTORS’
REPORT
The Directors present the
Annual Report together with the
audited Consolidated Financial
Statements and the audited
financial statements.
DIRECTORS’ INDEMNITIES
The Company maintains Directors’ and officers’
liability insurance, which gives appropriate cover
for legal action brought against its Directors,
subject to the conditions set out in the Companies
Act 2006. The policy was in force throughout the
period and at the date of the approval of these
financial statements.
76
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Corporate Governance continued
DIRECTORS AND THEIR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS
The Directors of the Company and their beneficial interest in the ordinary shares of the Company as at
31 December 2025 were as follows:
Director Position Appointed Ordinary shares
Amir Rosentuler Executive Chairman 11 June 2021 120,000 (0.3%)
Marco Marlia Chief Executive Officer 10 October 2014 5,151,942 (10.7%)
Laurel Charmaine Bowden Non-Executive Director 11 May 2023
Måns Hultman
Non-Executive Director/
Independent Director
1
22 August 2016
Helen Protopapas
Non-Executive Director/
Independent Director 22 April 2024
1 As the number of shares held by Zobitos vehicles is not considered to be significant, Måns Hultman is considered to be independent.
SIGNIFICANT SHAREHOLDINGS
So far as the Company is aware (further to normal notification) and based on public data available, the
following shareholders held legal or beneficial interests in ordinary shares of the Company exceeding 3%
as at 31 December 2025:
Name Shares %
83 North III Limited Partnership 10,143,722 21.1%
Lucerne Capital Management GP 11,990,570 25.0%
Marco Marlia 5,151,942 10.7%
Fabio Gurgone 5,135,080 10.7%
Marco De Michele 5,094,032 10.6%
Zobito AB
1
3,132,106 6.5%
1 Aggregated Zobito ownership through various vehicles.
POLITICAL DONATIONS
The Group did not make any political donations in the financial period.
CHARITABLE DONATIONS
The Group did not make any charitable donations in the financial period.
FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS
Particulars of any important events affecting the Company that have occurred since the end of the financial
year and an indication of likely future developments in the business of the Company are described on page
38 of the Financial and Operating Review, and are incorporated into this report by reference.
DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION TO AUDITORS
So far as the Directors are aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Company’s auditors
are unaware and each Director has taken all the steps that he or she ought to have taken as a Director in
order to make himself or herself aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Companys
auditors are aware of that information.
SUBSIDIARIES OUTSIDE OF THE UK
The Group does not have any branches outside of the UK. Details of the Company’s subsidiaries are set out
on page 98.
CAPITAL STRUCTURE
MotorK confirms that no shares in the Company were either:
purchased or acquired by the Company under section 659 CA 2006;
acquired by the Company’s nominee, or by another with Company financial assistance, the Company
having a beneficial interest under section 662(1) CA 2006; or
made subject to a lien or other charge taken (whether expressly or otherwise) by the Company and
permitted by section 670(2) or CA 2006 (exceptions from general rule against a Company having a lien or
charge on its own shares).
The Company also confirms that there are no ordinary shares without voting rights or that confer no or a
limited right to share in the profits or reserves of the Company.
Details of the issued share capital, together with details of the movements during the year, are shown in
Note 23 of the Notes Forming Part of the Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company has one class of
ordinary share and each ordinary share carries the right to one vote at General Meetings of the Company.
77
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Corporate Governance continued
An eventual significant change of the capital structure
might trigger the change of control clause included
in our financial arrangement with Illimity Bank to the
effect that in case of change of control of MotorK
Plc as defined in the financial arrangement, the total
outstanding financial liability becomes immediately
due and payable.
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT AND
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The Group implements a careful approach to
financial risk management. The Group does not use
financial instruments and risk management focuses
on internal strategies such as diversifying operations,
maintaining liquidity reserves, and implementing
strict credit controls. Effective risk management can
still be achieved through careful operational and
financial planning. For details regarding the financial
risks, please refer to Note 8 in the Notes Forming
Part of the Consolidated Financial Statements -
Financial Instruments - Risk Management.
Risk appetite
MotorK recognises that the management of risk
requires a level of commerciality to enable the business
to meet its joint strategic objectives of protecting
stakeholder interests whilst creating stakeholder
value. The Board therefore takes responsibility for
determining the nature and extent of the principal risks
it is willing to take in achieving its strategic objectives.
Risk relating to the seasonality of the Group’s
operating results
The Groups results of operations may be slightly
affected by seasonal and cyclical factors in the
automotive market. Such fluctuations in dealership
sales may lead to lower sales volumes for the Group
in specific months during summer and winter, and
a sales peak in the last quarter of the year. From a
cash perspective, the seasonality risk is naturally
mitigated by our business model, based on a SaaS
products offering, which improves the stability
of our cash inflow. From a revenue and EBITDA
perspective, commercial peaks in the automotive
market may have a slight impact on the seasonality
of the Groups operating results.
Risk relating to interest rate changes
The Group is exposed to risks associated with
changes in variable interest rates, as certain of its
credit facilities may bear interest at a floating rate.
An increase or decrease in interest rates would
affect the Group’s current interest expenses and
the Groups refinancing costs; however, this is not
considered to be material. Interest rate risk may be
mitigated against, in part, by the Group entering
into hedging transactions in the form of derivative
financial instruments, although such transactions
are not risk-free. During FY2025, no hedging
derivatives have been entered into by the Group.
Risks of possible non-compliance with laws
and regulations
The Company is exposed to risk of non-compliance
with laws and regulations in a number of areas
including taxes, financial supervision rules and
competition rules.
As relates to taxes, the Group is generally making
net operating income tax losses, which mitigates
the risk of incurring fines and penalties due to
non-compliance. More in general, the Group is
assisted by tax professional firms to ensure tax
compliance in all the countries where the
Group operates.
As a listed Company, we are subject to financial
supervision by the Dutch Authority for Financial
Markets (AFM).
Our legal department oversees the compliance
with the regulatory framework, assisted by law
firms and using appropriate tools to manage
specific processes like the whistleblowing and
internal dealing.
The market where we operate is highly fragmented
and management believes that the infringement
of competition rules is inherently low. In case of
extraordinary situations like M&A, management
runs appropriate assessment during the due
diligence phase.
GREENHOUSE GAS EMISSIONS
Due to the nature of MotorK’s business, direct
ecological impact in terms of GHG emissions,
energy consumption and energy efficiency from our
operations are mainly related to the consumption of
electricity in the Group premises. Indirect ecological
impacts are related mainly to the cloud services
provided by our external suppliers and by the
business travel of MotorK employees. During 2025,
MotorK continued to offer employees the option of
working remotely. Due to this, GHG emissions, energy
consumption and energy efficiency data relating to
the Groups operations, our offices and staff travel are
not significant for the year ended 31 December 2025
and therefore are not reported in the Annual Report.
The Company has also updated the internal Travel
and Car Policy with the aim to reduce GHG emissions.
The Board of Directors recognise that the Group has
a corporate and social responsibility to minimise the
ecological impact from our operations and looks
forward to establishing a more formalised approach
to sustainability in the future.
ENGAGEMENT WITH SUPPLIERS,
CUSTOMERS AND OTHERS
For a detailed analysis of the Groups engagement
with its various stakeholder groups, please refer to
the Stakeholder Engagement and S172 Statement
section on pages 30-32.
EMPLOYEES NON-DISCRIMINATION
ANDHARASSMENT
The Group is committed to fostering a diverse
and inclusive work environment where all ideas,
perspectives, and backgrounds are valued.
Employees are recruited based on objective criteria,
such as knowledge, expertise, proven abilities,
performance, and behaviour. We ensure that no
employee faces discrimination based on race, colour,
sex, sexual orientation, marital status, religion,
political affiliation, nationality, ethnic background,
social origin, age, disability, works council
membership, or any other characteristic.
We are dedicated to providing fair and equal
consideration to employment applications from
individuals with disabilities. Our inclusive recruitment
practices ensure that necessary adjustments are
made during the selection process. For employees
who become disabled during their employment, we
offer reasonable accommodations to their roles and
work environment. Additionally, we provide tailored
training to support their continued success and
effectiveness in the workplace.
78
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Corporate Governance continued
We are also committed to offering equal career
development opportunities for disabled employees.
Through access to training programmes and merit-
based promotions, we ensure that they have the
opportunity to advance and grow professionally. This
approach underscores our commitment to diversity
and inclusion, ensuring that disabled individuals have
equal opportunities for employment, growth and
career progression.
DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES
The Directors are responsible for preparing
the Annual Report and financial statements in
accordance with applicable law and regulations.
Company law requires the Directors to prepare
financial statements for each financial year. Under
that law, the Directors are required to prepare
the Group financial statements and have elected
to prepare them in accordance with UK-adopted
international accounting standards. The Directors
are also required to prepare the Parent Company
financial statements, which have been prepared in
accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 100
Application of Financial Reporting Requirements
and Financial Reporting Standard 101 Reduced
Disclosure Framework, and as required by the
Companies Act 2006.
Under the Companies Act 2006, the Directors must
not approve the financial statements unless they are
satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the
state of affairs of the Group and the Company and
of the profit or loss of the Group and the Company
for that period.
In preparing these financial statements, the
Directors are required to:
select suitable accounting policies and then
apply them consistently;
make judgements and accounting estimates that
are reasonable and prudent;
state whether the Group financial statements
have been prepared in accordance with UK-
adopted international accounting standards
and the Parent Company financial statement
in accordance with UK generally accepted
accounting standards, subject to any material
departures disclosed and explained in the
financial statements;
prepare the Group and the Company financial
statements on the going concern basis unless it is
inappropriate to presume that the Group and the
Company will continue in business; and
prepare a Strategic Report, Directors’ Report
and Directors’ Remuneration Report that comply
with the requirements of the Companies Act
2006.
The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate
accounting records that are sufficient to show and
explain the Company’s transactions and disclose
with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial
position of the Company and enable them to ensure
that the financial statements comply with the
Companies Act 2006.
They are also responsible for safeguarding the
assets of the Company and the Group and for taking
reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of
fraud and other irregularities.
The Directors are responsible for ensuring that the
Annual Report and financial statements, taken as a
whole, are fair, balanced and understandable and
provide the information necessary for shareholders
to assess the Group’s performance, business model
and strategy.
As at the date of this report, the Directors, whose
names and functions are listed in the Board of
Directors Report on pages 57-58, confirm that:
the financial statements, prepared in accordance
with UK-adopted international accounting
standards, give a true and fair view of the assets,
liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of
the Group and the Company; and
the Annual Report includes a fair review of the
development and performance of the business
and the financial position of the Group and the
Company, together with a description of the
principal risks and uncertainties that they face.
This confirmation is given and should be interpreted
in accordance with the provisions of section 418 of
the Companies Act 2006.
GOING CONCERN
The parent company going concern assessment has
been performed together with the group’s going
concern assessment. The Group and the parent
company (“Group”) financial statements have been
prepared on a going concern basis, which the Directors
consider to be appropriate. This basis assumes that the
Group will be able to realise its assets and discharge
its liabilities in the normal course of business for at
least twelve months from the date of approval of these
financial statements.
As at 31 December 2025, the Group incurred a net
loss of €12 million (2024: €13 million) and reported net
current liabilities of €24.4 million.
The Board of Directors has performed a detailed
assessment of the Group’s ability to continue as
a going concern, covering a period of at least 12
months from the date of approval of these financial
statements. Risks to the Group’s going concern status
include the need for the operations to generate
sufficient cash flows to meet working capital and
liquidity requirements. Current cash flow forecasts
indicate a deficit during the going concern assessment
period, meaning that the Group will need to secure
additional funding to manage working capital and
liquidity requirements. Forecast cash flow includes
expected fundings to be obtained to fund the working
capital and liquidity requirements, however, no such
funding has been committed or guaranteed as of the
date of approval of these financial statements.
As a result of these matters, this indicates the existence
of a material uncertainty which may cast significant
doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going
concern and, therefore, it may be unable to realise its
assets and discharge its liabilities in the ordinary course
of business at the amounts recorded in these financial
statements.
The Directors have considered the following key factors
in forming their assessment:
Proven access to capital: The Group has
a strong historical track record of raising
79
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Corporate Governance continued
capital from existing shareholders and lenders
to support strategic objectives and meet
financial obligations. The Board continues to
evaluate strategic options regarding potential
funding through non-dilutive instruments or
equity-linked opportunities. While the Directors
remain confident that the required funding
will be secured, no binding agreement was in
place at the date of approval of these financial
statements.
Improving cash efficiency: Recent financial
performance, alongside a notable year-on-year
decrease in required capital increases or financial
loan, demonstrate a continued reduction in the
cash needed to support operations.
Improving operational performance: The
Group maintained its growth trajectory in
Committed Annual Recurring Revenue (CARR)
while exercising disciplined cost management
across its SaaS operations. This strategic
focus has significantly reduced near-term
cash burn, leading to a strengthened path
toward sustainable self-funding and long-term
profitability.
Cost reduction mitigations: The Group moderate
discretionary capital expenditure and R&D
roadmap to preserve liquidity if required.
Covenant compliance: Lenders have previously
granted covenant waivers, demonstrating
continued support to the group. As covenant
compliance over the going concern assessment
period is dependent on delivering the forecast
cash flows and obtaining additional funding, the
Directors are confident that a waiver could be
obtained during the period, if needed.
Notwithstanding the material uncertainty described
above, the Directors remain confident that the
Group will be able to obtain the necessary funding.
Accordingly, the financial statements continue to
be prepared on a going concern basis. The financial
statements do not include any adjustments that would
be necessary if the Group were unable to continue as a
going concern.
AUDITORS
BDO LLP has signified its willingness to continue as
independent auditors to the Company.
WEBSITE PUBLICATION
The Directors are responsible for ensuring the Annual
Report and Financial Statements are made available
on a website. Financial statements are published on
the Group’s websites, in accordance with legislation
in the United Kingdom governing the preparation
and dissemination of financial statements, which
may vary from legislation in other jurisdictions. The
maintenance and integrity of the Group’s websites
is the responsibility of the Directors. The Directors’
responsibility also extends to the ongoing integrity
of the financial statements contained therein.
POST BALANCE SHEET EVENTS
In January 2026, MotorK Plc has obtained a new loan
with Atempo Growth for an amount of €2.8 million
(net of costs incurred) with a four-year duration and
a variable interest rate equal to Euribor 3m plus the
spread. The additional funds were secured under
similar financial terms and conditions as the original
facility, reflecting the continued confidence in MotorK’s
business model and financial trajectory. A cross-
default clause (non-financial covenant) is in place,
linked to the Groups other financial indebtedness.
The loan has been secured against selected assets of
MotorK Italia S.r.l..
On 13 April 2026, the Group successfully executed
capital reserved increases of €2.5 million with
Underdogs Group S.r.l.. This round is based on a price
per share of €2.75, and results in the issue of 909,091
new ordinary shares that will be subject to a 12-month
lock-up period, underlining the investors’ long-term
vision and dedication to the Group’s success.
The proceeds will be used to further strengthen
the Group’s financial position and support general
corporate purposes as MotorK continues its path
toward sustainable profitability and cashflow.
On April 10, 2026, Motork Italia S.r.l. entered into
a Memorandum of Understanding (“MoU”) with
Underdogs S.r.l. regarding the potential transfer
of seven employees and their related operational
know-how dedicated to digital marketing consulting
services.
The completion of this transfer is subject to several
conditions precedent, including the finalization
of due diligence and the execution of a definitive
Services Agreement. Under this future arrangement,
Underdogs would provide services as a
subcontractor for Motork’s existing digital marketing
clients, while Motork will retain full ownership of
the underlying customer contracts. The parties aim
to finalize the definitive agreements within three
months of the MoU signature.
The proceeds will be used to further strengthen
the Group’s financial position and support general
corporate purposes as MotorK continues its path
toward sustainable profitability and cashflow.
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
During the year ended 31 December 2025, the Group
has incurred R&D expenses for an amount of €12.2
million (€13.1 million in 2024), of which €6.6 million was
capitalised (€8.3 million in 2024).
APPROVAL BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
The report of the Directors was signed
on 29 April 2026 on its behalf by:
Amir Rosentuler
Executive Chairman & Interim CEO
29 April 2026
80
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
80
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Independent Auditor’s Report 81
Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss and Other Comprehensive Income 91
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 92
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 94
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 95
Notes Forming Part of the Consolidated Financial Statements 97
MotorK Plc Statement of Financial Position 136
MotorK Plc Statement of Changes in Equity 137
Notes Forming Part of the MotorK Plc Financial Statements 139
Group Alternative Performance Measures 153
Company Information 157
Financial
Statements
81
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Financial Statements
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF MOTORK PLC
OPINION ON THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
In our opinion:
the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Parent Companys affairs as at 31 December 2025 and of the Groups loss and the Group’s cash flows for the year then ended;
the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK adopted international accounting standards;
the Parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice; and
the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.
We have audited the financial statements of MotorK Plc (the ‘Parent Company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) for the year ended 31 December 2025 which comprise the Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss and
Other Comprehensive Income, the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity, the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, MotorK Plc Statement of Financial Position,
MotorK Plc Statement of Changes in Equity, and the notes to the financial statements, including material accounting policy information.
The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the Group financial statements is applicable law and UK adopted international accounting standards. The financial reporting framework that
has been applied in the preparation of the Parent Company financial statements is applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, including Financial Reporting Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework
(United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).
SEPARATE OPINION IN RELATION TO IFRS AS ADOPTED BY THE EUROPEAN UNION
As explained in note 2 to the Group financial statements, the Group in addition to complying with its legal obligation to apply UK adopted international accounting standards, has also applied the International Financial
Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the European Union.
In our opinion the Group financial statements give a true and fair view of the consolidated financial position of the Group as at 31 December 2025 and of its consolidated financial performance and its consolidated cash
flows for the year then ended in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the European Union.
BASIS FOR OPINION
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the
audit of the financial statements section of our report. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Independence
We remain independent of the Group and the Parent Company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as
applied to listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.
82
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
MATERIAL UNCERTAINTY RELATED TO GOING CONCERN
We draw your attention to Note 3 of the financial statements which indicates that the existing cash resources will not be sufficient for the group to meet its working capital and liquidity requirement for the execution of
the long term business plan, for twelve months following approval of these financial statements. Accordingly, the group is dependent on securing additional funding. These events or conditions, along with other matters
as set forth in Note 3, indicate that a material uncertainty exists that may cast significant doubt on the Group and Parent Companys ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include any
adjustments that would result if the Group and Parent Company were unable to continue as a going concern. Our opinion is not modified in respect of this matter.
Given the material uncertainty noted above and our risk assessment we considered going concern to be a key audit matter.
Our evaluation of the Directors’ assessment of the Group and the Parent Company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting and in response to the key audit matter included:
Obtaining an understanding of how the Directors undertook the going concern assessment process to determine if we considered it to be appropriate for the circumstances;
Challenging the Director’s going concern assessment, including the reasonableness of assumptions where we also considered downside stress case scenarios;
Testing the computational accuracy of management’s assessment;
Challenging of the reasonableness of the forecast based on our understanding of the business and benchmarking against historic actuals and post year end trading results to determine forecasting accuracy, and
performing an assessment of the reasonableness of key estimates and judgements made over revenue growth and cost base;
Obtaining forecast covenant calculations to test for any potential future covenant breaches. We considered the covenant compliance headroom for sensitivity to assess possible breaches in a reasonable plausible
downside scenario; and
Assessing the completeness and accuracy of disclosures in relation to going concern and whether significant judgements have been appropriately disclosed.
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the Directors’ use of going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate.
Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this report.
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF MOTORK PLC CONTINUED
OPINION ON THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
83
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Overview
Key audit matters
Material uncertainty related to going concern*
Change in revenue recognition policy and December cut-off of annual recurring revenue (‘ARR’)
2025
2024
Key audit matters included in our prior year report (change in revenue recognition policy and December cut-off of annual recurring revenue (‘ARR’))
are no longer considered key audit matters. The change in accounting policy was a one-off event in FY24 and following the implementation of
the revised revenue recognition policy, the risk of material misstatement relating to ARR cut-off has reduced to a level that no longer required
significant auditor attention in the current year.
*Relates to Group and parent company
Materiality
Group financial statements as a whole
€818,000 (2024: €810,000) based on 2% (2024: 2%) of Revenue
AN OVERVIEW OF THE SCOPE OF OUR AUDIT
Our Group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the Group and its environment, the applicable financial reporting framework and the Groups system of internal control. We identified and assessed the risks of
material misstatement of the Group financial statements including with respect to the consolidation process. We then applied professional judgement to focus our audit procedures on the areas that posed the greatest risks
to the group financial statements. We continually assessed risks throughout our audit, revising the risks where necessary, with the aim of reducing the group risk of material misstatement to an acceptable level, in order to
provide a basis for our opinion.
Components in scope
Components represent varying geographies across the EMEA region and are arranged in a single entity ownership hierarchy headquartered in Milan, Italy. An ultimate parent company is registered in the United Kingdom
and listed on the Euronext exchange in Amsterdam, Netherlands. Significant consolidations occur at the Italian holding company level and the ultimate group level. Components share the same management team centrally
located in Italy. The group consists of 11 components, out of which 4 components are in scope.
Our rationale for determining the components in scope was based upon a detailed risk assessment, understanding the control environment, consideration of the size of the component and other qualitative factors. Risk
assessment procedures are performed on remaining components to assess our initial allocation of risks.
For components in scope, we used a combination of risk assessment procedures and further audit procedures to obtain sufficient appropriate evidence. These further audit procedures included:
procedures on the entire financial information of the component, which included performing substantive procedures; and
procedures on one or more classes of transactions, account balances or disclosures.
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF MOTORK PLC CONTINUED
OPINION ON THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
84
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Procedures performed at the component level
We performed procedures to respond to group risks of material misstatement at the component level that included the following:
Component Component name Entity Group Audit Scope
1 MotorK Italy MotorK Italia S.r.l. Procedures on the entire financial information of the component.
2
Parent MotorK plc
Statutory audit and procedures on one or more classes of transactions,
account balances or disclosures
3
MotorK France SAS
MotorK France Sarl
Procedures on one or more classes of transactions, account balances or
disclosures
4
MotorK Spain
MotorK Spain Gestiones Comerciales SL
Procedures on one or more classes of transactions, account balances or
disclosures
5 All other components All other components
Risk assessment procedures only
Procedures performed centrally
We considered there to be a high degree of centralisation of financial reporting and commonality of processes and similarity of the group’s activities and business lines in relation to revenue. We therefore designed and
performed procedures centrally in this area.
Locations
MotorK Plc’s operations are spread over a number of different geographical locations. We visited the main group location in Milan, Italy.
In addition, our teams worked remotely, holding calls and video conferences with MotorK Plc and the component auditor in italy, and with digital information obtained for the respective components.
Changes from the prior year
There have been no significant changes in the Group audit scope from the prior year.
Working with other auditors
As Group auditor, we determined the components at which audit work was performed, together with the resources needed to perform this work. These resources included a component auditor, who formed part of the group
engagement team as reported above. As Group auditor we are solely responsible for expressing an opinion on the financial statements.
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF MOTORK PLC CONTINUED
OPINION ON THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
85
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
In working with the component auditor in Italy, we held discussions on the significant areas of the group audit relevant to the component based on our assessment of the group risks of material misstatement. We issued our
group audit instructions to the component auditor on the nature and extent of their participation and role in the group audit, and on the group risks of material misstatement.
We directed, supervised and reviewed the component auditor’s work. This included holding meetings and calls during various phases of the audit, and obtaining direct access to the electronic workspace for purpose of
reviewing the component auditor documentation to evaluate the appropriateness of the audit procedures performed and the results thereof. In addition, we have performed visits to the component auditor’s office as stated
above.
How Climate change affected the scope of our audit
Our work on the assessment of potential impacts of climate-related risks on the Group’s operations and financial statements included:
Enquiries and challenge of management to understand the actions they have taken to identify climate-related risks and their potential impacts on the financial statements and adequately disclose climate-related risks
within the annual report;
Our own qualitative risk assessment taking into consideration the sector in which the Group operates and how climate change affects this particular sector; and
Review of the minutes of Board and Audit Committee meeting and other papers related to climate change and performed a risk assessment as to how the impact of the Group’s commitment as set out on pages 27 to 40
may affect the financial statements and our audit.
The management disclosures on pages 27 and 40 form part of the “Other Information,” rather than the audited financial statements. Our responsibilities in relation to the “Other Information” are described in the relevant
section of this report and our procedures on these disclosures therefore consisted solely of considering whether they are materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained from the audit or
otherwise appear to be materially misstated.
Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material
misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that we identified, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit, and directing the efforts of the engagement
team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.
Except for the matter described in the Material Uncertainty related to Going Concern section, we have determined that there are no other key audit matters to be communicated in our report.
OUR APPLICATION OF MATERIALITY
We apply the concept of materiality both in planning and performing our audit, and in evaluating the effect of misstatements. We consider materiality to be the magnitude by which misstatements, including omissions,
could influence the economic decisions of reasonable users that are taken on the basis of the financial statements.
In order to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that any misstatements exceed materiality, we use a lower materiality level, performance materiality, to determine the extent of testing needed. Importantly,
misstatements below these levels will not necessarily be evaluated as immaterial as we also take account of the nature of identified misstatements, and the particular circumstances of their occurrence, when evaluating their
effect on the financial statements as a whole.
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF MOTORK PLC CONTINUED
OPINION ON THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
86
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole and performance materiality as follows:
Group financial statements Parent Company financial statements*
2025 2024 2025 2024
Materiality
€818,000 €810,000 €1,986,000* €1,780,000
Basis for determining
materiality
2% of Group revenue
2% of Group revenue 2% of total assets 1.6% of total assets
Rationale for the
benchmark applied
We considered revenue to a key performance measure for users to evaluate the financial
performance of the business in its growth phase.
Calculated based on total assets as the parent Plc is an investment holding
entity, capped to group-allocated component performance materiality.
Performance materiality
€614,000 €570,000 €1,489,000
€1,246,000
Basis for determining
performance materiality
Group performance materiality was set at 75% (2024: 70%) of materiality, taking into account
various factors including the expected total value of known and likely misstatements, brought
forward misstatements, the number of material estimates, the spread of results within the
group and the expected use of sample testing.
Performance materiality for the Parent Company was set at 75% (2024: 70%) of
materiality taking into account various factors including the expected total value of
known and likely misstatements, brought forward misstatements, and the number of
material estimates.
Rationale for the percentage
applied for performance
materiality
* The above table states the Parent Company statutory materiality. The component performance materiality allocated to the parent company is €524,400 (2024: €540,000) which is 85% (2024: 95%) of the group performance materiality.
We have performed audit procedures using Component performance materiality, being the lower of the Statutory performance materiality and Component performance materiality.
Component performance materiality
For the purposes of our Group audit opinion, we set performance materiality for each component of the Group,apart from the Parent Company whose materiality and performance materiality are set out above, based on a
percentage of between 58% and 63% (2024: 40% and 75% ) of Group performance materiality dependent on a number of factors including public interest in components within the group, control environment, expectations
about the nature, frequency, and magnitude of misstatements, relative size, component age, significant changes to the component and our assessment of the risk of material misstatement of those components. Component
performance materiality ranged from €358,800 to €386,400 (2024: €202,000 to €540,000).
Reporting threshold
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them all individual audit differences in excess of €36,000 (2024: €32,000). We also agreed to report differences below this threshold that, in our view, warranted
reporting on qualitative grounds.
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF MOTORK PLC CONTINUED
OPINION ON THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
87
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
OTHER INFORMATION
The Directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the Annual Report other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. Our opinion on
the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. Our responsibility is to read the
other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially
misstated. If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether this gives rise to a material misstatement in the financial statements themselves. If, based on
the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact.
We have nothing to report in this regard.
OTHER COMPANIES ACT 2006 REPORTING
Based on the responsibilities described below and our work performed during the course of the audit, we are required by the Companies Act 2006 and ISAs (UK) to report on certain opinions and matters as described below.
Strategic report and
Directors’ report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:
the information given in the Strategic report and the Directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and
the Strategic report and the Directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Parent Company and its environment obtained in the course of the audit, we have not identified material misstatements in
the Strategic report or the Directors’ report.
Matters on which
we are required to
report by exception
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, in our opinion:
adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or
the Parent Company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or
certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.
OTHER REPORTING - EUROPEAN SINGLE ELECTRONIC FORMAT (ESEF)
The Parent Company has prepared its annual report in ESEF. The requirements for this are set out in the Delegated Regulation (EU) 2019/815 with regard to regulatory technical standards on the specification of a single
electronic reporting format (hereinafter: the RTS on ESEF).
In our opinion, the annual report prepared in XHTML-format, including the financial statements of the Group and the Parent Company, has been prepared in all material respects with the RTS on ESEF.
Management is responsible for preparing the annual report including the financial statements, in accordance with the RTS on ESEF.
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF MOTORK PLC CONTINUED
OPINION ON THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
88
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Our responsibility is to obtain reasonable assurance for our opinion whether the annual report complies with the RTS on ESEF.
Our procedures included:
Obtaining an understanding of the entitys financial reporting process, including the preparation of the annual financial report in XHTML-format;
Identifying and assessing the risks that the annual report does not comply in all material respects with the RTS on ESEF and designing and performing further assurance procedures responsive to those risks to provide a
basis for our opinion, including examining whether the annual financial report in XHTML-format is in accordance with the RTS on ESEF.
RESPONSIBILITIES OF DIRECTORS
As explained more fully in the Directors’ responsibilities statement in the Directors’ report, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair
view, and for such internal control as the Directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Groups and the Parent Companys ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and
using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
AUDITOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE AUDIT OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our
opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise
from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.
However, the primary responsibility for the prevention and detection of fraud rests with both those charged with governance of the Parent Company and management.
Extent to which the audit was capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities,
including fraud. The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud is detailed below:
Non-compliance with laws and regulations
Based on:
Our understanding of the Group and the industry in which it operates;
Discussion with management and those charged with governance including the Audit Committee; and
Obtaining an understanding of the Groups policies and procedures regarding compliance with laws and regulations
we considered the significant laws and regulations to be the applicable accounting frameworks as set out in our Opinion, Euronext Amsterdam listing requirements, and Companies Act 2006.
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF MOTORK PLC CONTINUED
OPINION ON THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
89
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
The Group is also subject to laws and regulations where the consequence of non-compliance could have a material effect on the amount or disclosures in the financial statements, for example through the imposition of fines
or litigations. We identified such laws and regulations to be tax legislation (including Corporate, VAT and employment taxes).
Our procedures in respect of the above included:
Enquires of management whether there were any litigations and claims;
Review of minutes of meetings of those charged with governance for any instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations;
Review of correspondence with regulatory and tax authorities for any instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations;
Involvement of tax specialists in the audit; and
Review of legal expenditure accounts to understand the nature of expenditure incurred.
Fraud
We assessed the susceptibility of the financial statements to material misstatement, including fraud. Our risk assessment procedures included:
Enquiry with management and those charged with governance including the Audit Committee regarding any known or suspected instances of fraud;
Obtaining an understanding of the Groups policies and procedures relating to:
Detecting and responding to the risks of fraud; and
Internal controls established to mitigate risks related to fraud.
Review of minutes of meetings of those charged with governance for any known or suspected instances of fraud;
Discussion amongst the engagement team as to how and where fraud might occur in the financial statements;
Performing analytical procedures to identify any unusual or unexpected relationships that may indicate risks of material misstatement due to fraud; and
Considering remuneration incentive schemes and performance targets and the related financial statement areas impacted by these.
Based on our risk assessment, we considered the areas most susceptible to fraud to be management override of controls.
Our procedures in respect of the above included:
Testing journal entries throughout the year, which met defined risk criteria, by agreeing to supporting documentation. This included consideration of unusual combinations to revenue and testing consolidation journals;
Assessing significant estimates made by management for bias across the Group (see material uncertainty related to going concern section); and
Evaluating the results of our testing to identify whether there was evidence of bias by the Directors in estimates and judgements that represented a risk of material misstatement due to fraud.
We also communicated relevant identified laws and regulations and potential fraud risks to all engagement team members including component auditors who were all deemed to have appropriate competence and
capabilities and remained alert to any indications of fraud or non-compliance with laws and regulations throughout the audit. For component auditors, we also reviewed the result of their work performed in this regard.
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF MOTORK PLC CONTINUED
OPINION ON THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
90
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF MOTORK PLC CONTINUED
OPINION ON THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
Our audit procedures were designed to respond to risks of material misstatement in the financial statements, recognising that the risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not
detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery, misrepresentations or through collusion. There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures performed and the
further removed non-compliance with laws and regulations is from the events and transactions reflected in the financial statements, the less likely we are to become aware of it.
A further description of our responsibilities is available on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.
USE OF OUR REPORT
This report is made solely to the Parent Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Parent
Company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the
Parent Company and the Parent Company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.
Adam Beasant (Senior Statutory Auditor)
For and on behalf of BDO LLP, Statutory Auditor
Reading, UK
30 April 2026
BDO LLP is a limited liability partnership registered in England and Wales (with registered number OC305127)
91
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
For theFor the
year endedyear ended
31 December31 December
€’000
Note
20252024
Revenue
9
4 0 ,9 4 4
40 ,333
Cost for customers’ media services
10
7 ,858
8 ,1 4 4
Personnel costs
10
26, 108
26 , 69 0
R&D capitalisation
10
(6 , 5 6 3)
(8, 278)
Other operating costs
10
1 1 , 907
14 , 2 8 4
Remeasurement of the contingent consideration at FVTPL
10
(187)
(89 0)
Provision for bad debts
10
662
1, 35 9
Amortisation and depreciation
10
10,66 9
9,9 9 0
Total costs
10
50, 4 54
51, 2 9 9
Operating loss
(9 ,510)
(10 , 9 6 6)
Finance expense
11
(2, 35 5)
(2 , 3 13)
Finance income
11
6
222
Loss before tax
(11 , 8 5 9)
(13 , 0 5 7)
Corporate income tax
12
(16 0)
4
Loss for the period
(12 , 0 19)
(13 , 0 5 3)
Attributable to:
Owners of the parent
(12 , 0 19)
(1 3,05 3)
Other comprehensive income
Actuarial gain arising from remeasurement of liabilities for employee benefits that will not be subsequently remeasured to the income statement
20
21 5
92
Gains on exchange differences from translation of financial statements of foreign entities that will be reclassified subsequently to the income statement
26
1 98
19
Total comprehensive loss
(11 , 6 0 6)
(12 , 9 4 2)
Attributable to:
Owners of the parent
(11, 6 0 6)
(12 , 9 4 2)
Basic and diluted EPS
Loss for the period
24
(0 . 2 5)
(0 . 2 9)
92
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
As atAs at
31 December31 December
€’000
Note
20252024
Intangible assets
13
43, 7 6 0
4 6 , 335
Property, plant and equipment
14
2,580
3, 379
Investments in associates
15
-
3, 53 8
Non-current assets – security deposits
15
257
242
Non-current assets
4 6, 597
53,494
Trade and other receivables
16
11, 7 4 7
13 , 9 7 8
Cash on hand and cash at banks
17
3,656
3,362
Current assets
15, 4 0 3
17, 3 4 0
Total assets
6 2, 000
70, 8 34
Trade and other payables
18
1 1,53 1
11 , 2 9 2
Tax payable
18
5,056
3,79 4
Current financial liabilities
19
6 , 6 24
2 0 ,1 7 0
Current lease liabilities
19
1,005
1 ,1 4 1
Provisions
22
1 57
12 1
Current liabilities
24 , 373
3 6 , 518
Employee benefits liabilities
20
2, 100
2, 310
Deferred tax liabilities
21
1 ,265
1, 5 3 3
Non-current financial liabilities
19
9 ,029
2 57
Non-current lease liabilities
19
1 , 6 1 9
2 ,1 9 6
Non-current liabilities
14 , 0 13
6, 296
Total liabilities
38,386
4 2 , 8 14
Share capital
23
480
459
Share premium
23
8 8,730
8 2 ,95 6
Merger reserve
23
3,627
3, 627
Accumulated losses
23
(6 9 , 223)
(5 9, 0 2 2)
93
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
As atAs at
31 December31 December
€’000
Note
20252024
Total equity
2 3 , 61 4
28,020
Total liabilities and equity
6 2, 000
70, 8 34
The notes on pages 97-135 form part of the Consolidated Financial Statements. The Consolidated Financial Statements on pages 91-96 were signed on 29 April 2026 on its behalf by:
Amir Rosentuler
Executive Chairman and Interim Chief Executive Officer
29 April 2026
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION CONTINUED
94
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
For theFor the
year endedyear ended
31 December 31 December
€’00020252024
Loss for the period
(12 , 0 19)
(1 3,053)
Adjustments for:
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
1 ,373
1, 4 6 5
Amortisation of intangible assets
9 ,296
8,5 25
Finance income
(6)
(222)
Finance expense
2,355
2 , 3 13
Remeasurement of the contingent consideration at FVTPL
(187)
(89 0)
Corporate income tax
160
(4)
Stock option plan cost
1, 5 24
638
Earn-out costs
-
(1, 5 5 0)
Other non-monetary movements
1 92
(103)
Cash inflow generated from/(outflow used in) operating activities
before changes in net working capital
2, 6 8 8
(2 , 8 8 1)
Decrease in trade and other receivables
2, 210
90
Increase/(Decrease) in trade and other payables
1 ,55 1
(1 ,1 61)
Increase in provisions and employee benefits
41
8
Cash outflow for payment of post-combination remuneration
(58)
(1 ,1 0 7)
Cash inflow generated from/(outflow used in) operations
6, 432
(5 , 0 5 1)
Income tax paid
(42 0)
(19 1)
Net cash inflow generated from/(outflow used in) operating activities
6 , 0 12
(5 , 2 4 2)
For theFor the
year endedyear ended
31 December 31 December
€’00020252024
Investing activities
Cash outflow on acquisition of subsidiaries (net of cash acquired)*
(16 3)
(5 , 0 8 3)
Proceeds from disposal of investment in associates
3,500
-
Purchase of intangible assets**
(6 , 7 2 1)
(8, 3 8 3)
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
(14)
(27)
Non-current assets – security deposits
(14)
(8)
Net cash outflow used in investing activities
(3 , 4 12)
(13 , 5 0 1)
Financing activities
Proceeds for issue of shares
5,67 8
1 4 ,1 5 6
Bank loans repaid
(4 , 5 5 0)
(1, 8 62)
New bank and loan with other financial institutions
-
9, 6 8 7
Capital element of lease liabilities repaid
(1, 2 63)
(1, 2 94)
Interest paid on bank and other loans
(2, 03 4)
(1,9 0 2)
Interest paid on lease liabilities
(13 4)
(19 2)
Net cash (outflow used in)/inflow generated from financing activities
(2 , 3 03)
18 , 59 3
Net increase/(decrease) in Cash on hand and cash at banks
297
(15 0)
Cash on hand and cash at banks at beginning of period
3,36 2
3 , 50 9
Translation exchange differences
(3)
3
Cash on hand and cash at banks at end of period
3, 656
3 ,3 62
* FY2025 cash outflow refers to €0.2 million of contingent consideration classified in Current financial liabilities under IFRS 3.
FY2024 cash outflow refers to €3.1 million of deferred consideration and to €2 million of contingent consideration classified in Current financial liabilities under IFRS 3.
** In FY2025, comprises €6.6 million of internally generated assets additions (€8.3 million in FY2024) and €0.1 million of direct purchase additions (€0.1 million in FY2024).
95
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
Total attributable
Share Share Merger Accumulated to equity holders
€’000capitalpremiumreservelossesof parent
1 January 2024
4 07
68,093
3, 627
(4 5 ,161)
26 ,9 6 6
Loss for the period
(1 3,053)
(1 3,053)
Other comprehensive income
Translation reserve
19
19
Defined benefit pension scheme
92
92
Total comprehensive loss for the year
(12 , 9 4 2)
(12 ,9 4 2)
Contributions by and distributions to owners
Issue of shares
1
52
14 , 8 6 3
14 ,9 15
Share-based payment
821
821
Share-based payment exercised
(6 0 0)
(6 0 0)
Reversal of share-based payments charges
1
(1 ,1 4 0)
(1,14 0)
Total contributions by and distributions to owners
52
14 , 8 6 3
(9 19)
13 ,9 9 6
31 December 2024
459
82,956
3 ,6 27
(5 9, 0 2 2)
28,020
1 Please refer to Note 23 of the Notes Forming Part of the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.
96
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Total attributable
€’000Share Share Merger Accumulated to equity holders
capitalpremiumreservelossesof parent
1 January 2025
4 59
82,956
3 ,6 27
(5 9, 0 2 2)
28 ,020
Loss for the period
(12 , 0 19)
(12 , 0 1 9)
Other comprehensive income
Translation reserve
19 8
19 8
Defined benefit pension scheme
2 15
2 15
Total comprehensive loss for the year
(11 , 6 0 6)
(11, 6 0 6)
Contributions by and distributions to owners
Issue of shares
1
21
5,77 4
5 ,795
Share-based payment
1, 524
1, 5 24
Share-based payment exercised
(119)
(11 9)
Total contributions by and distributions to owners
21
5 , 7 74
1, 4 0 5
7, 2 0 0
31 December 2025
4 8 0
8 8 ,7 3 0
3 , 627
(6 9, 2 2 3)
2 3 , 61 4
1 Please refer to Note 23 of the Notes Forming Part of the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.
Share capital represents the nominal value of the share capital subscribed for.
Share premium represents amounts subscribed for share capital in excess of the nominal value, less related costs of share issues.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY CONTINUED
97
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. GENERAL INFORMATION
MotorK Plc (the Company or the Parent Company) is a Company incorporated in the UK, with the Company
Registration number 09259000. The registered office is on the 5th Floor, One New Change, London, England,
EC4M 9AF, listed from November 2021 on Euronext Amsterdam.
The Company and its subsidiaries (the Group or MotorK Group) is a leading SaaS provider for the automotive retail
industry in the EMEA region.
The Group offers a cloud-based holistic SaaS platform (named SparK) to support the full vehicle lifecycle and the
entire customer journey. SparK can be used to manage the digital presence of a small single showroom dealer as
well as support the sales and marketing functions of a regional network of franchise dealerships for an automotive
OEM across EMEA.
As of 31 December 2025, the main shareholders of the Parent Company are 83 North, who directly holds
approximately 21% of the share capital, Lucerne, who holds approximately 25% of the share capital and the original
founders Marco Marlia (President of the Group), Marco De Michele, and Fabio Gurgone own roughly 11% each of
the share capital.
These Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the year ended 31 December 2025, together with the notes
thereto, have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards in conformity
with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.
The preparation of financial statements in compliance with UK-adopted IFRS Accounting Standards requires
the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires Group management to exercise judgement in
applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas where significant judgements and estimates have been made in
preparing the financial statements and their effect are disclosed in Note 7.
2. BASIS OF PREPARATION
The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting
standards comprising International Financial Reporting Standards, International Accounting Standards and
Interpretations (collectively IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union (Adopted IFRSs) and with those parts
of the Companies Act 2006 applicable to companies preparing their financial statements under IFRSs.
2.1 Form and content of the Consolidated Financial Statements
The format of the consolidated financial statements and related classification criteria adopted by the Group
(among the options available under IAS 1 – Presentation of Financial Statements) are as follows:
the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position shows current and non-current assets separately, and
current and non-current liabilities in the same way;
the Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss and Other Comprehensive Income shows a classification of
costs by nature;
the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flow was prepared using the indirect method; and
the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity presents movements in equity for the period, including
profit or loss for the year, other comprehensive income and transactions with owners of the Company.
The templates used, as specified above, are those that best represent the Groups economic, equity and
financial situation. The Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in Euro (which is the presentation
currency of the Group), rounded to the nearest thousand. They are prepared on a historical cost basis with
the exception of certain items, which are measured at fair value as disclosed in the accounting policies below.
The preparation of the financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates and
assumptions that affect the application of policies and reported amounts of assets and liabilities, income,
and expenses. Actual results may differ from these estimates.
98
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
2. BASIS OF PREPARATION CONTINUED
2.1 Form and content of the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting
estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period,
or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects current and future periods.
2.2 Subsidiaries of MotorK Plc included in the Consolidated Financial Statements
The Consolidated Financial Statements include the financial statements of the Parent Company, MotorK Plc,
and its subsidiaries. Where necessary, specific adjustments were made at the consolidated level to standardise
the Group’s financial statements to the UK-adopted International Accounting Standards.
Below, we report the list of companies included in Consolidated Financial Statements prepared by the Parent
Company, MotorK Plc, as at 31 December 2025, indicating the share capital held by the Group. MotorK Italia
S.r.l. is directly controlled by MotorK Plc. All the other subsidiaries are indirectly controlled.
Country of Proportion of ownership
incorporation interest at
and principal
place of
Name business
2025
2024
2023
MotorK Italia S.r.l.
Italy
100%
100%
100%
MotorK Spain Gestiones Comerciales SL
Spain
100%
100%
100%
MotorK Deutschland GmbH
Germany
100%
100%
100%
MotorK France Sarl
France
100%
100%
100%
For Business S.r.l.
Italy
100%
100%
100%
MotorK Israel Ltd
Israel
100%
100%
100%
DealerK Technology Solutions, Unipessoal Lda
Portugal
100%
100%
100%
DriveK Italia S.r.l.
1
Italy
100%
FusionIT NV
Belgium
100%
100%
100%
ICO International GmbH
Germany
100%
100%
100%
GestionaleAuto.com S.r.l.
Italy
100%
100%
100%
1 The Company was wound up on 8 January 2024.
During the financial year 2025, the consolidation area has not changed.
All the companies mentioned above are included in the Consolidated Financial Statements from the date on
which control is transferred to the Group or from the date in which they have been incorporated.
The registered offices of the companies disclosed above is as follows:
MotorK Italia S.r.l.
Via Ludovico DAragona, 9 – 20132 Milan, Italy
MotorK Spain Gestiones Calle Muntaner 305 Planta PR Puerta 2 – 08021 – Barcelona, Spain
Comerciales SL
MotorK Deutschland GmbH
Destouchesstr. 68 – 80796 – München, Germany
MotorK France Sarl
168, Avenue Charles De Gaulle 92200 Neuilly-sur-Seine – Paris,
France
For Business S.r.l.
Via Ludovico D’Aragona, 9 – 20132 Milan, Italy
MotorK Israel Ltd
3 Arik Einstein St Herzliya, Israel
DealerK Technology Solutions,
Unipessoal Lda
Rua Mouzinho da Silveira, Nº 27, 5º C 1250-166 Lisboa
FusionIT NV
Emiel Banningstraat 41-47, 2000 Antwerpen
ICO International GmbH
Berner Straße 107 – 60437 Frankfurt am Main, Germany
GestionaleAuto.com S.r.l.
Viale Asiago n. 113 – Bassano del Grappa, Italy
2.3 Basis for consolidation
The criteria used by the Group to define the consolidation area and the relative consolidation principles are
shown below. The financial statements of foreign companies are translated into Euro, under which asset
and liability items are translated at the closing rate. With the exception of income and expenses recognised
directly in equity, equity is translated at historical rates. The resulting foreign exchange differences are
recognised in other comprehensive income until disposal of the subsidiary concerned, and are presented as a
separate item in equity.
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
99
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
2. BASIS OF PREPARATION CONTINUED
2.3 Basis for consolidation continued
Subsidiaries
The subsidiary companies are those companies that the Group controls. The Group controls a Company
when it is exposed to the variability of the Company’s results and has the power to influence these results
through its power over the Company. Generally, it is assumed that control exists when the Company directly
or indirectly holds more than half of the voting rights, taking into account the potential exercised or
converted voting rights.
Subsidiaries owned 100% (directly or indirectly) are consolidated using the integral method from the date on
which control is transferred to the Group. On the other hand, they are excluded from consolidation starting
from the date on which this control is terminated.
Investment in associates
Associates are companies over which the Group has significant influence, which is presumed to exist when
the investment represents 20% to 50% of the voting rights.
Under the equity method, the investments are initially recognised at cost and adjusted thereafter to
recognise the Groups share of the profit/(loss) and other comprehensive income/(loss) of the investee.
The Groups share of the investee’s profit/(loss) is recognised in the consolidated income statement.
Distributions received from an investee reduce the carrying amount of the investment. Post-acquisition
movements in other comprehensive income/(loss) are recognised in other comprehensive income/(loss)
with a corresponding adjustment to the carrying amount of the investment.
Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its associates are eliminated to the extent of
the Groups interest in the associate. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides
evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred.
When the Groups share of the losses of an associate exceeds the Group’s interest in that associate, the
Group discontinues recognising its share of further losses. Additional losses are provided for, and a liability
is recognised, only to the extent that the Group has incurred legal or constructive obligations or made
payments on behalf of the associate. The Group discontinues the use of the equity method from the
date the investment ceases to be an associate or when it is classified as available-for-sale.
Business combinations
Business combinations are recorded according to the acquisition method.
According to this method:
the amount transferred in a business combination is measured at fair value, calculated as the sum of the
fair value of the assets transferred and of the liabilities assumed by the Group on the acquisition date and
of the equity instruments issued in exchange for control of the acquired Company. The charges ancillary
to the transaction are recorded on the income statement at the time in which they are incurred;
the identifiable assets and the liabilities acquired are recognised at fair value at the acquisition date; an
exception is deferred tax assets and liabilities, assets and liabilities for employee benefits, liabilities or
equity instruments relating to share-based payments of the acquired Company or payments based on
shares relating to the Group issued to replace contracts for the Company acquired, and assets (or groups
of assets and liabilities) held for sale, which are instead valued according to their relevant principle;
goodwill is calculated as the excess between the sum of the considerations transferred in the business
combination, the value of the net equity pertaining to non-controlling interests and the fair value
of any equity investment previously held in the Company acquired compared to the fair value of the
net assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date. If the value of the net assets and
liabilities acquired at the acquisition date exceeds the sum determined above, the excess is immediately
recognised in the income statement as income deriving from the transaction; and
any considerations subject to conditions provided for by the business combination contract are valued
at fair value on the acquisition date and included in the value of the amounts transferred in the business
combination for the purpose of calculating the goodwill.
3. GOING CONCERN
The parent company going concern assessment has been performed together with the group’s going concern
assessment. The Group and the parent company (“Group”) financial statements have been prepared on a going
concern basis, which the Directors consider to be appropriate. This basis assumes that the Group will be able to
realise its assets and discharge its liabilities in the normal course of business for at least twelve months from the
date of approval of these financial statements.
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
100
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
3. GOING CONCERN CONTINUED
As at 31 December 2025, the Group incurred a net loss of €12 million (2024: €13 million) and reported current
liabilities of €24.4 million.
The Board of Directors has performed a detailed assessment of the Group’s ability to continue as a going
concern, covering a period of at least 12 months from the date of approval of these financial statements. Risks
to the Group’s going concern status include the need for the operations to generate sufficient cash flows to meet
working capital and liquidity requirements. Current cash flow forecasts indicate a deficit during the going concern
assessment period, meaning that the Group will need to secure additional funding to manage working capital
and liquidity requirements. Forecast cash flow includes expected fundings to be obtained to fund the working
capital and liquidity requirements, however, no such funding has been committed or guaranteed as of the date of
approval of these financial statements.
As a result of these matters, this indicates the existence of a material uncertainty which may cast significant doubt
on the Groups ability to continue as a going concern and, therefore, it may be unable to realise its assets and
discharge its liabilities in the ordinary course of business at the amounts recorded in these financial statements.
The Directors have considered the following key factors in forming their assessment:
Proven access to capital: The Group has a strong historical track record of raising capital from existing
shareholders and lenders to support strategic objectives and meet financial obligations. The Board
continues to evaluate strategic options regarding potential funding through non-dilutive instruments
or equity-linked opportunities. While the Directors remain confident that the required funding will be
secured, no binding agreement was in place at the date of approval of these financial statements.
Improving cash efficiency: Recent financial performance, alongside a notable year-on-year decrease in
required capital increases or financial loan, demonstrate a continued reduction in the cash needed to
support operations.
Improving operational performance: The Group maintained its growth trajectory in Committed Annual
Recurring Revenue (CARR) while exercising disciplined cost management across its SaaS operations. This
strategic focus has significantly reduced near-term cash burn, leading to a strengthened path toward
sustainable self-funding and long-term profitability.
Cost reduction mitigations: The Group moderate discretionary capital expenditure and R&D roadmap to
preserve liquidity if required.
Covenant compliance: Lenders have previously granted covenant waivers, demonstrating continued
support to the group. As covenant compliance over the going concern assessment period is dependent
on delivering the forecast cash flows and obtaining additional funding, the Directors are confident that a
waiver could be obtained during the period, if needed.
Notwithstanding the material uncertainty described above, the Directors remain confident that the Group will be
able to obtain the necessary funding. Accordingly, the financial statements continue to be prepared on a going
concern basis. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that would be necessary if the Group
were unable to continue as a going concern.
4. ACCOUNTING STANDARDS IN FORCE FROM 1 JANUARY 2025 AND INTERPRETATIONS
APPLICABLE AT A FUTURE DATE
4.1 New standards and amendments effective from 1 January 2025
The following new standards and amendments effective from 1 January 2025 were adopted by the Group for
the preparation of these Consolidated Financial Statements:
In August 2023, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 21 – The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange
Rates: Lack of Exchangeability. These amendments are effective on or after 1 January 2025. There was
no significant effect from the adoption of these amendments.
In accordance with the 2025 amendments to IAS 21, the Group assessed whether, at 31 December 2025, the
Euro (EUR), being the Groups presentation currency, and the Israeli Shekel (ILS), being the functional currency of
the subsidiary MotorK Israel Ltd., were exchangeable in both directions of conversion. The Group concluded that:
the euro and the Israeli shekel are freely exchangeable;
observable and active markets exist for conversions between EUR and ILS, and these markets create legally
enforceable rights and obligations between buyers and sellers in accordance with paragraph A5 of IAS 21;
no exchange restrictions or capital controls apply; and
there are no conditions indicating a lack of exchangeability under the amended standard.
Consequently, no estimated spot exchange rate was required, and the Group applied official exchange rates
published by the European Central Bank (ECB).
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
101
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
4. ACCOUNTING STANDARDS IN FORCE FROM 1 JANUARY 2025 AND INTERPRETATIONS
APPLICABLE AT A FUTURE DATE CONTINUED
4.2 New standards, amendments and interpretations not yet effective
The standards, amendments and interpretations issued by the IASB that will have mandatory application in
2026 or subsequent years are listed below:
In April 2024, IASB issued IFRS 18 - Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements. The standard
is effective on or after 1 January 2027. The Group is currently assessing the potential impact from
the adoption of this standard. Even though IFRS 18 will not have any effect on the recognition and
measurement of items in the consolidated financial statements, it is expected to have a significant effect
on the presentation and disclosure of certain items. These changes include categorisation and sub-
totals in the statement of profit or loss, aggregation/disaggregation and labelling of information, and
disclosure of management-defined performance measures.
In May 2024, IASB issued amendments to the Classification and Measurement of Financial Instruments
which amended IFRS 9 - Financial Instruments and IFRS 7 - Financial Instruments: Disclosures. The
amendments are effective on or after 1 January 2026 and earlier application is permitted. The Group
performed a preliminary assessment of these amendments and based on the analysis performed, the
Group does not expect the adoption of these amendments to have a material impact on its consolidated
financial statements.
In May 2024, IASB published the new standard IFRS 19 – Subsidiaries without Public Accountability:
Disclosures. The standard will be effective for reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027 and
earlier application is permitted. The Group is evaluating the potential impact from the adoption of these
amendments.
In July 2024, IASB issued Annual Improvements to IFRS Accounting Standards - Volume 11. The amended
standards are: IFRS 1 - First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards; IFRS 7
- Financial Instruments: Disclosures and its accompanying guidance on implementing IFRS 7; IFRS 9 -
Financial Instruments; IFRS 10 - Consolidated Financial Statements; and IAS 7 - Statement of Cash Flows.
The amendments are effective on or after 1 January 2026 and earlier application is permitted. The Group
performed a preliminary assessment of these amendments and based on the analysis performed, the
Group does not expect the adoption of these amendments to have a material impact on its consolidated
financial statements.
In December 2024, IASB issued amendments for nature-dependent electricity contracts which amended
IFRS 9 - Financial Instruments and IFRS 7 - Financial Instruments: Disclosures. The amendments are
effective on or after 1 January 2026 and earlier application is permitted. The Group performed a
preliminary assessment of these amendments and based on the analysis performed, the Group does
not expect the adoption of these amendments to have a material impact on its consolidated financial
statements.
5. MATERIAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Intangible assets other than goodwill (development costs, trademarks and customer relationships)
Expenditure on internally developed products is capitalised if it can be demonstrated that:
it is technically feasible to develop the product for it to be sold;
adequate resources are available to complete the development;
there is an intention to complete and sell the product;
the Group is able to sell the product;
sale of the product will generate future economic benefits; and
expenditure on the project can be measured reliably.
Capitalised development costs are amortised over the periods the Group expects to benefit from selling
the products developed (three years). Development expenditure not satisfying the above criteria and
expenditure on the research phase of internal projects are recognised in the Consolidated Statement of
Profit and Loss and Other Comprehensive Income as incurred. Development costs incurred on existing assets
are capitalised only in case such costs increment the functionality of the asset. Trademarks and customer
relationships, primarily recognised through purchase price allocation (PPA) in business combinations, are
amortised on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful economic lives (typically ranging from 5 to 15
years), reflecting the pattern in which the related economic benefits are expected to be consumed by the
Group.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of a business combination over the total acquisition date fair value
of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired.
Cost comprises the fair value of assets given, liabilities assumed and equity instruments issued, plus the amount
of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree plus, if the business combination is achieved in stages, the fair
value of the existing equity interest in the acquiree. Contingent consideration is included in cost at its acquisition
date fair value and, in the case of contingent consideration classified as a financial liability, remeasured
subsequently through profit or loss. Direct costs of acquisition are recognised immediately as an expense.
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
102
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
5. MATERIAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED
Goodwill continued
Goodwill is capitalised as an intangible asset with any impairment in carrying value being charged to the
Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss and Other Comprehensive Income. Where the fair value of
identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities exceed the fair value of consideration paid, the excess
is credited in full to the Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss and Other Comprehensive Income on the
acquisition date.
Leases
All leases are accounted for by recognising a right-of-use asset and a lease liability except for leases of low
-value assets and leases with a duration of 12 months or less.
Lease liabilities are measured at the present value of the contractual payments due to the lessor over the
lease term, with the discount rate determined by reference to the rate inherent in the lease unless (as is
typically the case) this is not readily determinable, in which case the Group’s incremental borrowing rate on
commencement of the lease is used. Variable lease payments are only included in the measurement of the
lease liability if they depend on an index or rate. In such cases, the initial measurement of the lease liability
assumes the variable element will remain unchanged throughout the lease term. Other variable lease
payments are expensed in the period to which they relate.
Impairment of non-financial assets with indefinite useful economic lives
Impairment tests on goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite useful economic lives are undertaken
annually at the financial year end. Other non-financial assets are subject to impairment tests whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. Where
the carrying value of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount (i.e. the higher of value in use and fair value
less costs to sell), the asset is written down accordingly. Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable
amount of an individual asset, the impairment test is carried out on the smallest group of assets to which it
belongs for which there are separately identifiable cash flows; its CGUs (cash-generating units). Goodwill
is allocated on initial recognition to each of the Group’s CGUs that are expected to benefit from a business
combination that gives rise to the goodwill. Impairment charges are included in profit or loss, except to the
extent they reverse gains previously recognised in Other comprehensive income (OCI). An impairment loss
recognised for goodwill is not reversed.
Foreign currency
The Groups Consolidated Financial Statements are presented in Euros, which is also the Parent Companys
functional currency. For each entity, the Group determines the functional currency and items included in the
financial statements of each entity are measured using that functional currency. The Group uses the direct
method of consolidation and on disposal of a foreign operation, the gain or loss that is reclassified to profit or
loss reflects the amount that arises from using this method.
Transactions and balances
Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded by the Group’s entities at their respective functional currency
spot rates at the date the transaction first qualifies for recognition. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in
foreign currencies are translated at the functional currency spot rates of exchange at the reporting date.
Differences arising on settlement or translation of monetary items are recognised in profit or loss with
the exception of monetary items that are designated as part of the hedge of the Group’s net investment
in a foreign operation. These are recognised in until the net investment is disposed of, at which time, the
cumulative amount is reclassified to profit or loss. Tax charges and credits attributable to exchange
differences on those monetary items are also recognised in OCI.
Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the
exchange rates at the dates of the initial transactions. Non-monetary items measured at fair value in a foreign
currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value is determined. The gain or loss
arising on translation of non-monetary items measured at fair value is treated in line with the recognition of the
gain or loss on the change in fair value of the item (i.e. translation differences on items whose fair value gain or
loss is recognised in OCI or profit or loss are also recognised in OCI or profit or loss, respectively).
In determining the spot exchange rate to use on initial recognition of the related asset, expense or income (or part
of it) on the derecognition of a non-monetary asset or non-monetary liability relating to advance consideration,
the date of the transaction is the date on which the Group initially recognises the non-monetary asset or
non-monetary liability arising from the advance consideration. If there are multiple payments or receipts in
advance, the Group determines the transaction date for each payment or receipt of advance consideration.
Group companies
On consolidation, the assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated into Euros at the rate of
exchange prevailing at the reporting date and their statements of profit or loss are translated at exchange
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
103
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
5. MATERIAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED
Foreign currency continued
Group companies continued
rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. The exchange differences arising on translation for
consolidation are recognised in OCI. On disposal of a foreign operation, the component of OCI relating to
that particular foreign operation is reclassified to profit or loss. Any goodwill arising on the acquisition of a
foreign operation and any fair value adjustments to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities arising on
the acquisition are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign operation and translated at the spot rate of
exchange at the reporting date.
Financial assets
The Groups financial assets are classified on the basis of the business model adopted to manage them and
the characteristics of the related cash flows.
a) Financial assets valued at amortised cost
These are receivables from customers, other receivables, security deposits and cash on hand and cash at
banks.
Trade receivables that do not contain a significant financial component are recognised at the price defined
for the related transaction (determined in accordance with the provisions of IFRS 15 – Revenue from
Contracts with Customers).
Other receivables are initially recognised in the financial statements at their fair value increased by any
directly attributable accessory costs to the transactions that generated them. At the time of subsequent
measurement, financial assets are shown at amortised cost, using the effective interest rate. The effects
of this measurement are recognised as a financial income component. The Group values receivables by
adopting an expected loss impairment model. For trade receivables the Group adopts a simplified approach,
which does not require periodic changes to the credit risk to be reported, but rather an expected credit loss
(ECL) calculated on the entire ECL lifetime to be recorded.
In particular, the policy implemented by the Group involves the stratification of receivables, which are broken
down by homogeneous risk categories. Different write-down percentages are applied to these categories,
which reflect the likelihood of them being recovered. These are based on historical percentages and on
any forward-looking data, which may impact the reasonable likelihood of them being recovered. Trade
receivables are written down in full if they are not reasonably likely to be recovered (e.g. overdue past a
certain point, bankruptcy and/or start of legal action).
At each reporting date, the Group assesses expected credit losses (ECLs) for financial assets measured at
amortised cost, in accordance with IFRS 9. Impairment is estimated based on historical collection patterns
applied to different aging categories of receivables. Forward-looking adjustments and management
judgement are applied where appropriate to reflect changes in expected credit risk. An impairment loss is
recognized in profit or loss for the amount of the ECL, reflecting the credit risk associated with the asset.
For trade receivables, ECLs are recognised within provision for bad debts in the consolidated statement of
profit and loss and other comprehensive income. Impairment losses recognised in accordance with IFRS 9 are
presented net of any subsequent recoveries or reversals of impairment. These amounts are recognised in the
consolidated income statement within operating costs, consistent with the nature of the underlying assets.
Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities include financial payables, payables for leases, trade payables, bank loans, other loans
and other payables. Amounts due to banks and other lenders are initially recognised at fair value net of
directly attributable transaction costs and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective
interest rate method. If there is a change in the expected cash flows, the value of the liabilities is recalculated
to reflect this change based on the current value of the new expected cash flows and the initially determined
internal rate of return.
Lease liabilities are measured at the present value of the contractual payments due to the lessor over the
lease term, with the discount rate determined by reference to the rate inherent in the lease unless (as is
typically the case) this is not readily determinable, in which case the Group’s incremental borrowing rate on
commencement of the lease is used. Variable lease payments are only included in the measurement of the
lease liability if they depend on an index or rate. In such cases, the initial measurement of the lease liability
assumes the variable element will remain unchanged throughout the lease term. Other variable lease
payments are expensed in the period to which they relate. Trade payables are obligations to pay for goods
or services acquired from suppliers in the ordinary course of business. Trade payables are classified as current
liabilities if they are paid within one year of the balance sheet date. Otherwise, these payables are classified
as non-current liabilities. Trade and other payables are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently
measured using the amortised cost method. In the context of a business combination under IFRS 3 – Business
Combinations, any continuing services provided after the acquisition, such as those by employees or vendors,
settled in cash are not part of the initial consideration transferred but are treated as post-combination
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
104
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
5. MATERIAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED
Financial liabilities continued
remuneration costs linked to continued employment and post-combination performance targets. This
consideration is classified as a liability under IAS 19 – Employee Benefits and presented within Trade and
other payables. Contingent consideration classified as financial liabilities are measured at fair value through
profit and loss (FVTPL). Ancillary costs incurred on recognition of the liability are immediately recognised in
the consolidated income statement. On subsequent measurement, FVTPL financial liabilities are measured
at fair value.
Financial liabilities are eliminated from the financial statements when the obligation underlying the liability
is extinguished, cancelled or fulfilled. With reference to the derecognition of a financial liability, new records
must be created for its extinguished and the recognition of a new liability if the contractual terms are
substantially different. The terms are considerably different if the actualised value of the financial flow under
the new terms, including any fee paid net of the fee received and actualised using the original interest rate,
are at least 10% different from the actualised value of the remaining financial flows of the original financial
liability. If the exchange of debt instruments or the change in the terms are recognised as an extinction,
any costs or fees paid are recorded as income or losses associated with the extinction. If the exchange or
modification are not recognised as extinction, any costs or fees sustained will adjust the accounting value of
the liability and will be amortised over the remaining term of the liability in question.
Share-based payment
The Group provides share-based payment arrangements to certain employees, including earn-out
arrangements settled in shares to employees of acquired businesses. Where equity-settled share options
are awarded to employees, the fair value of the options at the date of grant is charged to the Consolidated
Statement of Profit and Loss and Other Comprehensive Income over the vesting period. Non-market vesting
conditions are taken into account by adjusting the number of equity instruments expected to vest at each
reporting date so that, ultimately, the cumulative amount recognised over the vesting period is based on the
number of options that eventually vest. Non-vesting conditions and market vesting conditions are factored
into the fair value of the options granted. As long as all other vesting conditions are satisfied, a charge is
made irrespective of whether the market vesting conditions are satisfied. The cumulative expense is not
adjusted for failure to achieve a market vesting condition or where a non-vesting condition is not satisfied.
Where the terms and conditions of options are modified before they vest, the increase in the fair value of
the options, measured immediately on the date of the modification, is also charged to the Consolidated
Statement of Profit and Loss and Other Comprehensive Income over the remaining vesting period.
Revenues from cloud-based SaaS platforms
The Group is a SaaS provider for the automotive retail industry, empowering car dealers and OEMs to
improve their customer experience through a broad suite of fully integrated digital products and services.
Revenue from contracts with customers is recognised when control of the goods or services is transferred
to the customer at an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Group expects to be entitled in
exchange for those goods or services.
Cloud-based SaaS platform contracts are typically long-term arrangements providing customers with
access to the Groups software for a fixed recurring fee. Fees are invoiced periodically depending on the
payment cadence agreed in the contract (monthly, quarterly or annually). The total contract value is
determined as the recurring subscription fee multiplied by the contractual duration expressed in months.
Management has assessed the nature of the promise in these contracts in accordance with IFRS 15, and
concluded that the Group provides a single performance obligation, consisting of right to access the Groups
intellectual property over the contract term.
The Groups SaaS platforms are cloud-based solutions that support the full vehicle lifecycle and the
entire customer journey. Customers receive access to the software environment at contract inception.
Throughout the contract period, the Group continuously develops, maintains and enhances the platform,
including the deployment of new functionalities, product improvements, performance updates and security
enhancements. These ongoing activities significantly affect the underlying intellectual property to which
customers have access.
As a result, the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits of access to software that
evolves during the contract term. The licence therefore provides a right to access the Group’s intellectual
property as it exists throughout the licence period, rather than a right to use intellectual property as it exists
at a single point in time.
Accordingly, revenue from SaaS subscriptions is recognised over time, on a straight-line basis over the
contractual service perio
The Groups platforms are entirely cloud-based. Hosting services are required to operate the software and
are not sold separately from the SaaS subscription. Hosting capacity is purchased by the Group based on
expected demand and sales projections. In certain circumstances, hosting capacity acquired may remain
unused. The Group is considered a principal in providing hosting services because it controls the hosting
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
105
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
5. MATERIAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED
Revenues from cloud-based SaaS platforms continued
capacity before it is transferred to customers.
Activities related to maintenance, platform reliability, security updates and bug fixing are integral to ensuring
that the software continues to operate as intended throughout the contract period. These activities are
performed exclusively on the Group’s proprietary software and cannot be sold separately; therefore, they do
not represent distinct performance obligations.
Based on the above assessment, the Group identifies one combined performance obligation, consisting of
providing continuous access to its SaaS platform and the underlying intellectual property.
As further explained on page 153 of this Annual Report, the Group’s revenue recognition policy may differ
from that applied by some other SaaS companies. For this reason, management presents Annual recurring
revenue (ARR) as an APM to provide additional information on the recurring nature of the Groups revenue
base.
In determining the transaction price, the Group considers the effects of variable consideration, discounts, the
existence of a significant financing component, non-cash consideration and consideration payable to the
customer, where applicable. None of these elements have a significant impact on the transaction price.
Pricing is generally defined at contract level and consists of the recurring subscription fee multiplied by the
number of months included in the contractual term.
Revenue from digital marketing services is recognised at a point in time in the period in which the marketing
campaign is delivered and the related services are provided to the customer. The identification of this
performance obligation does not require significant judgement.
Other revenue mainly relates to training services provided to customers and is recognised at a point in time
when the training is delivered. Revenue from other services not previously identified is recognised when the
relevant services are rendered to the customer.
Contract liabilities
A contract liability is recognised if a payment is received or a payment is due (whichever is earlier) from a customer
before the Group transfers the related goods or services. Contract liabilities are recognised as revenue when the
Group performs under the contract (i.e. transfers control of the related goods or services to the customer).
Prior period restatement - Income and deferred taxation disclosures
During the current financial year, the Group identified certain presentation-related errors and omissions in
the comparative income tax and deferred tax disclosures for the year ended 31 December 2024. These relate
solely to the presentation of tax losses and unrecognised deferred tax assets within Note 21 of the consolidated
financial statements and Note 11 of the parent company financial statements, as well as to the income tax rate
reconciliation within Note 12 of the consolidated financial statements.
In accordance with IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors, the comparative
disclosures have been restated. There is no impact on the Group’s or the parent companys primary financial
statements, including net assets or loss for the year, for any period presented.
The following disclosures within the notes to the consolidated and parent company financial statements have
been restated, as detailed below.
a) UK Share-Based Payment Tax Treatment and Assessed Losses
During the current year, the Group identified an error in the prior-year UK parent company tax computations,
which impacted the Group’s consolidated financial statements. Specifically, the parent company had claimed
tax deductions totalling €6.2 million in respect of equity-settled share-based payment charges recharged
through intercompany arrangements over the vesting period, as described in Note 2 – Accounting Policies to
the parent company financial statements. Under UK tax legislation, a corporation tax deduction for equity-
settled share-based payments is generally available only upon exercise of the share options by employees.
In addition, €1.8 million of true-up adjustments to corporate income tax arose on the submission of final tax
computations, compared to the amounts presented in the prior-year audited financial statements, of which
€0.2 million relates to adjustments at the parent company level.
As a result of the above, tax losses of €4.4 million previously recognised as available for carry forward and
disclosed in Note 21, together with the associated unrecognised deferred tax assets in the comparative
period, should have been reduced by the same amount.
Accordingly, the correction resulted in a reduction in unrecognised assessed losses in the comparative period
as follows:
At the Group level, unrecognised assessed losses were reduced from €75.5 million (with associated
unrecognised deferred tax assets of €20.6 million) to €71.1 million (with associated unrecognised deferred
tax assets of €19.5 million), as disclosed in Note 21.
At the parent company level, unrecognised assessed losses were reduced from €16.9 million (with
associated unrecognised deferred tax assets of €4.2 million) to €10.9 million (with associated
unrecognised deferred tax assets of €2.7 million), as disclosed in Note 11.
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
106
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
5. MATERIAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED
Prior period restatement - Income and deferred taxation disclosures continued
In addition, following a detailed review of the Groups tax position in its Belgian subsidiaries, management
identified previously unrecognised tax losses that had not been identified or disclosed in the consolidated
financial statements. Consequently, additional unrecognised assessed losses amounting to €3.2 million
(with associated unrecognised deferred tax assets of €0.8 million) have been included in the disclosures
for unrecognised deferred tax assets within Note 21 at the Group level. The comparative disclosures have
therefore been restated to more accurately reflect the availability and historical utilisation of assessed losses
carried forward in that jurisdiction.
b) Income Tax Reconciliation
During the current year, management undertook a review of the income tax reconciliation disclosure in the
consolidated financial statements (Note 12) to enhance the accuracy and clarity of the presentation. As a
result of this review, certain reconciling items have been re-presented to reflect their nature more appropriately,
including adjustments to the classification between permanent and timing differences. The prior year
comparative income tax reconciliation has therefore been restated to provide a clearer and more accurate
reconciliation between the statutory tax rate and the effective tax rate.
6. OPERATING SEGMENTS
Following the selling of the DriveK business completed in December 2022 (and classified as a discontinued
operation in the previous years), the Group has determined that it has one operating and reportable segment
based on the information reviewed by its Board of Directors in making decisions regarding allocation of
resources and to assess performance. Non-current assets, which consist of property, plant and equipment
and intangible assets, excluding goodwill, are substantially located in Italy.
7. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS
The preparation of the Groups Consolidated Financial Statements requires management to make judgements,
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities, and the
accompanying disclosures, and the disclosure of contingent liabilities. Uncertainty about these assumptions and
estimates could result in outcomes that require a material adjustment to the carrying amount of assets or liabilities
affected in future periods. Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated based on historical experience and
other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.
Judgements
In the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, management has made the following judgements,
which have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Calculation of Adjusted EBITDA
Due to its nature not strictly inherent to the business performance of the Group, management has identified
as exceptional costs for the definition of Adjusted EBITDA the following elements:
external costs related to M&A as one-off transactions and, as a consequence, costs not strictly inherent to
the performance of the business;
external costs incurred for one-off projects that will not be repeated in the future;
remeasurement of contingent consideration at FVTPL;
severance indemnity costs paid to employees who left the Company and that the Group will not incur in
the future (non-recurring costs); and
post-combination remuneration made as one-off transactions related to M&A that are automatically
forfeited if key employees terminate.
Adjusted EBITDA is considered a Group APM. Evaluating business performance with such an APM may imply
some limitations such as the fact that the measure may not be comparable across companies and the fact
that such measure is focusing on recurring components and excluding some other components that are not
strictly inherent to the business performance of the Group but that still have an impact on the economic and
financial results of the year.
Development costs
The Group capitalises costs for product development projects. Initial capitalisation of costs is based on
management’s judgement that technological and economic feasibility is confirmed, usually when a product
development project has reached a defined milestone according to an established project management
model. In determining the amounts to be capitalised, management makes assumptions regarding the
expected future cash generation of the project, discount rates to be applied and the expected period of
benefits. Further disclosure is provided in Note 13.
In making judgement and assumptions, we have considered climate-related matters and concluded that such
matters have no material impact on our business and the assumptions impact on the financial statements.
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
107
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
8. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS RISK MANAGEMENT
MotorK Group is exposed to risks that arise from its use of financial instruments. This note describes the Group’s objectives, policies and processes for managing those risks and the methods used to measure them. Further
quantitative information in respect of these risks is presented throughout these financial statements. There have been no substantive changes in the Groups exposure to financial instrument risks, its objectives, policies and
processes for managing those risks or the methods used to measure them from previous periods.
Capital risk management
The Group defines capital as the total equity of the Group. The Group’s capital is made up of share capital, share premium and Retained Earnings totalling €23.6 million (€28 million as at 31 December 2024).
The Group funds its expenditures on commitments from existing cash on hand and cash at banks balances, primarily received from operating cash flow and issuance of shareholders’ equity and borrowings. Financial and
non-financial covenants on the loan with Illimity Bank and Atempo Growth are in place. In December 2025, MotorK obtained waivers from Illimity Bank and Atempo Growth, allowing the Company not to perform testing of
the financial and non-financial covenants in place as at 31 December 2025. The waivers were granted before the year-end. The next testing date will be then 31 December 2026.
The Groups objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Groups ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders, and to maintain an optimal
capital structure to reduce the cost of capital. In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, issue new shares or sell
assets to reduce debt. The Group ensures that the distributions to shareholders do not exceed working capital requirements.
Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will not meet its obligations under a financial instrument or customer contract, leading to a financial loss. The Group is exposed to credit risk from its operating activities (primarily
trade receivables), including foreign exchange transactions and other financial instruments. The Group is mainly exposed to credit risk from credit sales. It is Group policy, implemented locally, to assess the credit risk of
new customers before entering contracts. Such credit ratings are taken into account by local business practices. With regard to trade receivables, cash on hand and cash at banks and other receivables the insolvency risk
is monitored centrally by the Group’s finance department, which constantly monitors the Groups credit exposure, the collections of trade receivables and the adequacy of bad debt provisions on a monthly basis. Bad debt
provision is calculated in accordance with IFRS 9 on the basis of the ECL that moves from the historical credit loss for each cluster of customers. The historical credit loss calculated by management is then applied to each
cluster to define the bad debt provision accrual.
An impairment analysis is performed at each reporting date using a provision matrix to measure ECL. The provision rates are based on days past due for groupings of various customer segments with similar loss patterns.
The calculation reflects the probability-weighted outcome, the time value of money and reasonable and supportable information that is available at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts
of future economic conditions. Generally, trade receivables are written-off if past due for more than one year and are not subject to enforcement activity. The Group did not provide detailed information on how the forecast
economic conditions have been incorporated in the determination of ECL because the impact is not significant. In determining the ECL, MotorK has identified the clusters based on shared credit risk characteristics and days
passed due and then an expected loss rates, considered reasonable by management, has been applied to determine the bad debt provision.
Credit risk from balances with banks and financial institutions is managed by the Groups treasury department. Counterparty banks are assessed prior to opening bank accounts and on an ongoing basis to ensure exposure
to credit risk is at an acceptable level. The Group considers its credit risk with respect to its cash on hand and cash at banks to be low considering that they are held with primary financial institutions and the maximum
exposure with any one counterparty is limited. Cash flow forecasting is performed by the Group on a recurring basis.
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
108
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
8. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
Credit risk continued
Investments of surplus funds are made only with counterparties with a high level of standing with the aim of minimising the concentration of risks and therefore mitigate potential financial loss. Cash on hand and cash at
banks are deposited into ordinary banks accounts with top-rated banks. The carrying amount of financial assets recorded in the financial statements, net of bad debt provision, represents the Group’s maximum exposure to
credit risk and is similar to the carrying value.
The ageing analysis of trade receivables is shown in the following table:
Not Overdue by less Overdue by Overdue by more
€’000 overdue than 1 month 1–2 months
than 2 months
Total
Gross trade receivables as at 31 December 2024
5,091
2,211
1,065
5,293
13,660
Allowance for doubtful receivables
(42)
(33)
(44)
(2,371)
(2,490)
% of allowance for doubtful receivables on gross trade receivables
1%
1%
4%
45%
18%
Trade receivables as at 31 December 2024
5,049
2,178
1,021
2,922
11,170
Gross trade receivables as at 31 December 2025
3,251
2,093
697
6,208
12,249
Allowance for doubtful receivables
(49)
(22)
(22)
(3,059)
(3,152)
% of allowance for doubtful receivables on gross trade receivables
2%
1%
3%
49%
26%
Trade receivables as at 31 December 2025
3,202
2,071
675
3,149
9,097
The increase of trade receivables overdue but not impaired by more than two months amounting to €0.3 million is mainly related to the increase of the business with OEM customers with higher Days Sales Outstanding
(DSO) compared to the retail market. The above trend had an impact on the assessment of ECL, that resulted in an increase of bad debt provision of €0.7 million compared to FY2024 balance.
Other receivables include amounts due from employees or other counterparties. The Group assesses the credit risk of these balances at the reporting date and, where relevant, applies expected credit loss provisions in
accordance with IFRS 9. Given the nature and low value of these receivables, management considers the credit risk to be low, and no material adjustments have been required in the current period.
Foreign exchange risk
The Group is not significantly exposed to foreign exchange risk as its operations are primarily conducted in its functional currency. The majority of revenues and expenses are denominated in the same currency, and the
Group does not engage in significant transactions in foreign currencies. As a result, fluctuations in exchange rates are not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s financial performance or cash flows. Although
the Parent Company is based in UK, the most significant transactions of the Group are made in Euro, the currency used for the preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements. The only subsidiary based outside
Europe is MotorK Israel Ltd, whose transactions are not material for Group purposes (mainly intercompany recharges).
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
109
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
8. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk typically arises when an entity is having trouble finding sufficient funds to meet its obligations and includes the risk that the counterparties that have granted loans and/or lines of credit may request repayment.
Prudent management of liquidity risk implies the maintenance of an adequate level of liquidity, short-term securities and the availability of funds obtainable through an adequate amount of credit lines.
Toward this end, MotorK Group implemented a series of measures and actions, which made it possible for the Group to better manage its financial position, further strengthening its structure and solidity. The finance
department periodically monitors Group financial position, cash flow and cash forecast to optimise resources and manage any temporary liquidity surpluses. The Board of Directors receive cash flow projections and cash
flow analyses on a regular basis. For details of how events since the 31 December 2025 have impacted our liquidity risk, please refer to Note 25– Post-Balance Sheet Events.
During 2023, the Group entered into a loan with Atempo Growth, a venture capital company specialised in financing tech groups, obtaining net €4.6 million of fresh liquidity to fuel the growth of the last quarter of the year and for FY2024.
In FY2024, the above-mentioned financing injection was strengthened with two new loans for a total amount of €10 million from Atempo Growth, building on the initial €5 million loan facility agreement secured in October 2023. Terms of
such loans are disclosed in Note 19 – Current and Non-Current Financial Liabilities. In December 2025, the Group secured a new €3 million loan with Atempo Growth, which was injected in January 2026. Regarding the collateral pledged
in connection with the Atempo loan facility (as further detailed in Note 19), the Group has assessed the impact on its financial risk management framework. Specifically, the pledges over cash and other assets do not impose restrictive
covenants that limit the Group’s ability to utilize these bank balances or assets for its day-to-day operational requirements. Consequently, the Group considers that these pledges do not significantly restrict asset availability or adversely
impact the Group’s liquidity risk profile.
Following such operations and the cash burn recorded during the year, as of 31 December 2025, the total amount of financial liabilities is €15.5 million compared to €19.9 million as of 31 December 2024. In December 2025, MotorK
obtained waivers from Illimity Bank and Atempo Growth, allowing the Company not to perform testing of the financial and non-financial covenants in place as at 31 December 2025. The waivers were granted before the
year-end. The next testing date will be 31 December 2026.
The following table provides an analysis of financial liabilities by due date, based on contractual repayment obligations, as at 31 December 2025 and 2024:
As at 31 December 2025 2–5 Carrying
€’000 within 1 year
years
Over 5 years
Contract value
amount
Financial liabilities
7,8 41
9,792
-
17,633
15,653
Lease liabilities
1,101
1,772
-
2,873
2,624
Trade and other payables
8,868
-
-
8,868
8,868
Total
17,810
11,564
-
29,374
27,145
As at 31 December 2024 2–5 Carrying
€’000 within 1 year
years
Over 5 years
Contract value
amount
Financial liabilities
24,230
257
24,487
20,427
Lease liabilities
1,277
2,236
191
3,704
3,337
Trade and other payables
8,803
8,803
8,803
Total
34,310
2,493
191
36,994
32,567
110
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
8. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
Interest rate risk
As at 31 December 2025, the exposure to interest rate risk is mainly related to the costs of the interest to be
paid in relation to the loans in place with Illimity Bank for €3.6 million and with Atempo Growth for €11.6 million.
An increase of Euribor of 1% has a negative impact on the profit and loss of the Group of roughly €0.2 million,
not significant for Group purposes. As at 31 December 2024, an increase of Euribor of 1% has an impact on the
profit and loss of the Group of roughly €0.2 million, which is not significant for Group purposes.
Financial assets
The following tables shows financial assets by category, as defined by IFRS 9, as at 31 December 2025 and 2024:
€’000
2025
2024
Financial assets at amortised cost
Non-current assets – security deposit
257
242
Trade receivables
9,097
11,170
Other receivables
315
308
Cash on hand and cash at banks
3,656
3,362
Total
13,325
15,082
The carrying value of financial assets approximates fair value as there are no significant volatility of such
assets and they are expected to be cashed in in a short-time period. There are no financial assets measured
at FVTPL. For non-current security deposits, although these instruments are not short-term in nature, the
difference between carrying amount and fair value is not material, as the impact of discounting future cash
flows at current market rates is insignificant.
There are no material differences between the carrying value and the fair value of non-current assets –
security deposit.
Trade receivables are stated net of provision for impairment. See Note 16 for disclosure in respect of overdue
trade receivables.
Financial liabilities
The following table show financial liabilities by category, as defined by IFRS 9, as at 31 December 2025 and
2024:
€’000
2025
2024
Financial liabilities
Trade and other payables
8,868
8,803
Current financial liabilities
6,624
20,170
Current lease liabilities
1,005
1,141
Non-current financial liabilities
9,029
257
Non-current lease liabilities
1,619
2,196
Total
27,145
32,567
FY2024 Current financial liabilities include contingent consideration for an amount of €0.4 million that were
measured at FVTPL (please refer to the paragraph on the next page).
The remaining part of Current and Non-current financial liabilities and current and Non-current lease
liabilities are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. The carrying amounts of
Current and Non-current financial liabilities, current and Non-current lease liabilities approximate their fair
values, this is because they bear interest at rates that are broadly consistent with current market rates for
similar instruments, and therefore no significant difference arises between carrying amount and fair value.
Trade payables, other payables and accruals are short-term in nature; accordingly, their carrying amounts
approximate their fair values.
Fair value measurement hierarchy
The financial instruments measured at fair value are presented on the basis of the fair value hierarchy,
described below.
Level 1 – quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity can
access at the measurement date.
Level 2 – inputs other than quoted market prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or
liability, either directly or indirectly.
111
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
8. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
Fair value measurement hierarchy continued
Level 3 – valuation techniques for which the inputs are unobservable for the asset or liability.
Contingent considerations, classified within current financial liabilities, is nil in FY2025 (€0.4 million in
FY2024). Contingent considerations are recorded at fair value based on actuals or estimates of discounted
future cash flows associated. To the extent that the valuation of these liabilities is based on inputs that are
less observable or not observable in the market (data for measuring fair value of such instruments are not
readily available, regularly distributed or updated, reliable and verifiable and provided by independent
sources that are actively involved in the relevant market), the determination of fair value requires more
judgement. Accordingly, the fair value of contingent consideration is classified within Level 3 of the fair value
hierarchy. There were no transfers between fair value hierarchy levels for the periods presented. The change
in fair value is remeasured at each reporting period with the change in fair value being recognised in profit
and loss. The fair value remeasurement for contingent consideration for FY2025 was €0.2 million recognised
within the remeasurement of the contingent consideration at FVTPL line item (refer to Note 10 for further
details) in Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss and Other Comprehensive Income and within the
Remeasurement of the contingent consideration at FVTPL line item within the Operating activities of the
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (€0.9 million in FY2024).
9. REVENUE
Group revenue for the year ended 31 December 2025 amounted to €40.9 million, up 2% year-on-year (€40.3
million as at 31 December 2024).
Disaggregation of revenue
The Group has disaggregated revenue into various categories in the following tables. Please refer to the Financial and
Operating Review for further revenue disaggregation which is helpful in understanding the performance of the Group.
For the year ended 31 December 2025
SaaS Digital Other
€’000 platform marketing
revenues
Total
Revenues by country
Italy
19,384
6,799
1,411
27,594
Spain
3,004
292
301
3,597
France
4,937
-
117
5,054
Germany
2,111
-
8
2,119
Benelux
1,587
972
19
2,578
Total
31,023
8,063
1,856
40,942
For the year ended 31 December 2024
SaaS Digital Other
€’000 platform marketing
revenues
Total
Revenues by country
Italy
18,056
7,443
848
26,347
Spain
3,036
339
304
3,679
France
5,315
-
324
5,639
Germany
2,228
-
2
2,230
Benelux
1,519
912
7
2,438
Total
30,154
8,694
1,485
40,333
Revenues related to SaaS platform contracts amounts to €31 million as at 31 December 2025, compared
with €30.1 million as at 31 December 2024. Such revenues are mainly related of the following three products:
WebSparK, the web module with high technical and design standards and more than 140 functionalities
specifically developed for the automotive sector.
StockSparK, a stock management module created to manage and import stock (i.e. a set of information
data, images) from multiple sources and export it online to maximise visibility for prospective purchasers
through the integration of external channels and the CRM module.
LeadSparK, a customisable lead management, CRM and marketing automation system module,
specifically developed to help dealerships and car manufacturers.
112
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
9. REVENUE CONTINUED
Disaggregation of revenue continued
SaaS platform revenues are recognised on the basis of a single performance obligation satisfied over time.
Digital marketing revenues amounting to €8.1 million as at 31 December 2025, compared with €8.7 million as
at 31 December 2024, are related to services for the dealer in order to acquire enhanced online traffic.
Other revenues amounting to €1.8 million as at 31 December 2025, compared with €1.5 million as at
31 December 2024, mainly include €0.6 million (€0.6 million in FY2024) related to some services provided to
OEM customers not identifiable with the previous categories.
10. GROUP OPERATING LOSS
Group operating loss is stated after charging/(crediting) the following:
€’000
2025
2024
Cost for customers’ media services
7,858
8,144
Personnel costs
26,108
26,690
R&D capitalisation
(6,563)
(8,278)
Other operating costs
11,907
14,284
Remeasurement of the contingent consideration at FVTPL
(187)
(890)
Provision for bad debts
662
1,359
Amortisation and depreciation
10,669
9,990
Total costs
50,454
51,299
Personnel costs, including Directors’ remuneration, are shown in the following table:
€’000
2025
2024
Wages and salaries
17,587
19,729
Social security costs
5,723
6,030
Employee benefit pension cost
412
469
Severance indemnity
862
1,374
Earn-out costs
-
(1,550)
Stock option plan cost
1,524
638
Total
26,108
26,690
Wages and salaries decreased as a result of a reduction in the average number of employees during the year,
leading to lower overall personnel costs, primarily due to managements decision not to replace leavers in
order to leverage synergies and improve operational efficiency, and targeted redundancies in certain areas.
The average number of employees (directly employed by the subsidiaries of the Group) in FY2025 is 342 (401
in FY2024). The average number of employees categorised by department are shown in the following table:
2025
2024
General Management
9
8
Finance
22
19
HR
10
12
Office Management
4
5
Operations
103
132
Sales
64
85
Product & Marketing
31
44
Technology
99
96
Total
342
401
Wages and salaries include the Directors’ emoluments paid in 2025 (full details are given in the Directors’
Remuneration Report on pages 61-74). The emolument of the highest paid Director was €0.8 million (€0.3
million in FY2024), split by €0.3 million (€0.2 million in FY2024) of salary and fees, €0.1 million (€0.1 million
in FY2024) of pension-related benefits, and €0.4 million of stock options granted (null in FY2024). Directors’
compensations are shown in the following table:
€’000
2025
2024
Salary and fees
549
535
Taxable benefits
3
3
Pension-related benefits
91
88
Annual bonus
-
-
Stock options granted
997
-
Total
1,640
626
113
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
10. GROUP OPERATING LOSS CONTINUED
Stock option plan cost includes the accrual of the stock option costs as required by IFRS 2 – Share-based
Payment. Further details are provided in Note 23. Severance indemnity, earn-out payments and stock option
plan cost are considered non-recurring costs for the purpose of definition of Adjusted EBITDA as not strictly
inherent to business performance of the Group (please refer to the disclosure provided in the paragraph
Adjusted EBITDA of the Financial and Operating Review on page 35).
FY2024 earn-out costs are related to post-combination remuneration settled in cash which are accrued on
a straight-line basis as required by the mechanism in place with the previous shareholders of the companies
acquired in 2021 and 2022. These are automatically terminated, and the costs reversed, if key employees
leave the Group. This is not considered as part of consideration paid but as remuneration for
post-combination services. Please refer to Note 5 for further information.
Other operating expenses financial statement line includes mainly:
consultant fees for legal, fiscal and administrative HR consultants and R&D activities of approximately
€2.7 million (€3.7 million for the year ended 31 December 2024);
software costs of €1.5 million (€3.3 million for the year ended 31 December 2024);
server costs of€1.9 million (€2 million for the year ended 31 December 2024);
travel costs of €0.5 million (€0.8 million for the year ended 31 December 2024);
event costs of €0.2 million (€0.3 million for the year ended 31 December 2024);
insurance costs of €0.2 million (€0.3 million for the year ended 31 December 2024);
one-off costs incurred for one-off projects completed during the year and as a consequence not
strictly inherent to business performance of the Group of €0.8 million (€0.9 million for the year ended
31 December 2024); and
other costs not included in the above categories of €4.1 million (€4.3 million for the year ended
31 December 2024).
Remeasurement of the contingent consideration at FVTPL of €0.2 million (€0.9 million for the year ended
31 December 2024) is consequently due to the fact that the target for the payments of the considerations
was not achieved.
Adjusted EBITDA is calculated as follows: operating loss plus amortisation, depreciation, non-recurring
costs, severance indemnity, stock option plan cost, earn-out costs and remeasurement of the contingent
consideration at FVTPL (as disclosed above).
The fees of the Groups auditor for services provided are analysed below:
€’000
2025
2024
Audit of the Group’s financial statement
247
241
1 The audit fee includes permissible non-audit service of XHTML and RTS on ESEF – €4 thousand (2024 : €4 thousand).
Amortisation and depreciation expenses includes:
amortisation of intangible assets of approximately €9.3 million for the year ended 31 December 2025
(€8.5 million for the year ended 31 December 2024) mainly related to development costs capitalised; and
depreciation of tangible assets for approximately €1.4 million for the year ended 31 December 2025 (€1.5
million for the year ended 31 December 2024)
11. FINANCE INCOME AND EXPENSE
Finance income and expense are shown in the following tables:
€’000
2025
2024
Other financial income
6
110
Interest received on bank deposits
-
85
Gain on foreign exchange
-
27
Total finance income
6
222
€’000
2025
2024
Bank loans
282
551
Loss on foreign exchange
205
90
Other loans
1,587
1,322
Net interest expense on defined benefit pension scheme
73
69
Other finance expense
208
281
Total finance expense
2,355
2,313
114
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
11. FINANCE INCOME AND EXPENSE CONTINUED
Bank loans include the interest paid during the year for the loans in place. The decrease compared with
the previous period is due to the reduction in the Illimity principal, on which interest is calculated after the
scheduled repayments, and to the fall in the Euribor used as a basis for the financial loan in place with Illimity
Bank.
Other loans mainly include the interest paid on the loan with Atempo Growth for €1.5 million (€1.2 million in
FY2024). The year-on-year increase in interest expense reflects the full-year accrual of interest on financing
arrangements that commenced during the course of 2024.
Other finance expense includes mainly the interests related to the application of IFRS 16 – Leases.
12. CORPORATE INCOME TAX
Corporate income taxes are shown in the following table:
€’000
2025
2024
Current tax for the yea
756
913
R&D tax grants
(329)
(658)
Total current tax
427
255
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
(267)
(259)
Total deferred tax
(267)
(259)
Corporate income tax
160
(4)
1 Previously, ‘Foreign subsidiaries’ income taxes’ was reported as a separate line item. For the current year, this line has been combined with ‘Current
tax for the year’ to present all current tax charges in a single line.
The caption R&D tax grants is related to tax grants recognised by Italian tax authorities in relation to R&D
expenses incurred during the year.
Current tax for the year include the accrual for corporate income taxes to be paid mainly in France, Portugal,
Germany and Spain.
The Group has estimated trading losses carried forward in the UK for an amount of approximately €12
million (€10.9 million in FY2024), in Italy for an amount of approximately €70.5 million (€59.4 million in
FY2024), in Belgium for an amount of approximately €3 million (€3.3 million in FY2024), and in Israel for an
amount of approximately €0.5 million (€0.6 million in FY2024). Punctual computation will be prepared by
management in light of the presentation of the income tax return in each country. Deferred tax assets of
approximately €25.6 million, €23.6 million of which arising from unrecognised trading losses (€21.9 million
in FY2024, €20.3 million of which arising from unrecognised tax losses) have not been recognised due to
the uncertainty in the timing in which such loss will be utilised. For further detail, please refer to Note 21 -
Deferred tax liabilities.
The income taxes for the year are reconciled with the theoretical tax burden in the following table:
Restated
€’000
2025
2024*
Loss before tax
(11,859)
(13,057)
Tax using the Company’s domestic tax rate of 25.0% (25.0% in 2024)
(2,965)
(3,264)
R&D expenditure credit
(329)
(658)
Effect of overseas tax rates
79
47
Movement in unrecognised deferred tax assets
3,450
3,696
Unrecognised tax losses utilised
(87)
(68)
Non-deductible expenses/non-taxable income
(104)
244
Adjustments in respect of prior periods
116
(1)
Total tax charge/(credit)
160
(4)
* FY2024 column has been restated. Please refer to Note 5 - Prior period restatement - Income and deferred taxation disclosures.
115
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
13. INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Details of intangible assets increase and decrease for the years ended 31 December 2025 and 2024 are provided in the following table:
Development
Customer costs and
€’000
relationships
Trademark
software
Goodwill
Total
Cost
As at 1 January 2024
7,057
1,462
37,490
23,772
69,781
Additions – internally generated
8,278
8,278
Additions
105
105
As at 31 December 2024
7,057
1,462
45,873
23,772
78,164
Additions – internally generated
6,563
6,563
Additions
158
158
As at 31 December 2025
7,057
1,462
52,594
23,772
84,885
Accumulated amortisation and impairment
As at 1 January 2024
1,573
324
21,407
23,304
Charge for the year
702
237
7, 586
8,525
As at 31 December 2024
2,275
561
28,993
31,829
Charge for the year
702
236
8,358
9,296
As at 31 December 2025
2,977
797
37,351
41,125
Net book value
As at 1 January 2024
5,484
1,138
16,083
23,772
46,477
As at 31 December 2024
4,782
901
16,880
23,772
46,335
As at 31 December 2025
4,080
665
15,243
23,772
43,760
116
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
13. INTANGIBLE ASSETS CONTINUED
Customer relationships
Customer relationships amounted to €4.1 million as at 31 December 2025 (€4.8 million as at 31 December
2024). The decrease is related to amortisation in the year of €0.7 million. Management has assessed that
there are no impairment indicators and therefore it is not necessary to prepare an impairment test, the
reasons being the good performance in terms of revenues and EBITDA of the Group.
Trademark
Trademark costs amounted to €0.7 million as at 31 December 2025 (€0.9 million as at 31 December 2024) and
related to the fair value allocated using the Relief-from-Royalty method for part of the consideration paid for
the acquisition of GestionaleAuto.com S.r.l.. The decrease is related to amortisation in the year of €0.2 million.
Atempo financial loan has been secured against MotorK Italia S.r.l.s trademarks.
Development costs
Development costs amounting to €15.2 million as at 31 December 2025 (€16.9 million as at 31 December
2024) are due to the Group developing most of its technology and applications in-house. Such costs are
related to continued development of new product offerings, applications, features and enhancements to
existing digital services and solutions in the two dedicated hubs in Italy and Portugal. The main projects
where the R&D team was involved during the year are the following:
LeadSparK and LeadSparK 2 development: improvements of the new version of the CRM with new
features and with an improvement in terms of user experience; and
WebSparK Sales and WebSparK (R)evolution: improvements of WebSparK Sales website performance
and its adaptability to the Platform.
Due to the results of the year, development costs were subject to an impairment test, taking into account
past economic and financial performance and future expectations inferable from the Business Plan 2026–
2030. The results of the impairment test did not reveal any impairment loss.
Goodwill
Carrying value of the Goodwill in the Consolidated Financial Statements as at 31 December 2025 amounts
to €23.8 million (€23.8 million as at 31 December 2024).
In accordance with IAS 36 – Impairment of Assets, goodwill is not amortised and is tested for impairment
annually or more frequently if facts or circumstances indicate that the asset may be impaired. Impairment
testing is performed by comparing the carrying amount and the recoverable amount of the CGU. The
recoverable amount of the CGU is the higher of its fair value less costs of disposal (FVLCD) and its value
in use. For the purposes of assessing the recoverability of goodwill recognised within intangible assets,
the Group has identified a single cash-generating unit (“CGU”) encompassing all of the Group’s operating
activities. This approach is consistent with the Groups operating segments and reflects the lowest level at
which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes.
The recoverable amount of the CGU is determined using FVLCD calculation, being higher than the value in
use.
Management assessed the FVLCD using a market-based valuation approach based on an EV/Revenue
multiple derived from a selection of comparable listed companies operating in the same industry and
benchmarked these with group’s market capitalisation. Inputs used in valuation is level 2 – observable inputs
- revenue multiple of similar listed business. Key assumption considered in the FVLCD are:
EV/Revenue multiple of 2.9x. The selected multiple reflects current market conditions at the reporting
date and considers factors such as growth prospects, profitability, size, and risk profile of the CGU
compared to the peer group. Management has selected the median revenue multiple of comparable
publicly listed companies instead of EBITDA multiple as the most appropriate primary valuation anchor
for the following reasons:
SaaS-Specific Focus: As a SaaS provider, MotorK’s value is driven by its Committed Annual Recurring
Revenue (CARR) and the scalability of its Spark platform. Revenue multiples better capture the long-
term lifetime value (LTV) of the customer base.
Industry Benchmarking: Comparable AutoTech peers in a similar growth phase are typically valued on
top-line multiples until they reach a steady-state maturity (where margins exceed 20-25%).
Applying a market-derived revenue multiple of 2.9x to FY25 reported revenue of €40.9 million results in an
implied fair value of €119 million. This is compared to the CGU carrying value of €43 million, resulting in
headroom of €73 million once estimated costs of disposal are allowed for.
117
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
13. INTANGIBLE ASSETS CONTINUED
Goodwill continued
Based on the results of the Group’s CGU impairment testing, management has concluded that no reasonably
possible change in the key assumptions used in the assessment would result in an impairment of the CGU,
given the level of headroom available. This conclusion is supported by sensitivity analysis carried out, which
indicates that a ±0.5x change in the revenue multiple would not result in a material change in the recoverable
amount of the Groups CGU and would not give rise to an impairment charge.
Management believes that the assumptions used are reasonable and consistent with external sources of
information where available. However, severe downside changes in market conditions or in the underlying
assumptions could lead to different valuations and, consequently, reduce the headroom but not result in
material impairment.
.
118
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
14. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Leasehold land Fixtures Motor Computer Right-of-use
€’000 and buildings and fittings vehicles equipment
assets
Total
Cost
As at 1 January 2024
409
209
34
715
8,555
9,922
Additions
15
12
278
305
Disposals
(96)
(96)
As at 31 December 2024
409
224
34
727
8,737
10,131
Additions
14
673
687
Disposals
(264)
(264)
As at 31 December 2025
409
224
34
741
9,146
10,554
Accumulated depreciation
As at 1 January 2024
343
108
18
414
4,482
5,365
Charge for the year
10
23
12
109
1,311
1,465
Depreciation on disposals
(78)
(78)
As at 31 December 2024
353
131
30
523
5,715
6,752
Charge for the year
10
21
3
97
1,242
1,373
Depreciation on disposals
(151)
(151)
As at 31 December 2025
363
152
33
620
6,806
7,974
Net book value
As at 1 January 2024
66
101
16
301
4,073
4,557
As at 31 December 2024
56
93
4
204
3,022
3,379
As at 31 December 2025
46
72
1
121
2,340
2,58 0
119
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
14. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT CONTINUED
Right-of-use assets amounting to €2.3 million as at 31 December 2025 (€3 million as at 31 December 2024)
are related to the application of IFRS 16 to the lease of the offices of the Group subsidiaries and the lease of
cars assigned to the employees. The overall decrease of €0.7 million is due to the following offsetting reasons:
€0.5 million is mainly related to new car leases net of €1.2 million of depreciation booked during the year.
Right-of-use by underlying asset mainly refers to (i) automobiles for €0.6 million as of 31 December 2025
(€0.6 million as of 31 December 2024) and to (ii) office rental for €1.7 million as of 31 December 2025
(€2.4 million as of 31 December 2024). Total depreciation of the year amount to €1.2 million (€1.3 million in
FY2024) of which €0.7 million (€0.8 million in FY2024) related to office rental and €0.5 million (€0.5 million
in FY2024) related to automobiles. In 2025, the expense relating to low-value assets leases (mainly laptops)
and short-term lease amounted to €0.2 million (€0.2 million in FY2024).
15. INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES AND NON-CURRENT ASSETS – SECURITY DEPOSIT
On 26 March 2025, the Group completed the sale of its remaining 20% stake in Auto XY SpA to GEDI Digital
Srl for a total consideration of €3.5 million. This transaction marks the final step in the divestment of the
DriveK business unit, initiated in December 2022. With its completion, MotorK has successfully finalised its
strategic repositioning, further consolidating its focus on the B2B market, and reinforcing its balance sheet.
The proceeds will be allocated to support the Group’s growth initiatives and drive further innovation in its
SaaS solutions for the automotive retail industry. This strategic step underscores the collective confidence
of both existing and new investors in MotorK’s potential, solidifying their collaborative commitment
to the Groups sustained growth and ongoing success.
Non-current assets – security deposit amounts to €0.2 million as at 31 December 2025 (€0.2 million as at
31 December 2024) and includes deposits made by the Group mainly for the rental of the offices of the
subsidiaries.
16. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
Trade and other receivables are shown in the following table:
€’000
2025
2024
Trade receivables
9,097
11,170
Prepayments
552
995
Other receivables
315
308
VAT receivables
1,067
645
Corporate Tax receivables
716
860
Total trade and other receivables
11,747
13,978
Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables as at 31 December 2025 amounted to €9.1 million compared to €11.2 million as at
31 December 2024.
As at 31 December 2025, trade receivables of €6 million (€6.1 million as at 31 December 2024) were overdue
but not impaired (of which €2.7 million by less than two months and €3.2 million by more than two months as
reported in Note 8). Such not impaired receivables are related to the customers with no default history. The
decrease of overdue receivables not impaired amount to €0.2 million. As above mentioned, such increase
is mainly related to the increase of business with OEM with an average higher DSO compared to the retail
market.
The impairment allowance is a specific provision as provided by IFRS 9, when it is necessary to accrue a bad
debt provision.
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
120
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
16. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES CONTINUED
Trade and other receivables continued
Movements in the impairment allowance for trade receivables are as follows:
€’000
2025
2024
As at 1 January
2,490
1,131
Increase during the year
662
1,359
As at 31 December
3,152
2,490
Prepayments include mainly invoices for software and hosting received in FY2025 related to costs of FY2026.
Tax receivables mainly include the R&D tax grants recognised by Italian tax authorities in relation to R&D
expenses for €0.5 million (€0.7 million as at 31 December 2024).
17. CASH ON HAND AND CASH AT BANKS
The caption Cash on hand and cash at banks amounting to €3.7 million (€3.4 million as at 31 December
2024) is related to cash available in bank accounts of the Group subsidiaries. The amount includes €0.2
million of cash deposited onto prepaid cards used by employees as petty cash as at 31 December 2025 (€0.2
million as at 31 December 2024).
For details of changes during the analysed periods, please refer to the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flow.
Cash on hand and cash at banks are deposited with top-rated banks.
Atempo financial loan has been secured against MotorK Italia S.r.l.s main bank accounts.
18. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES AND TAX PAYABLE
Trade and other payables include:
€’000
2025
2024
Trade payables
1,800
1,675
Accruals
1,963
1,660
Total trade payables
3,763
3,335
Other payables including tax and social security payments
7,768
7,957
Total current trade and other payables
11,531
11,292
Trade payables amount to €1.8 million as at 31 December 2025, compared with €1.7 million as at
31 December 2024.
Accruals include invoices to be received for service rendered in 2025 and liabilities towards employees for
bonuses to be paid. The amount is in line with the balance as at 31 December 2024.
Other payables amounting to €7.8 million as at 31 December 2025 (€7.9 million as at 31 December 2024) includes:
contract liabilities of €2.7 million (€2.5 million as at 31 December 2024). During FY2025, contract
liabilities increased by €2.7 million, while €2.5 million included in the opening balance was recognised as
revenue during the year. During FY2024, contract liabilities increased by €2.5 million, while €2.8 million
included in the opening balance was recognised as revenue during the year;
emoluments to be paid to the Directors of €0.2 million (€0.1 million as at 31 December 2024);
other liabilities towards employees and related social security charges of approximately €4.5 million (€4.7
million as at 31 December 2024). Decrease of the year is mainly related to the reduction of average of FTE
within the Group; and
other minor liabilities of €0.4 million (€0.4 million as at 31 December 2024).
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
121
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
18. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES AND TAX PAYABLE CONTINUED
€’000
2025
2024
Corporate tax liabilities
718
875
VAT liabilities
4,338
2,919
Total tax payable
5,056
3,794
VAT liabilities is mostly composed by VAT debt position of the subsidiaries in Italy, Germany, Spain and France.
The increase is mainly related to VAT liabilities of the last months of FY2025 that will be paid in FY2026.
19. CURRENT AND NON-CURRENT FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Current and non-current financial liabilities include:
€’000
2025
2024
Bank loans
1,892
5,826
Loan with other financial institutions
4,600
13,837
Other financial liabilities
132
507
Total current financial liabilities
6,624
20,170
Current lease liabilities
1,005
1,141
Bank loans
1,981
257
Loan with other financial institutions
7,048
-
Total non-current financial liabilities
9,029
257
Non-current lease liabilities
1,619
2,196
Bank loan and Loan with other financial institutions
The following table sets forth the breakdown of bank loans by counterparty for the years ended
31 December 2025 and 2024:
2025
2024
€’000
Current
Non-current
Current
Non-current
Illimity Bank
1,806
1,810
5,420
-
Atempo Growth
4,600
7,0 4 8
13,837
-
Viceversa
-
-
363
-
Sace - Simest
86
171
43
257
Total
6,492
9,029
19,663
257
The financial loan in place with Illimity Bank amounts to €3.6 million, with a five-year duration and a 0.290
bps margin on Euribor and provides the following financial covenants to be tested annually, starting from
December 2022:
leverage ratio (net financial position/EBITDA); and
gearing ratio (net financial position/net equity).
The loan provides with a quarterly instalments repayment plan starting from March 2024 and it is
guaranteed by SACE-Simest for 90% of the value.
The loan with Viceversa, entered into in February 2024 to support the Groups working capital requirements,
amounted to €0.4 million and bore an interest rate of 5%. The loan was fully repaid by the end of June 2025.
No financial covenants were attached to the facility.
The loan in place with SACE-Simest for €0.3 million was entered into in September 2022 to sustain the
digitalisation process of the Group with a six-year duration and a 0.081% interest rate. No financial
covenants in place.
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
122
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
19. CURRENT AND NON-CURRENT FINANCIAL LIABILITIES CONTINUED
Bank loan and Loan with other financial institutions continued
In October 2023, MotorK Plc entered into a financial loan with Atempo Growth for €4.6 million (net of costs
incurred) in October 2023 to fuel the growth of the business in the third quarter of the year and in FY2024
with a four-year duration and a variable interest rate equal to Euribor 3m plus the spread. A cross-default
clause (non-financial covenant) is in place, linked to the Groups other financial indebtedness. The loan
has been secured against selected assets of MotorK Italia S.r.l., which are bank accounts, trademarks and
MotorK Italia S.r.l.’s shares. During 2024, in March and November, MotorK Plc obtained new loans with
Atempo Growth for a total amount of €9.3 million (net of costs incurred) in March 2024 and in November
2024 with a four-year duration and a variable interest rate equal to Euribor 3m plus the spread. A cross-
default clause (non-financial covenant) is in place, linked to the Groups other financial indebtedness. The
loan has been secured against the same selected assets of MotorK Italia S.r.l. mentioned above.
In December 2025, MotorK obtained waivers from Illimity Bank and Atempo Growth, allowing the Company
not to perform testing of the financial and non-financial covenants in place as at 31 December 2025. The
waivers were granted before the year-end. The next testing date will be 31 December 2026.
As of 31 December 2024, bank loan towards Illimity Bank and loans with other financial institutions towards
Atempo Growth were presented as short-term because the relevant covenant waiver was obtained after the
balance sheet date. As of 31 December 2025, bank loan towards Illimity Bank and loans with other financial
institutions towards Atempo Growth are split according to their contractual maturities.
Other financial liabilities
Other current financial liabilities include the amount of credit cards repaid in the first month of FY2026 for
€0.1 million (€0.2 million as of 31 December 2024). In FY2024 the amount included the remaining portion of
the contingent consideration to be paid in FY2025 for the acquisition of FusionIT NV for €0.4 million.
The changes in financial liabilities, excluding lease liabilities, are shown below:
€’000
Total
Financial liabilities at 1 January 2024
18,891
Repayment of existing loans
(1,862)
New loan with other financial institutions
9,687
Change in other financial liabilities*
(5,083)
Cash changes
2,742
Other non-cash movements**
(1,206)
Financial liabilities at 31 December 2024
20,427
Repayment of existing loans
(4,550)
Change in other financial liabilities***
(163)
Cash changes
(4,713)
Other non-cash movements
(61)
Financial liabilities at 31 December 2025
15,653
* Comprises the payment of the considerations related to the acquisition of FusionIT NV, PDA Dapda SL and GestionaleAuto.com S.r.l.
** Comprises the remeasurement of the deferred consideration under IFRS 3 at FVTPL for €0.9 million due to targets not achieved and €0.3 million of
other non-material non-cash movements.
*** Comprises the payment of the considerations related to the acquisition of FusionIT NV .
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
123
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
19. CURRENT AND NON-CURRENT FINANCIAL LIABILITIES CONTINUED
Other financial liabilities continued
Changes compared with last year are already discussed above.
Finance lease liabilities are secured on the assets to which they relate and are related to the IFRS 16
application on lease agreements in place for offices of the Group subsidiaries and for cars assigned to
employees.
The leases within the scope of IFRS 16 relate to properties and motor vehicles. In 2025, the expense relating
to low-value assets leases (mainly laptops) and short-term lease amounted to €0.2 million (€0.2 million in
FY2024).
Lease liabilities are measured at the present value of the contractual payments due to the lessor over the
lease term, with the discount rate determined by reference to the Groups incremental external borrowing
rate for the particular asset and level of security. After the initial measurement lease liabilities are increased
as a result of interest charged and reduced for lease payments made.
The Group leases office buildings where payments are fixed until the contracts expire. The Group also leases
motor vehicles where payments can be increased if actual mileage is higher than the contracted rates. There
is no other variability in respect of payments and there is not considered to be any significant judgement in
relation to the lease terms.
The following table provides details of lease liabilities:
Land and Motor
€’000 buildings
vehicles
Total
Lease liabilities
As at 1 January 2024
3,503
857
4,360
Cash items:
Lease payments
(941)
(545)
(1,486)
Non-cash items:
New leases in the year
-
291
645
Reduction for disposal of lease
(20)
(20)
Interest expense
150
42
192
As at 31 December 2024
2,692
645
3,337
Cash items:
Lease payments
(903)
(494)
(1,397)
Non-cash items:
New leases in the year
202
471
673
Reduction for disposal of lease
(59)
(64)
(123)
Interest expense
106
28
134
As at 31 December 2025
2,038
586
2,624
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
124
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
19. CURRENT AND NON-CURRENT FINANCIAL LIABILITIES CONTINUED
Other financial liabilities continued
The following table provides details of the Group’s lease liabilities:
As at 31 December
€’000
2025
2024
Repayables as follows:
Under or equal to 1 year
1,005
1,141
> 1–5 years
1,619
2,009
Greater than 5 years
-
187
Total
2,624
3,337
20. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS LIABILITIES
Staff severance indemnity, mandatory pursuant to art. 2120 of the Italian civil code, is a deferred
compensation and is based on the years of service of the employee and on the compensation received
during the period of service. No other significant pension provisions other than staff severance indemnity
booked in the Italian subsidiaries of the Group are included within such caption. According to the national
law, the deferred compensation to be paid when an employee leaves the entity is based on the number
of years of service of the employee and on the taxable remuneration earned by the employee during the
service period, i.e. the capital accumulated when the employment ends. The provisions are due in the event of
retirement, death, invalidity or resignation. During the periods analysed there were no special events, such as
restructuring plans, reductions or regulations.
The Italian legislation regarding this scheme was amended by Law 296 of 27 December 2006 and subsequent
decrees and regulations issued in the first part of 2007. Under these amendments, companies with at
least 50 employees are obliged to transfer the employee benefit liabilities to the ‘Treasury fund’ managed
by the Italian state-owned social security body (INPS) or to supplementary pension funds. Prior to the
amendments, accruing employee benefits liabilities for employees of all Italian companies could be managed
by the Company itself. Consequently, the Italian companies’ obligation to INPS and the contributions to
supplementary pension funds take the form, under IAS 19, of ‘Defined contribution plans’ whereas the
amounts recorded in the provision for employee severance pay retain the nature of ‘Defined benefit plans’.
Accordingly, the provision for employee severance indemnity in Italy consists of the residual obligation for
employee benefits liabilities until 31 December, 2006. This is an unfunded defined benefit plan as the benefits
have already been almost entirely earned, with the sole exception of future revaluations. Since 2007, the
scheme has been classified as a defined contribution plan, and the Group recognises the associated cost,
being the required contributions to the pension funds, over the period in which the employee renders service.
Employee benefit plan costs slightly decreased by €0.2 million as at 31 December 2025 compared with
31 December 2024. According to IAS 19, the liability was determined by an actuarial calculation. The effect
of the actuarial profit, amounting to €0.2 million for the year ended 31 December 2025 (profit of €0.1 million
for the year ended 31 December 2024), has been recognised in Other comprehensive income.
The expected future benefit payments for the defined benefit plan as at 31 December 2025 are as follows:
Maturity profile of defined benefit obligation
€’000
Years
Expected benefit payments during the fiscal year ending 31 December 2026
153
Expected benefit payments during the fiscal year ending 31 December 2027
123
Expected benefit payments during the fiscal year ending 31 December 2028
137
Expected benefit payments during the fiscal year ending 31 December 2029
216
Expected benefit payments during the fiscal year ending 31 December 2030
161
Expected benefit payments during the fiscal year ending 31 December 2031 through
31 December 2035
1,310
The amounts recognised in the Statement of Financial Position are as follows:
€’000
2025
2024
Present value of obligation
(2,10 0)
(2,310)
Fair value of scheme assets
Employee benefit liability
(2,100)
(2,310)
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
125
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
20. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS LIABILITIES CONTINUED
Maturity profile of defined benefit obligation continued
The amounts included within the Statement of Comprehensive Income are as follows:
€’000
2025
2024
Current service costs
412
469
Amount included in personnel costs
412
469
Interest on pension liabilities
72
69
Amount included in finance cost
72
69
Analysis of the amount recognised in Statement of Total Comprehensive Income:
€’000
2025
2024
Experience gain on liabilities
215
92
Net gain
215
92
Changes in the present value of the employee benefit obligation are as follows:
€’000
2025
2024
Opening employee benefit obligation
2,310
2,309
Service cost – continuing operations
412
469
Interest cost
72
69
Actuarial gain
(215)
(92)
Benefit paid
(474)
(326)
Other movements
(5)
(119)
Closing employee benefit obligation
2,10 0
2,310
Expected payments for the year ended 31 December 2026 for the Group amount to €0.1 million.
One of the main assumptions is the discount rate, which should be based on the returns available on high-
quality corporate bonds at the accounting date with a term corresponding to that of liabilities. The other
assumptions should be chosen to reflect a better estimate of future long-term experience. IAS 19 does not
define ‘high quality’, but generally means a security rating of AA.
The defined benefit plan isexposed to a numerous risks, including:
Investment risks: movement of discount rate used (high-quality corporate bonds denominated in the
same currency as the post-employment benefit obligations) against the return from plan assets;
Interest rate risk: decrease/increase in the discount rate used (high-quality corporate bonds) will
decrease/increase the defined benefit obligation;
Longevity risk: changes in the estimation of mortality rates of current and former employees;
Salary risk: increases in future salaries increase the gross defined benefit obligation.
The financial assumptions used for this report at the end of the fiscal year are:
Discount rate: corporate bonds of appropriate duration and quality should be considered in order to
determine a discount rate appropriate for IAS purposes. The discount rates used for assessing current and
previous assessments were chosen based on the Willis Towers Watson (scheme actuaries) rate;
Inflation: the assumed rate of price inflation was assessed by reference to the inflation of the target price
set by the ECB over the medium term with a country-specific adjustment; and
Increase in remuneration: the hypothesis was selected in agreement with the Company.
The average duration of the employee benefit obligation is approximately six years as at 31 December 2025
(six years as at 31 December 2024).
Principal assumptions at the Statement of Financial Position date (expressed as weighted averages) are
as follows:
2025
2024
Discount rate
4.20%
3.40%
Rate of retail price inflation
2.00%
2.00%
Rate of increase in salaries
3.00%
3.00%
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
126
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
20. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS LIABILITIES CONTINUED
Maturity profile of defined benefit obligation continued
The amount for the current and previous periods are as follows:
€’000
2025
2024
Employee benefits obligation
(2,100)
(2,310)
Scheme assets
Deficit
(2,10 0)
(2,310)
Experience adjustments on scheme liabilities
215
92
Sensitivity analysis of the value of employee benefits liabilities is shown below:
€’000
2025
2024
Base case
2,100
2,310
Discount rate +0.5%
(110)
(137)
Discount rate -0.5%
121
153
€’000
2025
2024
Base case
2,100
2,310
Salary rate +0.5%
29
49
Salary rate -0.5%
(22)
(37)
€’000
2025
2024
Base case
2,100
2,310
Price inflation +0.5%
57
65
Price inflation -0.5%
(53)
(57)
21. DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES
Deferred tax are calculated in full-on temporary differences under the liability method using the tax rate of
the country in which such differences have arisen.
The movement of FY2025 deferred tax is shown below:
Deferred Deferred Net Charge
€’000 tax asset tax liability Deferred tax through P&L
Intangible assets
-
1,242
1,242
272
Employee benefits liabilities
-
24
24
(5)
Leases
(396)
396
-
-
Total
(396)
1,662
1,266
267
The movement of FY2024 deferred tax is shown below:
Deferred Deferred Net Charge
€’000 tax asset tax liability Deferred tax through P&L
Intangible assets
-
1,514
1,514
272
Employee benefits liabilities
-
19
19
(13)
Leases
(515)
515
-
-
Total
(515)
2,048
1,533
259
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
127
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
21. DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES CONTINUED
A deferred tax asset has not been recognised for the following table. The unused tax losses must be utilised by
31 December 2031. The deductible temporary differences can be carried forward indefinitely.
2025
Restated 2024*
Tax losses Unrecognised Tax losses Unrecognised
and Other deferred and Other deferred
€’000 tax credits tax assets tax credits tax assets
Assessed losses in UK, Italy, FusionIT and
Israel
86,070
23,612
74,273
20,280
Interest restricted (Corporate Interest
Restriction rules) carried forward
7,108
1,990
5,455
1,527
Temporary differences on lease liabilities
-
52
-
54
Total
93,178
25,654
79,728
21,861
* FY2024 amounts have been restated. Please refer to Note 5 - Prior period restatement - Income and deferred taxation disclosures.
22. PROVISIONS
Provisions classified within liabilities amounts to €0.2 million (€0.1 million as at 31 December 2024) and includes
the provision for certain risk mainly related to litigations in place with some employees who left MotorK and
whose level of risk is assessed as probable by management. The amount is in line with last year.
€’000
2025
2024
Current provisions as at 1 January
121
120
Release of the period
(29)
(85)
Provision for the period
65
29
Reclassification from non-current provision
-
57
Current provisions as at 31 December
157
121
23. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Share capital
The share capital is composed as follows:
2025
2024
Value per Value per
Value share Value share
(€’000)
Number
(€)
(€’000)
Number
(€)
Ordinary shares
480
47,961,395
0.01
459
45,851,891
0.01
Total
480
47,961,395
0.01
459
45,851,891
0.01
During FY2025, share capital changed due to the following items:
issue of 1,803,611 shares related to the reserved capital increase of €5.3 million in March 2025 (of which
€18 thousand as share capital and €5.3 million as share premium) to further bolster the Groups external
growth strategy. The main participants in this strategic round included 83 North, Lucerne, and Zobito;
issue of 287,633 shares related to the exercise of stock-option assigned to the employees resulting in an
increase of €1 million, of which €4 thousand as share capital and €1 million as share premium; and
issue of 18,260 shares related to the earn-out assigned to the former shareholders of Dapda resulting in
an increase of €0.1 million, of which €1 thousand as share capital and €0.1 million as share premium.
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
128
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
23. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY CONTINUED
Share-based payments
The Group operates an equity-settled share-based remuneration scheme for employees, which comprises the
Group Employee Share Option Plan.
EMI Share Option Plan (the Original Share Option Plan)
In October 2021, the Original Share Option Plan, an amended version of the Group share option scheme (the
EMI Share Option Plan), was implemented by the Company in anticipation of the listing of the Company’s
shares. The exercise price was set at the share market value at grant, amounting to €0.337 per share. The
initial option awards have no performance conditions and vest over a four-year period starting from the day
of listing.
Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan (the Omnibus LTIP or LTIP)
In October 2022, a new share-based Long-Term Incentive Plan, the Omnibus LTIP, was adopted by the
Board of Directors further to the approval by the shareholders of the Remuneration Policy. The Omnibus
LTIP envisages various types of share-based incentives that can be granted to employees (including
Executive Directors) of the Company and its subsidiaries. The terms of the Omnibus LTIP are in line with
the Remuneration Policy, which was refined and reapproved in May 2025.
Further to adoption of the Omnibus LTIP, between December 2022 and January 2023, the Board of Directors
awarded Performance Stock Options to Executive Directors, Executive Management and to all other eligible
employees. The exercise price was set at the share market value at grant, ranging between €1.21 and €1.895.
The options will vest over a three-year period and the shares awarded further to exercise of the options will
be subject to a five-year holding period starting from the grant date. For the stock options granted between
December 2022 and January 2023 100% of the options are contingent on achieving an ARR growth of at
least 25% in 2023.
Between February 2023 and December 2023, the Board of Directors awarded another tranche of
Performance Stock Options to Executive Directors, Executive Management and to all other eligible
employees. The exercise price was set at the share market value at grant, ranging between €2.37 and €2.79.
For stock options granted between February 2023 and December 2023, 75% are linked to achieving a 30%
ARR growth over the estimated 2022 year-end ARR by June 30, 2024, and 25% are linked to the achievement
of a Reported Cash EBITDA for FY2023 equal to or greater than negative €10 million. As this second
performance condition was not met, 25% of the options related to this grant have lapsed.
In May 2024, the Board of Directors awarded another tranche of Performance Stock Options to Executive
Directors, executive management and to all other eligible employees. The exercise price was set at the share
market value at grant, with an exercise price of €5.94 per share. For the stock options granted in May 2024,
75% are linked to achieving at least 25% ARR growth over the estimated 2023 year-end ARR, and 25% are
contingent on a positive full-year reported Cash EBITDA for FY2024. As these performance conditions were
not met, 100% of the options related to this grant have lapsed. The value of the grants to the Executive
Directors, based on the market value at the grant date, was below the long-term incentive salary limits set by
the Remuneration Policy.
In May 2025, the Board of Directors declared the options granted under the 2024 LTIP null and void, as
the aforementioned conditions were not met, and subsequently awarded new options to 31 optionees to
remediate the previous grants and ensure continued engagement. In addition, in the same month, the Board
of Directors awarded another tranche of Performance Stock Options to Executive Directors, executive
management and to all other eligible employees. For both grants, the exercise price was set at the market
value of the shares at the time of grant, amounting to €4.52 per share, and the grants are not linked to any
performance conditions. The exercise schedule was structured in three equal instalments over the three-year
vesting period.
In September 2025, the Board of Directors awarded some executive management members in recognition of
the work carried out to date and in consideration of the key activities they will continue to lead in the coming
months. This allocation reflects the Companys appreciation of their ongoing contribution and strategic
role in upcoming initiatives. The exercise price was set at the market value of the shares at the time of grant,
amounting to €4.2 per share, and the grants are not linked to any performance conditions. The exercise
schedule was structured in three equal instalments over the three-year vesting period.
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
129
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
23. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY CONTINUED
Share-based payments continued
Original Share Option Plan
2025
2024
Weighted Weighted
average average
exercise exercise
price price
(€ cents)
Number
(€ cents)
Number
Outstanding at 1 January
34
1,987,348
34
2,458,663
Subdivision of shares
Lapsed during the year
1
34
(30,571)
34
(3,839)
Exercised during the year
34
(212,697)
34
(467,476)
Outstanding at 31 December
34
1,744,080
34
1,987,348
Of which
Vested
1,744,080
1,922,680
Unvested
-
64,668
1 The options lapse when the beneficiary leaves the Company and in the case in which the performance conditions related to the grants are partially/
totally not met.
Omnibus LTIP
a) Grant related to FY2022
2025
2024
Weighted Weighted
average average
exercise exercise
price price
(€)
Number
(€)
Number
Outstanding at 1 January
1.645/1.895
527,809
1.645/1.895
663,018
Subdivision of shares
Lapsed during the year
1
1.645/1.895
(38,917)
1.645/1.895
(107,749)
Exercised during the year
1.645/1.895
(51,672)
1.645/1.895
(27,460)
Outstanding at 31 December
1.645/1.895
437,220
1.645/1.895
527,809
Of which
Vested
374,971
305,137
Unvested
62,249
222,672
1 The options lapse when the beneficiary leaves the Company and in the case in which the performance conditions related to the grants are partially/
totally not met.
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
130
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
23. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY CONTINUED
Share-based payments continued
Omnibus LTIP continued
b) Grant related to January 2023
2025
2024
Weighted Weighted
average average
exercise exercise
price price
(€)
Number
(€)
Number
Outstanding at 1 January
1.21
241,613
1.21
261,613
Subdivision of shares
Granted during the year
Lapsed during the year
1
1.21
(13,333)
Exercised during the year
1.21
(6,667)
Outstanding at 31 December
1.21
241,613
1.21
241,613
Of which
Vested
241,613
161,076
Unvested
-
80,537
1 The options lapse when the beneficiary leaves the Company and in the case in which the performance conditions related to the grants are partially/
totally not met.
c) Grant related to June 2023
2025
2024
Weighted Weighted
average average
exercise exercise
price price
(€)
Number
(€)
Number
Outstanding at 1 January
2.37
348,738
2.37
450,700
Subdivision of shares
Granted during the year
Lapsed during the year
1
2.37
(30,886)
2.37
(99,331)
Exercised during the year
2.37
(23,264)
2.37
(2,631)
Outstanding at 31 December
2.37
294,588
2.37
348,738
Of which
Vested
182,556
110,947
Unvested
112,032
237,791
1 The options lapse when the beneficiary leaves the Company and in the case in which the performance conditions related to the grants are partially/
totally not met.
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
131
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
23. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY CONTINUED
Share-based payments continued
Omnibus LTIP continued
d) Grant related to 9 November 2023
2025
2024
Weighted Weighted
average average
exercise exercise
price price
(€)
Number
(€)
Number
Outstanding at 1 January
2.73
18,750
2.73
18,750
Subdivision of shares
Granted during the year
Lapsed during the year
1
2.73 (14,062)
Outstanding at 31 December
2.73
4,688
2.73
18,750
Of which
Vested
4,688
4,688
Unvested
-
14,062
1 The options lapse when the beneficiary leaves the Company and in the case in which the performance conditions related to the grants are partially/
totally not met.
e) Grant related to 22 November 2023
2024
2024
Weighted Weighted
average average
exercise exercise
price price
(€)
Number
(€)
Number
Outstanding at 1 January
2.79
22,475
2.79
78,525
Subdivision of shares
Granted during the year
Lapsed during the year
1
2.79
(2,100)
2.79
(56,050)
Outstanding at 31 December
2.79
20,375
2.79
22,475
Of which
Vested
12,488
6,870
Unvested
7,887
15,605
1 The options lapse when the beneficiary leaves the Company and in the case in which the performance conditions related to the grants are partially/
totally not met.
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
132
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
23. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY CONTINUED
Share-based payments continued
Omnibus LTIP continued
f) Grant related to 23 May 2024
2025
2024
Weighted Weighted
average average
exercise exercise
price price
(€)
Number
(€)
Number
Outstanding at 1 January
-
-
-
-
Subdivision of shares
Granted during the year
-
-
5.94
923,840
Lapsed during the year
1
-
-
5.94
(923,840)
Outstanding at 31 December
-
-
-
-
Of which
Vested
Unvested
1 The options lapse when the beneficiary leaves the Company and in the case in which the performance conditions related to the grants are partially/
totally not met.
g) Grant related to 5 May 2025
2025
2024
Weighted Weighted
average average
exercise exercise
price price
(€)
Number
(€)
Number
Outstanding at 1 January
-
-
-
-
Subdivision of shares
Granted during the year
4.52
1,959,740
-
-
Lapsed during the year
1
-
-
-
-
Outstanding at 31 December
4.52
1,959,740
-
-
Of which
Vested
256,506
Unvested
1,703,234
1 The options lapse when the beneficiary leaves the Company and in the case in which the performance conditions related to the grants are partially/
totally not met.
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
133
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
2023 2023 2023 2023 2022
(Omnibus LTIP Jan (Omnibus LTIP Jun (Omnibus LTIP (Omnibus LTIP 2022 Original Share
2023) 2023) 9 Nov 2023) 22 Nov 2023) Omnibus LTIP Option Plan
Option pricing model used
Black-Scholes
Black-Scholes
Black-Scholes
Black-Scholes
Black-Scholes
Black-Scholes
Weighted average fair value at grant date (€)
0.7655
1.1306
1.2680
1.2680
0.7650
4.7800
Exercise price (€)
1.21
2.37
2.73
2.79
1.645/1.895
0.337
Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)
8
8
8
8
7
-
Volatility
31.20%
31.59%
31.40%
31.40%
31.20%
31.20%
23. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY CONTINUED
Share-based payments continued
Omnibus LTIP continued
h) Grant related to 18 September 2025
2025
2024
Weighted Weighted
average average
exercise price exercise price
(€)
Number
(€)
Number
Outstanding at 1 January
4.20
-
-
-
Subdivision of shares
Granted during the year
4.20
145,000
-
-
Lapsed during the year
1
-
-
-
-
Outstanding at 31 December
4.20
145,000
-
-
Of which
Vested
-
Unvested
145,000
1 The options lapse when the beneficiary leaves the Company and in the case in which the performance conditions related to the grants are partially/
totally not met.
The following information is relevant in the determination of the fair value of options granted during the year
under the equity-settled share-based remuneration scheme operated by the Group:
2025 2025 2024
(Omnibus LTIP (Omnibus LTIP (Omnibus LTIP
Sep 2025) May 2025) May 2024)
Option pricing model used
Black-Scholes
Black-Scholes
Black-Scholes
Weighted average fair value at
grant date (€)
2.2628
2.4105
1.7227
Exercise price (€)
4.20
4.52
5.94
Weighted average remaining
contractual life (years)
10
10
10
Volatility
38.72%
38.85%
31.40%
134
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
23. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY CONTINUED
Share-based payments continued
The expected price volatility is based on the historic volatility (based on the remaining life of the options),
adjusted for any expected changes to future volatility due to publicly available information. Historic volatility
is estimated looking at the five-year, 50-day median volatility of a sample of comparable companies
operating in the software industry listed on the European stock market (Euronext).
The share-based remuneration expense comprises:
€’000
2025
2024
Equity-settled scheme
1,524
638
Accumulated losses
The decrease of Accumulated losses of €10.2 million compared to the previous year is related to the following
events:
the decrease of €12 million related to the loss of the period;
the increase of €1.5 million related to the share-based remuneration expense;
the decrease of €0.1 million related to the issuance of shares for the contingent consideration assigned to
the former shareholders of Dapda (reclassified into share capital and share premium);
the increase of €0.2 million related to the translation reserve; and
the increase of €0.2 million related to the defined benefit pension scheme.
The last outstanding shares will be issued before 31 December 2026.
24. LOSS PER SHARE
The following table shows loss per share, calculated by dividing the result for the year by the weighted
average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year.
For the year ended
31 December
2025
2024
Loss for the period (in thousands of Euros)
(12,019)
(13,053)
Weighted average number of shares
47,421,469
44,892,098
Loss per share (in Euro)
(0.25)
(0.29)
It should be noted that share-based payments are instruments that could potentially dilute basic earnings per
share in the future (for more information on these instruments reference is made to Note 23 – Shareholders’
equity). However, considering that in periods analysed a loss was registered, potential ordinary shares were not
dilutive as the potential conversion would decrease the loss per share, in accordance with IAS 33.
The increase of the weighted average number of shares is due to the issuance of shares performed during
FY2025 already disclosed above.
25. POST BALANCE SHEET EVENTS
In January 2026, MotorK Plc has obtained a new loan with Atempo Growth for an amount of €2.8 million (net of
costs incurred) with a four-year duration and a variable interest rate equal to Euribor 3m plus the spread. The
additional funds were secured under similar financial terms and conditions as the original facility, reflecting the
continued confidence in MotorK’s business model and financial trajectory. A cross-default clause (non-financial
covenant) is in place, linked to the Group’s other financial indebtedness. The loan has been secured against
selected assets of MotorK Italia S.r.l..
On April 10, 2026, Motork Italia S.r.l. entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (“MoU”) with Underdogs
S.r.l. regarding the potential transfer of seven employees and their related operational know-how dedicated
to digital marketing consulting services.
The completion of this transfer is subject to several conditions precedent, including the finalization of due
diligence and the execution of a definitive Services Agreement. Under this future arrangement, Underdogs
would provide services as a subcontractor for Motork’s existing digital marketing clients, while Motork
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
135
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
25. POST BALANCE SHEET EVENTS CONTINUED
will retain full ownership of the underlying customer contracts. The parties aim to finalize the definitive
agreements within three months of the MoU signature.
On 13 April 2026, the Group successfully executed capital reserved increases of €2.5 million with Underdogs
Group S.r.l.. This round is based on a price per share of €2.75, and results in the issue of 909,091 new ordinary
shares that will be subject to a 12-month lock-up period, underlining the investors’ long-term vision and dedication
to the Group’s success.
The proceeds will be used to further strengthen the Groups financial position and support general corporate
purposes as MotorK continues its path toward sustainable profitability and cashflow.
26. TRANSLATION OF FOREIGN COMPANIES’ FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The exchange rates used to translate non-Euro-zone Company’s financial statements are as follows:
2025 31 Dec 2025
average year-end
exchange exchange
rate rate
Israeli Shekel
3.8934
3.7471
2024 31 Dec 2024
average year-end
exchange exchange
rate rate
Israeli Shekel
4.0044
3.8120
The effect of the translation of MotorK Israel Ltd reporting package amount to €0.2 million (€19 thousand in
FY2024) as reported in the Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss and Other Comprehensive Income.
27. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Compensation of key management personnel of the Group
For the purposes of these disclosures, key management personnel comprise solely the members of the
Board of Directors. Full details of their compensation and the number of shares held are disclosed in the
Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 61-74. Please also refer to the Directors’ Remuneration Report for
information regarding Directors’ shareholdings in the Group. Directors’ compensation is shown in the table on
page 112 under Note 10 – Group Operating Loss.
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
136
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
MOTORK PLC STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
€’000 Note
As at
31 December
2025
Restated
as at
31 December
2024*
Investments 4 87,924 83,124
Non-current assets – security deposits 4 4
Financial assets 5 8,453 10,577
Non-current assets 96,381 93,705
Trade and other receivables 6 6,832 6,443
Financial assets 5 6,768 5,567
Cash at banks 7 438 387
Current assets 14,038 12,397
Total assets 110,419 106,102
Trade and other payables 8 3,386 3,026
Current financial liabilities 9 7,772 17,010
Current liabilities 11,158 20,036
Non-current financial liabilities 9 7,048 -
Non-current liabilities 7,048 -
Total liabilities 18,206 20,036
Share capital 10 480 459
Share premium 10 88,730 82,956
Merger reserve 10 3,627 3,627
Accumulated losses 10 (624) (976)
Total equity 92,213 86,066
Total liabilities and equity 110,419 106,102
* The Statement of Financial Position as of 31 December 2024 has been restated. Please refer to the Note 2 -
Accounting Policies - Prior year restatement.
The Company has taken advantage of the exemption allowed under Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006
and has not prepared its own Statement of Comprehensive Income in these financial statements. The loss
after tax of the Parent Company for the year was €1 million (2024: loss of €15 million).
The notes on pages 139-152 form part of the Parent Financial Statements. The Parent Financial Statements
on pages 136-138 were signed on 29 April 2026 on its behalf by:
Amir Rosentuler
Chief Executive Officer
29 April 2026
137
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
MOTORK PLC STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
€’000
Share
capital
Share
premium
Merger
reserve
Retained
earnings/
(Accumulated
loss)
Total
attributable to
equity holders
of parent
1 January 2024 407 68,093 3,627 14,986 87,113
Comprehensive loss for the period
Loss for period (15,043) (15,043)
Total comprehensive loss for the period (15,043) (15,043)
Contributions by and distributions to owners
Issue of shares
1
52 14,863 14,915
Share-based payment 821 821
Share-based payment exercised (600) (600)
Reversal of share-based payments charges
1
(1,140) (1,140)
Total contributions by and distributions to owners 52 14,863 (919) 13,996
31 December 2024 459 82,956 3,627 (976) 86,066
1 Please refer to Note 10 for further details.
138
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
€’000
Share
capital
Share
premium
Merger
reserve
Retained
earnings/
(Accumulated
loss)
Total
attributable to
equity holders
of parent
1 January 2025 459 82,956 3,627 (976) 86,066
Comprehensive income for the period
Loss for period - - - (1,053) (1,053)
Total comprehensive loss for the period - - - (1,053) (1,053)
Contributions by and distributions to owners
Issue of shares
1
21 5,774 - - 5,795
Share-based payment - - - 1,524 1,524
Share-based payment exercised - - - (119) (119)
Total contributions by and distributions to owners 21 5,774 - 1,405 7,200
31 December 2025 480 88,730 3,627 (624) 92,213
1 Please refer to Note 10 for further details.
Share capital represents the nominal value of share capital subscribed for. Share premium represents amounts subscribed for share capital in excess of the nominal value, less related costs of share issues.
MOTORK PLC STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY CONTINUED
139
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE MOTORK PLC FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. GENERAL INFORMATION
MotorK Plc (the Company or the Parent Company) is a Company incorporated in the UK, with the Company
Registration number 09259000. The registered office is on the 5th Floor, One New Change, London, England,
EC4M 9AF, listed from November 2021 on Euronext Amsterdam.
The Parent Company is the holding company of a Group that offers a cloud-based holistic SaaS platform
(named SparK) to support the full vehicle lifecycle and the entire customer journey. SparK can be used to
manage the digital presence of a small single showroom dealer as well as support the sales and marketing
functions of a regional network of franchise dealerships for an automotive OEM across EMEA.
As of 31 December 2025, the main shareholders of the Parent Company are 83 North, who directly holds
approximately 21% of the share capital, Lucerne, who holds approximately 25% of the share capital and the
original founders Marco Marlia (President of the Group), Marco De Michele, and Fabio Gurgone own roughly
11% each of the share capital.
2. ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of preparation of financial statements
The Parent Company financial statements of MotorK Plc (the Company) have been prepared in accordance
with Financial Reporting Standard 100 Application of Financial Reporting Requirements and Financial
Reporting Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework, and as required by the Companies Act 2006.
The financial statements are prepared under the historical cost convention as modified for financial
instruments that are measured at fair value.
Disclosure exemptions adopted
In preparing these financial statements, the Company has taken advantage of all disclosure exemptions
conferred by FRS 101. Therefore, these financial statements do not include:
certain comparative information as otherwise required by UK-adopted international accounting standards;
certain disclosures regarding the Company’s capital;
a statement of cash flows;
the effect of future accounting standards not yet adopted;
the disclosure of the remuneration of key management personnel; and
disclosure of related party transactions with other wholly owned members of the Group headed by
MotorK Plc.
In addition, and in accordance with FRS 101, further disclosure exemptions have been adopted as equivalent
disclosures are included in the Consolidated Financial Statements of MotorK Plc. These financial statements
do not include certain disclosures in respect of:
business combinations;
financial instruments (other than certain disclosures required as a result of recording financial
instruments at fair value);
fair value measurement (other than certain disclosures required as a result of recording financial
instruments at fair value); and
impairment of assets.
Investments
Equity investments in subsidiaries are entered at the consideration paid to acquire the Company or at the
value subscribed for the incorporation. Management periodically review the value of the investments to
detect any possible impairment indicators. Should such indicators arise, an impairment test is carried out to
evaluate if book value is higher than the greater between fair value less cost of disposal and value in use.
Financial assets
The Company’s financial assets are classified on the basis of the business model adopted to manage them
and the characteristics of the related cash flows.
a) Financial assets valued at amortised cost
These are financial loans, other receivables cash on hand and cash at banks.
Other receivables and loans are initially recognised in the financial statements at their fair value increased by
any directly attributable accessory costs to the transactions that generated them. At the time of subsequent
measurement, financial assets were shown at amortised cost, using the effective interest rate. The effects of
this measurement are recognised as a financial income component.
The Company values receivables by adopting an expected loss impairment model.
140
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
2. ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED
Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities include financial payables, trade payables and other payables.
Amounts due to banks and other lenders are initially recognised at fair value net of directly attributable
transaction costs and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.
If there is a change in the expected cash flows, the value of the liabilities is recalculated to reflect this change
based on the current value of the new expected cash flows and the initially determined internal rate of return.
Trade payables are obligations to pay for goods or services acquired from suppliers in the ordinary course
of business. Trade payables are classified as current liabilities if they are paid within one year of the balance
sheet date. Otherwise, these payables are classified as non-current liabilities.
Trade and other payables are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured using the
amortised cost method.
Financial liabilities are eliminated from the financial statements when the obligation underlying the
liability is extinguished, cancelled or fulfilled. Contingent considerations classified as financial liabilities are
measured at FVTPL. Ancillary costs incurred on recognition of the liability are immediately recognised in the
Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss and Other Comprehensive Income. On subsequent measurement,
FVTPL financial liabilities are measured at fair value.
With reference to the derecognition of a financial liability, new records must be created for its extinguished
and the recognition of a new liability if the contractual terms are substantially different. The terms are
considerably different if the actualised value of the financial flow under the new terms, including any fee
paid net of the fee received and actualised using the original interest rate, are at least 10% different from
the actualised value of the remaining financial flows of the original financial liability. If the exchange of debt
instruments or the change in the terms are recognised as an extinction, any costs or fees paid are recorded
as income or losses associated with the extinction. If the exchange or modification are not recognised as
extinction, any costs or fees sustained will adjust the accounting value of the liability and will be amortised
over the remaining term of the liability in question.
Share-based payments
The Group provides share-based payment arrangements to certain employees, including earn-out
arrangements settled in shares to employees of acquired businesses.
Where equity-settled share options are awarded to employees, the fair value of the options at the date of grant
is charged to the Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss and Other Comprehensive Income over the vesting
period. Non-market vesting conditions are taken into account by adjusting the number of equity instruments
expected to vest at each reporting date so that, ultimately, the cumulative amount recognised over the vesting
period is based on the number of options that eventually vest. Non-vesting conditions and market vesting
conditions are factored into the fair value of the options granted. As long as all other vesting conditions are
satisfied, a charge is made irrespective of whether the market vesting conditions are satisfied. The cumulative
expense is not adjusted for failure to achieve a market vesting condition or where a non-vesting condition is not
satisfied.
Where the terms and conditions of options are modified before they vest, the increase in the fair value of
the options, measured immediately before and after the modification, is also charged to the Consolidated
Statement of Profit and Loss and Other Comprehensive Income over the remaining vesting period. Costs
incurred for share-based
payments are charged to the subsidiaries of the Group on the basis of certain intercompany agreements
stipulated between the Parent Company and the subsidiaries.
Prior year restatement
IAS 32 states that an entity must currently have a legally enforceable right to set-off financial assets and
financial liabilities with the same counterparty to follow a net presentation approach. In the course of the
current year review, the Company identified an error in the presentation of certain financial items in the prior
period statement of financial position.
Specifically, an amount relating to remaining accrued interest on a financial receivable towards MotorK Italia
S.r.l., for which the principal amount has been converted into a capital contribution in FY2024, had been
offset against a financial liability with MotorK Italia S.r.l. within current financial liabilities instead of following
a gross presentation in current financial assets for an amount of €2.1 million.
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE MOTORK PLC FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
141
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
2. ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED
Prior year restatement continued
Accordingly, the prior year comparative figures have been restated to reclassify this amount from current
financial liabilities to current financial assets. This reclassification has no impact on total equity or net income
as previously reported but only affects the presentation within the statement of financial position and related
notes.
The table below summarises the impact of prior year restatement mentioned above:
Statement of financial position (extract)
€’000
As at
31 December
2024
Reclassification
from current
financial
liabilities to
current financial
assets
Restated
as at
31 December
2024
Financial assets 3,470 2,097 5,567
Current assets 10,300 2,097 12,397
Total assets 104,005 2,097 106,102
Current financial liabilities 14,913 2,097 17,010
Current liabilities 17,939 2,097 20,036
Total liabilities 17,939 2,097 20,036
Total liabilities and equity 104,005 2,097 106,102
3. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS
The preparation of the Company’s financial statements requires management to make judgements,
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities,
and the accompanying disclosures, and the disclosure of contingent liabilities. Uncertainty about these
assumptions and estimates could result in outcomes that require a material adjustment to the carrying
amount of assets or liabilities affected in future periods. Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated
based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to
be reasonable under the circumstances.
Estimates and assumptions
Impairment of investments
At each reporting date, the Company assesses whether there is an indication that investments in subsidiaries
may be impaired. If any such indication exists, the Company makes an estimate of the asset’s recoverable
amount. The recoverable amount is defined as the higher of (i) the fair value of the investment less costs of
disposal and (ii) its value in use. Where the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount,
the asset is considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable amount. Any resulting impairment is
recognised in the income statement. An assessment is made at each reporting date as to whether there is any
indication that previously recognised impairment losses may no longer exist or may have decreased. If such
an indication exists, the Company makes an estimate of the recoverable amount. A previously recognised
impairment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the asset’s
recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognised. If that is the case, the carrying amount of
the asset is increased to its recoverable amount, up to a maximum of the carrying amount that would have
been determined if no impairment loss had been recognised for the asset in prior periods. Such a reversal is
recognised in the income statement. The key assumptions used to determine the recoverable amount for the
different investment, including a sensitivity analysis, are disclosed and further explained in Note 4.
For the single CGU assessed for impairment, management has made several key assumptions, including:
Enterprise Value/Revenue multiple: the fair value has been estimated using a market approach based on
an EV/Revenue multiple derived from a selection of comparable listed companies operating in the same
industry. The selected multiple reflects current market conditions at the reporting date and considers
factors such as growth prospects, profitability, size, and risk profile of the CGU compared to the peer
group; and
Median Revenue multiple instead of EBITDA multiple: MotorK’s valuation is driven by Revenue multiples rather
than EBITDA to better reflect its long-term LTV and CARR, aligning with AutoTech industry benchmarking for
high-growth SaaS platforms that have not yet reached steady-state maturity.
Management believes that these assumptions are reasonable based on current available information; however,
changes in market conditions, unforeseen events, or shifts in strategy could significantly affect the outcome of
impairment testing.
The sensitivity of the impairment test to changes in these assumptions is disclosed in the this Annual Report - Note
4 - Investments.
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE MOTORK PLC FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
142
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
4. INVESTMENTS
€’000 2025 2024
Cost
At 1 January 100,124 62,359
Increase 4,800 37,765
At 31 December 104,924 10 0,124
Impairment provisions
At 1 January (17,000) -
Movement in year - (17,000)
At 31 December (17,000) (17,000)
Net book value 87,924 83,124
The value of the investments amounting to €104.9 million is entirely related to the equity investments in the
100% of the shares of MotorK Italia S.r.l. The increase of the year is related to a capital contribution of €4.8
million following the capital injection dated 14 March 2025 on MotorK Plc. For further information, regarding
the capital injection, please refer to Note 10 - Shareholders equity. In addition, shares held in MotorK Italia
S.r.l. have been secured in favour of Atempo loan.
Carrying value of the investment as at 31 December 2025 amounts to €87.9 million (€83.1 million as at
31 December 2024).
In accordance with IAS 36, impairment triggers assessment performed. Impairment indicators identified and
impairment assessment completed for the investment.
The recoverable amount of the investment is determined using fair value less cost of disposal (FVLCD) calculation,
being higher than the value in use.
Management assessed the FVLCD using a market-based valuation approach based on an EV/Revenue multiple
derived from a selection of comparable listed companies operating in the same industry and benchmarked these
with group’s market capitalisation. The group used level 2 – observable inputs - revenue multiple of similar listed
business and recent equity funding transactions. The methodology applied is consistent with that used for the
goodwill impairment assessment performed at the Group level (refer to Note 13 - Intangible assets of the Group’s
financial statements), with adjustments made to reflect company-specific circumstances and considerations.
Based on a market-derived revenue multiple of 2.9x applied to FY2025 revenue of €40.9 million, and after
adjusting for items such as parent company external debt and intercompany balances, the derived fair value
less costs of disposal (FVLCD) is €109 million. This compares to the the investment carrying value of €88 million,
resulting in headroom of €21 million.
Based on the results of the investment impairment testing, management has concluded that no reasonably
possible change in the key assumptions used in the assessment would result in an impairment of the parent
company’s investments, given the level of headroom available. This conclusion is supported by sensitivity analysis
carried out, which indicates that a ±0.5x change in the revenue multiple would not result in a material change in the
recoverable amount of the parent company’s investments and would not give rise to an impairment charge.
Management believes that the assumptions used are reasonable and consistent with external sources of
information where available. However, severe downside changes in market conditions or in the underlying
assumptions could lead to different valuations and, consequently, reduce the headroom but do not result in
material impairment.
With respect to the impairment loss recognised on MotorK Italia’s investment in the prior financial year,
management has assessed, in accordance with IAS 36, whether there are indicators that the impairment loss
may no longer exist or may have decreased. Although the Group’s business performance has improved and
the recoverable amount supports the carrying value of the investment as at 31 December 2025, management
notes that valuation uncertainties and limited headroom persist. Accordingly, management has concluded that
a reversal of the impairment loss is not appropriate, and no reversal has been recognised in the current year’s
financial statements.
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE MOTORK PLC FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
143
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
5. CURRENT AND NON-CURRENT FINANCIAL ASSETS
Current and non-current financial assets are related to the following receivables towards MotorK Italia S.r.l.:
€13 million related to the shareholder loan stipulated in October 2023, March 2024 and November
2024 (mirroring the financial loan entered into with Atempo Growth in October 2023, March 2024 and
November 2024). Main terms of such intercompany loan are interest rate calculated as Euribor 3M plus
the spread equal to 9.25% with a four-year duration and the monthly tranches repayment starting
respectively from October 2024, March 2025 and November 2025. The current portion classified as
current financial assets amounts to €6.8 million.
€2.2 million related to the interests portion of the financial receivables towards MotorK Italia S.r.l.
converted in a capital contribution in the previous year. In the prior year, this amount had been offset
against a financial liability with MotorK Italia S.r.l. within current financial liabilities instead of following
a gross presentation in current financial assets for an amount of €2.1 million. Accordingly, the prior year
comparative figures have been restated to reclassify this amount from current financial liabilities to
current financial assets.
Intercompany current and non-current financial assets are evaluated using an expected credit loss (ECL)
model in accordance with IFRS 9. As of December 31, 2025, the Company holds a gross intercompany
financial asset of €15.2 million due from its subsidiary, MotorK Italia S.r.l. Management has assessed the
counterparty subsidiary to be of low credit risk, given its robust capacity to meet its contractual cash flow
obligations in the near term. Consequently, the Company has applied the 12-month ECL approach (Stage 1).
By utilizing a practical short-cut method - which assumes a 1-year probability of default (PD) equivalent to
the lowest investment grade (BBB-/Baa3) and a maximum possible loss in the event of default (100% LGD) -
the estimated 12-month ECL over the intercompany financial assets resulted in a negligible provision. On this
basis, the Company concluded that the ECL provision is immaterial and, therefore, no impairment provision
has been recognised in the financial statements.
6. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLE
€’000 2025 2024
Amounts owed from Group undertakings 6,496 6,099
Prepayments 27 134
Other receivables 309 210
Total trade and other receivables 6,832 6,443
Amounts owed from Group undertakings amounting to €6.5 million (€6.1 million as at 31 December 2024)
are mainly related to the recharge of stock options accrual to the subsidiaries and are in line with the previous
period. For further details, please refer to Note 12 on Related Parties Transactions.
7. CASH AT BANKS
The caption cash at banks amounting to €0.4 million (2024: €0.4 million) is related to cash available in bank
accounts of MotorK Plc.
8. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES
€’000
Current 2025 2024
Trade payables - 106
Amounts owed to Group undertakings 2,873 2,607
Other payables 454 282
Accruals 59 31
Total current liabilities 3,386 3,026
For details of the payables towards Group companies, please refer to Note 12 - Related Parties Transactions.
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE MOTORK PLC FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
144
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
9. CURRENT AND NON-CURRENT FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
€’000
Current 2025
Restated
2024*
Loan with other financial institutions 4,599 13,837
Amounts owed to Group undertakings 3,173 3,173
Total current financial liabilities 7,772 17,010
€’000
Non-current 2025 2024
Loan with other financial institutions 7,048
-
Total current financial liabilities 7,048 -
€’000 2025 2024
Non-current financial liabilities are repayable as follows:
> 1 year or 2 years 5,255 -
2 to 5 years 1,793 -
Total non-current financial liabilities 7,048 -
* FY2024 Amounts owed to Group undertakingshas been restated. Please refer to the Note 2 - Accounting Policies - Prior
year restatement.
In October 2023, MotorK Plc entered into a financial loan with Atempo Growth for €4.6 million (net of costs
incurred) to fuel the growth of the business in the third quarter of the year and in FY2024 with a four-year
duration and a variable interest rate equal to Euribor 3m plus the spread. A cross-default clause (non-
financial covenant) is in place, linked to the Groups other financial indebtedness. The loan has
been secured against selected assets of MotorK Italia S.r.l., which are bank accounts, trademarks and
MotorK Italia S.r.l.’s shares. During 2024, in March and November, MotorK Plc obtained new loans with
Atempo Growth for a total amount of €9.3 million (net of costs incurred) with a four-year duration and a
variable interest rate equal to Euribor 3m plus the spread. A cross-default clause (non-financial covenant)
is in place, linked to the Group’s other financial indebtedness. The loan has been secured against the same
selected assets of MotorK Italia S.r.l. mentioned above.
Following the negative Adjusted EBITDA reported for the year ended 31 December 2025, MotorK obtained
waivers from Illimity Bank and Atempo Growth, allowing the Company not to perform testing of the financial
and non-financial covenants in place as at 31 December 2025. The waivers were granted before the year-
end. The next testing date will be 31 December 2026.
As of 31 December 2024, loans with other financial institutions towards Atempo Growth were presented
as short-term because the relevant covenant waiver was obtained after the balance sheet date. As of
31 December 2025, loans with other financial institutions towards Atempo Growth are split according to their
contractual maturities.
10. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Share capital
The share capital is composed as follows:
2025 2024
Value
(€’000) Number
Value per
share
(€)
Value
(€’000) Number
Value per
share
(€)
Ordinary shares 480 47,961,395 0.01 459 45,851,891 0.01
Total 480 47,961,395 0.01 459 45,851,891 0.01
During the financial year 2025 share capital changed due to the following items:
issue of 1,803,611 shares related to the reserved capital increase of both €5.3 million in March 2025 (of
which €18 thousand as share capital and €5.3 million as share premium) to further bolster the Groups
external growth strategy. The main participants in this strategic round included 83 North, Lucerne, and
Zobito;
issue of 287,633 shares related to the exercise of stock-option assigned to the employees resulting in an
increase of €1 million, of which €4 thousand as share capital and €1 million as share premium;
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE MOTORK PLC FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
145
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
10. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY CONTINUED
Share capital continued
issue of 18,260 shares related to the earn-out assigned to the former shareholders of Dapda resulting in
an increase of €0.1 million of which €1 thousand as share capital and €0.1 million as share premium.
Share-based payments
The Group operates an equity-settled share-based remuneration scheme for employees, which comprises the
Group Employee Share Option Plan.
EMI Share Option Plan (the Original Share Option Plan)
In October 2021, the Original Share Option Plan, an amended version of the Group share option scheme (the
EMI Share Option Plan), was implemented by the Company in anticipation of the listing of the Company’s
shares. The exercise price was set at the share market value at grant, amounting to €0.337 per share. The
initial option awards have no performance conditions and vest over a four-year period starting from the day
of listing.
Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan (the Omnibus LTIP or LTIP)
In October 2022, a new share-based Long-Term Incentive Plan, the Omnibus LTIP, was adopted by the
Board of Directors further to the approval by the shareholders of the Remuneration Policy. The Omnibus
LTIP envisages various types of share-based incentives that can be granted to employees (including
Executive Directors) of the Company and its subsidiaries. The terms of the Omnibus LTIP are in line with
the Remuneration Policy, which was refined and reapproved in May 2025.
Further to adoption of the Omnibus LTIP, between December 2022 and January 2023, the Board of Directors
awarded Performance Stock Options to Executive Directors, Executive Management and to all other eligible
employees. The exercise price was set at the share market value at grant, ranging between €1.21 and €1.895.
The options will vest over a three-year period and the shares awarded further to exercise of the options will
be subject to a five-year holding period starting from the grant date. For the stock options granted between
December 2022 and January 2023 100% of the options are contingent on achieving an ARR growth of at
least 25% in 2023.
Between February 2023 and December 2023, the Board of Directors awarded another tranche of
Performance Stock Options to Executive Directors, Executive Management and to all other eligible
employees. The exercise price was set at the share market value at grant, ranging between €2.37 and €2.79.
For stock options granted between February 2023 and December 2023, 75% are linked to achieving a 30%
ARR growth over the estimated 2022 year-end ARR by June 30, 2024, and 25% are linked to the achievement
of a Reported Cash EBITDA for FY2023 equal to or greater than negative €10 million. As this second
performance condition was not met, 25% of the options related to this grant have lapsed.
In May 2024, the Board of Directors awarded another tranche of Performance Stock Options to Executive
Directors, executive management and to all other eligible employees. The exercise price was set at the share
market value at grant, with an exercise price of €5.94 per share. For the stock options granted in May 2024,
75% are linked to achieving at least 25% ARR growth over the estimated 2023 year-end ARR, and 25% are
contingent on a positive full-year Reported Cash EBITDA for FY2024. As these performance conditions were
not met, 100% of the options related to this grant have lapsed. The value of the grants to the Executive
Directors, based on the market value at the grant date, was below the long-term incentive salary limits set by
the Remuneration Policy.
In May 2025, the Board of Directors declared the options granted under the 2024 LTIP null and void, as
the aforementioned conditions were not met, and subsequently awarded new options to 31 optionees to
remediate the previous grants and ensure continued engagement. In addition, in the same month, the Board
of Directors awarded another tranche of Performance Stock Options to Executive Directors, executive
management and to all other eligible employees. For both grants, the exercise price was set at the market
value of the shares at the time of grant, amounting to €4.52 per share, and the grants are not linked to any
performance conditions. The exercise schedule was structured in three equal instalments over the three-year
vesting period.
In September 2025, the Board of Directors awarded some executive management members in recognition of
the work carried out to date and in consideration of the key activities they will continue to lead in the coming
months. This allocation reflects the Companys appreciation of their ongoing contribution and strategic
role in upcoming initiatives. The exercise price was set at the market value of the shares at the time of grant,
amounting to €4.2 per share, and the grants are not linked to any performance conditions. The exercise
schedule was structured in three equal instalments over the three-year vesting period.
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE MOTORK PLC FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
146
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
10. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY CONTINUED
Share-based payments continued
Original Share Option Plan
2025 2024
Weighted
average
exercise
price
(€ cents) Number
Weighted
average
exercise
price
(€ cents) Number
Outstanding at 1 January 34 1,987,348 34 2,458,663
Subdivision of shares
Lapsed during the year
1
34 (30,571) 34 (3,839)
Exercised during the year 34 (212,697) 34 (467,476)
Outstanding at 31 December 34 1,744,080 34 1,987,348
Of which
Vested 1,744,080 1,922,680
Unvested - 64,668
1 The options lapse when the beneficiary leaves the Company and in the case in which the performance conditions related to the grants are partially/
totally not met.
Omnibus LTIP
a) Grant related to FY2022
2025 2024
Weighted
average
exercise
price
(€) Number
Weighted
average
exercise price
(€) Number
Outstanding at 1 January 1.645/1.895 527,809 1.645/1.895 663,018
Subdivision of shares
Lapsed during the year
1
1.645/1.895 (38,917) 1.645/1.895 (107,749)
Exercised during the year 1.645/1.895 (51,672) 1.645/1.895 (27,460)
Outstanding at 31 December 1.645/1.895 437,220 1.645/1.895 527,809
Of which
Vested 374,971 305,137
Unvested 62,249 222,672
1 The options lapse when the beneficiary leaves the Company and in the case in which the performance conditions related to the grants are partially/
totally not met.
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE MOTORK PLC FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
147
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
10. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY CONTINUED
Share-based payments continued
Omnibus LTIP continued
b) Grant related to January 2023
2025 2024
Weighted
average
exercise
price
(€) Number
Weighted
average
exercise
price
(€) Number
Outstanding at 1 January 1.21 241,613 1.21 261,613
Subdivision of shares
Granted during the year
Lapsed during the year
1
1.21 (13,333)
Exercised during the year 1.21 (6,667)
Outstanding at 31 December 1.21 241,613 1.21 241,613
Of which
Vested
241,613 161,076
Unvested - 80,537
1 The options lapse when the beneficiary leaves the Company and in the case in which the performance conditions related to the grants are partially/
totally not met.
c) Grant related to June 2023
2025 2024
Weighted
average
exercise
price
(€) Number
Weighted
average
exercise
price
(€) Number
Outstanding at 1 January 2.37 348,738 2.37 450,700
Subdivision of shares
Granted during the year
Lapsed during the year
1
2.37 (30,886) 2.37 (99,331)
Exercised during the year 2.37 (23,264) 2.37 (2,631)
Outstanding at 31 December 2.37 294,588 2.37 348,738
Of which
Vested 182,556 110,947
Unvested 112,032 237,791
1 The options lapse when the beneficiary leaves the Company and in the case in which the performance conditions related to the grants are partially/
totally not met.
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE MOTORK PLC FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
148
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
10. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY CONTINUED
Share-based payments continued
Omnibus LTIP continued
d) Grant related to 9 November 2023
2025 2024
Weighted
average
exercise
price
(€) Number
Weighted
average
exercise
price
(€) Number
Outstanding at 1 January 2.73 18,750 2.73 18,750
Subdivision of shares
Granted during the year
Lapsed during the year
1
2.73
(14,062)
Outstanding at 31 December 2.73 4,688 2.73 18,750
Of which
Vested 4,688 4,688
Unvested - 14,062
1 The options lapse when the beneficiary leaves the Company and in the case in which the performance conditions related to the grants are partially/
totally not met.
e) Grant related to 22 November 2023
2025 2024
Weighted
average
exercise
price
(€) Number
Weighted
average
exercise
price
(€) Number
Outstanding at 1 January 2.79 22,475 2.79 78,525
Subdivision of shares
Granted during the year
Lapsed during the year
1
2.79 (2,100) 2.79 (56,050)
Outstanding at 31 December 2.79 20,375 2.79 22,475
Of which
Vested 20,375 6,870
Unvested - 15,605
1 The options lapse when the beneficiary leaves the Company and in the case in which the performance conditions related to the grants are partially/
totally not met.
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE MOTORK PLC FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
149
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE MOTORK PLC FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
10. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY CONTINUED
Share-based payments continued
Omnibus LTIP continued
f) Grant related to 23 May 2024
2025 2024
Weighted
average
exercise
price
(€) Number
Weighted
average
exercise
price
(€) Number
Outstanding at 1 January - - - -
Subdivision of shares
Granted during the year - - 5.94 923,840
Lapsed during the year
1
- - 5.94 (923,840)
Outstanding at 31 December - - - -
Of which
Vested
Unvested
1 The options lapse when the beneficiary leaves the Company and in the case in which the performance conditions related to the grants are partially/
totally not met.
g) Grant related to 5 May 2025
2025 2024
Weighted
average
exercise
price
(€) Number
Weighted
average
exercise
price
(€) Number
Outstanding at 1 January - - - -
Subdivision of shares
Granted during the year 4.52 1,959,740 - -
Lapsed during the year
1
- - - -
Outstanding at 31 December 4.52 1,959,740 - -
Of which
Vested 256,506
Unvested 1,703,234
1 The options lapse when the beneficiary leaves the Company and in the case in which the performance conditions related to the grants are partially/
totally not met.
150
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE MOTORK PLC FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
10. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY CONTINUED
Share-based payments continued
Omnibus LTIP continued
h) Grant related to 18 September 2025
2025 2024
Weighted
average
exercise price
(€) Number
Weighted
average
exercise price
(€) Number
Outstanding at 1 January 4.20 - - -
Subdivision of shares
Granted during the year 4.20 145,000 - -
Lapsed during the year
1
- - - -
Outstanding at 31 December 4.20 145,000 - -
Of which
Vested -
Unvested 145,000
1 The options lapsed when the beneficiary left the Company and in the case in which the performance conditions related to the grants are partially/ totally not met.
151
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
10. SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY CONTINUED
Share-based payments continued
The following information is relevant in the determination of the fair value of options granted during the year under the equity-settled share-based remuneration scheme operated by the Group:
2025
(Omnibus LTIP
Sep 2025)
2025
(Omnibus LTIP
May 2025)
2024
(Omnibus LTIP
May 2024)
2023
(Omnibus LTIP
Jan 2023)
2023
(Omnibus LTIP
Jun 2023)
2023
(Omnibus LTIP
9Nov 2023)
2023
(Omnibus LTIP
22Nov 2023)
2022
Omnibus LTIP
2022
Original Share
Option Plan
Option pricing model used Black-Scholes Black-Scholes Black-Scholes Black-Scholes Black-Scholes Black-Scholes Black-Scholes Black-Scholes Black-Scholes
Weighted average fair value at grant
date (€) 2.2628 2.4105 1.7227 0.7655 1.1306 1.2680 1.2680 0.7650 4.7800
Exercise price (€) 4.20 4.52 5.94 1.21 2.37 2.73 2.79 1.645/1.895 0.337
Weighted average remaining
contractual life (years) 10 10 10 8 8 8 8 7 -
Volatility 38.72% 38.85% 31.40% 31.20% 31.59% 31.40% 31.40% 31.20% 31.20%
The expected price volatility is based on the historic volatility (based on the remaining life of the options), adjusted for any expected changes to future volatility due to publicly available information. Historic volatility is
estimated looking at the five-year, 50-day median volatility of a sample of comparable companies operating in the software industry listed on the European stock market (Euronext).
Accumulated losses
The decrease of Accumulated losses of €0.6 million compared to the previous year is related to the following events:
the decrease of €1 million related to the loss of the period;
the increase of €1.5 million related to the share-based remuneration expense; and
the decrease of €0.1 million related to the issuance of shares for the contingent consideration assigned to the former shareholders of Dapda (reclassified into share capital and share premium).
The last outstanding shares will be issued before 31 December 2026.
152
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
NOTES FORMING PART OF THE MOTORK PLC FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
11. DEFERRED TAX
The Company has estimated trading losses totalling approximately €12 million (€10.9 million in FY2024). A deferred tax asset of approximately €3 million (€2.7 million in FY2024) has not been recognised due to the
uncertainty as to when the loss will be utilised. As disclosed in Note 5 – Prior period restatements to the Groups consolidated financial statements, the comparative disclosure of unrecognised assessed losses and related
unrecognised deferred tax assets at the parent company level has been restated following the identification of an error in the prior-year tax computations.
12. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Compensation of key management personnel of the Group. Full details of the compensation of key management personnel are given in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 61-74. Directors’ compensations are
shown in the table on page 112 under Note 10 - Group Operating Loss.
Transactions with related parties are related to receivables and payables booked towards companies of the Group, namely:
€’000
2025 Restated 2024*
Trade and other
receivables
Trade and other
payables
Financial
assets
Financial
liabilities
Trade and other
receivables
Trade and other
payables
Financial
assets
Financial
liabilities
MotorK Italia S.r.l. 3,029 2,756 15,221 3,173 3,510 2,480 16,14 4 3,173
MotorK Israel Ltd 810 23 - - 279 66 - -
MotorK Spain Gestiones Comerciales SL 941 94 - - 895 61 - -
MotorK Deutschland GmbH 108 - - - 48 - - -
MotorK France Sarl 1,362 - - - 1,292 - - -
DealerK Technology Solutions, Unipessoal Lda 210 - - - 62 - - -
FusionIT NV 16 - - - 3 - - -
ICO International GmbH 20 - - - 10 - - -
Total 6,496 2,873 15,221 3,173 6,099 2,607 16,144 3,173
* FY2024 figures has beed restated. Please refer to the Note 2 - Accounting Policies - Prior year restatement.
The financial assets towards MotorK Italia S.r.l. is related to the loan agreements in place which details are provided below:
€13 million related to the shareholder loan stipulated in October 2023, March 2024 and November 2024 (mirroring the financial loan entered into with Atempo Growth in October 2023, March 2024 and November
2024). Main terms of such intercompany loan are already disclosed above (refer to Note 5 - Current and Non-current Financial Assets).
€2.2 million related to the interests portion of the financial receivables towards MotorK Italia S.r.l. converted in capital contribution in the previous year.
Trade and other receivables and trade and other payables are regulated by intercompany agreements providing relevant terms and conditions on the basis of the transfer pricing policy in place (recharges of the year at cost
as pass-through (OECD Guidelines)). Payments are due during FY2026.
153
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
GROUP ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES
Please find below the list of Group APMs indicating its definition, explanation why they are considered
relevant and reconciliation with the accounts.
ANNUAL RECURRING REVENUE (ARR)
ARR is considered an APM and it represents the yearly subscription contract value of the Groups customer
base at the end of the reporting period (December). Due to the accounting policies applied by MotorK
Group, the ARR differs from the revenue caption in the Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss and Other
Comprehensive Income. As per the revenue recognition applied, the most significant part of the revenues of
the SaaS multi-year contracts are recognised over time during the life of the contract.
ARR represents the value of the December monthly subscription fee of the Groups customer base multiplied
by 12. This is the main KPI used by the markets to measure companies operating a SaaS business.
COMMITTED ANNUAL RECURRING REVENUE (CARR)
CARR is considered an APM and it represents the value of ARR plus the annual recurring revenue that will
be generated by additional contracts already signed and committed but yet to be delivered and billed. Due
to the nature of MotorK Group standard terms and conditions, the contracts signed are binding for the
customers. It is therefore only a matter of time before the committed component of the CARR is converted
into ARR.
Rationale for use as APMs
The Group believes that ARR and CARR provide meaningful information to stakeholders about its recurring
revenue base, business performance and growth trends. These APMs allow management and investors to:
assess the underlying growth of the SaaS subscription business independently of the timing of revenue
recognition under IFRS;
understand future revenue potential from contracts already signed (CARR), which provides visibility on
expected recurring cash flows; and
compare performance across periods and with other companies in the SaaS sector on a consistent and
economically relevant basis.
Consequently, ARR and CARR are considered appropriate measures to explain the Groups operational
performance and financial position, complementing the financial information prepared under IFRS, which
encourage transparency and the provision of measures that better reflect the economic performance of the
Group.
Reconciliation with accounts:
December 2025 monthly recurring billing* €2.64m
Number of months 12
Total Annual recurring revenue (ARR) (A) 31.7m
December 2025 monthly committed recurring billing 0.42m
Number of months 12
Total committed component (B) €5m
Committed annual recurring revenue (CARR) (A+B) 36.7m
* Represents the amount of fees related to SaaS platform recurring revenue contracts billed or where the right to bill exists in December 2025 to
customers. This amount cannot be traced back to Note 9 of the Notes Forming Part of the Consolidated Financial Statements as revenue due to
the fact that this ARR refers to December 2025 billings times 12 months. December 2025 monthly recurring billing represents the amount billed or
where the right to bill exists in December 2025.
154
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Financial Statements continued
GROUP ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURE (APM) CONTINUED
OPERATING FREE CASH FLOW AND FREE CASH FLOW
Operating cash flow measures cash generated by MotorK Group business operations. Free cash flow is the cash that MotorK Group generates from its business operations after subtracting capital expenditures. These
indicators are considered non-GAAP measures and Group APMs. The following table shows the reconciliation with the accounts.
Rationale for use as APMs
The Group believes that Operating free cash flow and Free cash flow provide meaningful insight into its liquidity, financial flexibility, and ability to fund growth initiatives. Specifically, these APMs allow stakeholders to:
assess the cash-generating capability of the Groups core operations independently of accounting recognition and non-cash items;
understand the cash available for reinvestment, debt repayment and other strategic initiatives; and
evaluate the sustainability of the Group’s business model and its capacity to generate shareholder value.
Consequently, these measures are considered appropriate for explaining the Groups operational performance and financial position, complementing IFRS-based financial information. The reconciliation with the
consolidated financial statements ensures transparency, clarity, and comparability of alternative performance indicators.
Reconciliation:
€’000 2025 2024
Decrease in trade and other receivables 2,210 90 A Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows page 94
Increase in trade and other payables 1,551 (1,161) B Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows page 94
Adjusted EBITDA 4,332 (505) C Please refer to the reconciliation reported in the subsequent
Page 155
Other minor movements 160 231 D Other minor movements are included in different lines of the
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows page 94
Operating free cash flow 8,253 (1,345) E = A+B+C+D
Income taxes paid (420) (191) F Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows page 94
Purchase of intangible assets (6,721) (8,383) G Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows page 94;
Note 13 on pages 115-117
Purchases of property, plant and equipment (14) (27) H
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows page 94;
Note 14 on pages 118-119
Other minor movements (10) - I
Other minor movements are included in different lines of the
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows page 94
Free cash flow 1,088 (9,946) L = E+F+G+H+I
155
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
GROUP ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES CONTINUED
ADJUSTED EBITDA
This represents the operating profit that the Group is able to generate excluding exceptional components. It is considered a Group APM as it measures the ability of the Group to focus on recurring component excluding
expenses that are not strictly inherent to the underlying business performance. Specifically, it excludes costs that are either non-cash or one-off in nature and do not reflect the underlying recurring business performance.
Limitations and Transparency
Adjusted EBITDA includes the benefits of recurring and operational improvements but excludes exceptional costs and stock option plan cost. As a result, it should not be regarded as a complete picture of the Group’s
financial performance, which is presented in its IFRS results. Depending on the nature and timing of these excluded costs and associated benefits, Adjusted EBITDA may be higher or lower than total IFRS operating loss.
Stakeholders are encouraged to consider both IFRS results and Adjusted EBITDA when assessing the Groups performance.
Rationale for use as APMs
The Group believes that Adjusted EBITDA provides meaningful insight into its recurring operational performance and the profitability of its core business activities. Specifically, this measure allows stakeholders to:
assess the Group’s operational efficiency and recurring profitability without the distortion of unusual or non-recurring items;
evaluate the underlying performance trends and operational leverage of the business; and
compare performance across periods and with other companies in the sector on a consistent and economically relevant basis.
Consequently, Adjusted EBITDA is considered an appropriate measure to explain the Groups operational performance and financial position, complementing IFRS-based financial information, which emphasizes
transparency, relevance and comparability in the use of APMs
Reconciliation:
€’000 2025 2024
Loss before tax (11,859) (13,057) A Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss and Other
Comprehensive Income page 91
Finance expense 2,355 2,313 B Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss and Other
Comprehensive Income page 91; Note 11 on page 113-114
Finance income (6) (222) C Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss and Other
Comprehensive Income page 93; Note 11 on page 113-114
EBIT (9,510) (10,966) D=A+B+C
Depreciation and amortisation 10,669 9,990 E Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss and Other
Comprehensive Income page 91; Note 10 on pages 113
EBITDA 1,159 (976) F=D+E
156
Financial Statements continued
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
GROUP ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES CONTINUED
€’000 2025 2024
Exceptional costs 1,649 (167) G Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss and Other
Comprehensive Income page 91; Note 10 on page 113; Financial
and Operating Review page 35
Stock option plan cost 1,524 638 H Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss and Other
Comprehensive Income page 91; Note 10 on page 113
Adjusted EBITDA 4,332 (505) I=F+G+H
CASH EBITDA
Cash EBITDA is a consistent measure of trading performance, aligned with the interests of our shareholders and a good proxy of cash generated during the year. This is considered a Group APM by management.
Rationale for use as APMs
The Group believes that Cash EBITDA provides meaningful insight into its operational performance and cash-generating ability. Specifically, this measure allows stakeholders to:
assess the underlying trading performance of the business without the effects of non-cash accounting adjustments;
understand the cash-generating capacity of the Group from its core operations; and
evaluate the efficiency and profitability of the business on a comparable basis across periods and with other companies in the sector.
Consequently, Cash EBITDA is considered an appropriate measure to explain the Group’s operating performance and financial position, complementing IFRS financial information, which emphasises transparency, relevance
and comparability of APMs.
Reconciliation:
€’000 2025 2024
Adjusted EBITDA 4,332 (505) A Please refer to the reconciliation reported on pages 155-156
R&D capitalisation (6,563) (8,278) B Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss and Other Comprehensive
Income page 91
Cash EBITDA (2,231) (8,783) C = A+B
157
MotorK Annual Report 2025
COMPANY
OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Company Information
COMPANY INFORMATION
Directors Amir Rosentuler (Executive Chairman and Interim CEO)
Marco Marlia (President)
Laurel Charmaine Bowden (Non-Executive Director)
Måns Hultman (Non-Executive Director/Independent Director)
Helen Protopapas (Non-Executive Director/Independent Director)
Company Secretary Gravitas Company Secretarial Services Limited
Registered office 5th Floor, One New Change, London, EC4M 9AF, United Kingdom
Company number 09259000
Independent auditors BDO LLP
2 City Place
Beehive Ring Road
Gatwick
West Sussex RH6 0PA
United Kingdom
Solicitors K&L Gates LLP
One New Change
London
EC4M 9AF
United Kingdom
Company website www.motork.io
MOTORK INVESTOR RELATIONS
Boaz Zilberman
Email: investors@motork.io
WEBSITE: MOTORK.AI